(oTI I \Ansony JVerr^ 



TH 

JT 



lANDY MANUAL 



PI^UMBINd 
HEATlNa 

VENTlUTnia 

MCCHANICAI, 



^ 







Class ILJiiaXLL 

RnnV • (TP? 

CQFXRIGHT DEPOSm 




JOHN W. JOHNSON, 

Author and Publisher of "Johnson's Handy Manual" 
and Mechanical Engineer 



'If ^fl 

JOHNSON'S NEW 
HANDY MANUAL 

ON 

PLUMBING 
HEATING 
VENTILATING 

AND 

MECHANICAL 
REFRIGERATION 

TENTH EDITION 



PRICE by Parcel Post l$1.75 Net 



JOHN W. JOHNSON 

850 CASS STREET 
CHICAGO. ILLINOIS 

U. S. A. G^^^£>241 



W3M 8'MQpHOl 



\<\'^ 



gi^Mcatf^n 



TO THE STEAM-FITTERS AND PLUMBERS 

WITH WHOM I HAVE SPENT 
SO MANY PLEASANT YEARS, 
I DEDICATE THIS MANUAL 



^. 



Copyrighted by 

JOHN W. JOHNSON, M. %. 

1905-1913-1919-1920 

■33Hlo CO AD OtC 






RUG -9 t920 



«-^- Johnson's Handy Manual. 

3 ■■'""- 



o/l qrrfi/q moil baa^: 

Cross- Connected Pumps 

Fig. A shows a battery of boilers with cross-con- 
nected pumps. Feed water heater and tan^c on the 
rpof. 

3^het installation, is as follows : 

For Suction: 

—Connect pumps No. land No. 2, as in illustration, 
by 4"x3'^ tees to the city main. Between the tees andT 
pump connections insert gate valves 'A and B and 
flange unions. Valve must in all cases be next to the 
tee so that in case either pump should have to be 
disconnected, valves A or B can be closed and the 
pump disconnected without interfering with'"tiie 
water f^p^ly,'_ ,. .^ ,, - ,. ,-. 

r iFpon%,HtUe.tee, connecting pump Nc?;. 1, run a 4" 
pipe to a point directly under the roKDf tank and 
>yith .a,, long sweep elbow continue, the pipe up 
through ; the r^of and conjiect.to the bottom, of the 
tank on this pipe, marked 4" tank suction on the 
illusti;ation/-.:at'<a:!<fdilvenient. 'place; inser.t a 4x2* 
tee. and connect with 2" pipe:, marked "feed to boiler 
through heater," ; using valve G -and flange union. 
When feed from, tank direct to boilers close valve D 
and open valve C. When feed 'which has passed 
through the heater is wanted close valve C aad open 
valve D. Check valve E. E. must be set to cipm \^iik 
the' flow of water -from tank or heater. -^ 'A\):i:\q 



6 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Pump Discharge: 

When pumping to roof tank close valves ¥.' and G. 
and open valves H. and I. Check valve J. must be 
set to open with the flow of water to the tank. 

If direct feed from pump No. 1 to boiler is wanted 
proceed as follows: 

Close valves H., G. and L. and open valves F. and 
M. The flow will open check valve E and close 
check valve E. E. If direct feed from Pump No. 2 
to boiler is wanted close valves I., F. and L. and 
open valves G. and M. Check valves E. and E, E. 
have the same action as when pump No. 1 is used. 

Feed to Heater: 

When using pump No. 1 to supply water to heater, 
close valves H., G. and M. and open valves F. and L. 
When pump No. 2 is used close valves I., F. and 
M. and open valves G. and L. -. 

Note: 

Illustration being an elevation to show all pipes, 
valves and unions, the position of the pipes must 
necessarily be somewhat extorted. 

Pipes should not be^higher from the floor but what 
a man could easily reach all valves when standing on 
the floor. 

All valves on branches should be placed as near as 
possible to the supply pipe from which its duty is to 
stop the supply when not wanted; for instance: 
Valves, H. and I. with their unions should be placed 
as near the tees N. and O. as possible. 

Steam to pumps, exhaust from pumps to heater 
and feed to boiler through heater are shown so 
plainly in the illustration that any explanation is 
unnecessary. 




PLAN OF PAIR OF MODERN BOX OR 
TO BE APPROXIMATELY IB-FT WIDI 
INSIOE ANO ABOVE RAIL. WILL EAC 
FEET BOARD MEASURE (AN AVERAGI 
LUMBER IB-FT LONG. Tf 

AIR SPACE IN WALL, CONCRETE FO 
DOORS AND PLATF0RM9. 

C0URTE5V 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Fig. A 




ISFER CAR AND TRACK 



Y KILNS FOR LUMBER EACH 
• BY 27-FT LONG lO-FT HIGH 
:H hold APPROXIMATELY 15000 
I RAILROAD car) OF DNE INCH 
3 BE ERECTED OF BRICK WITH 
UNOATIONS^ TILE ROOF, WOOD 



OF GRAND RAPIDS DRY KILN 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 






^dpverhead System of Hot Water 
Heating Apparatus, 



.,,^> » w_ ^ 



I 



© 



t 



Fig. 1. 



,^ 




PLAN DF PAIR OF MODERN BOX ORY KILNS FOR LUMBER EACH 
TO BE APPROXIMATELY IB-FT WIDE BY 27-FT LONG ID-FT HIGH 
INSIDE AND ABOVE RAIL . WILL EACH HOLD APPROXIMATELY 15000 
FEET BOARD MEASURE (AN AVERAGE RAILROAD CAR) OF ONE INCH 
LUMBER IB-FT LONG. TO BE ERECTED OF BRICK WITH 

AIR SPACE IN WALL, CONCRETE FDUNDATiONS, TILE ROOF, WOOD 
DOORS AND PLATFORMS. 

COURTESY OF GRAND RAPIDS DRY KIUN 



10 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL,. 



Single Pipe Hot 'Water System. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Overhead Open Hot Watei System. 




tig.S, 



w^ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAU 




i 



I 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

\p hodiSflA >o9itoO has yssH nA 




^ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



An Easy and Correct Method of Ascertaininf 
Length of Pipe Required in 45** Angles 

In the4)ipe fitting of steam and hot water heating 
plants, 45 degree elbows are brought into use exten- 
sively and it is not every mechanic who has 
mastered mathematics sufficiently to be able to fig- 
ure square root in order to find the hypotenuse of an 
angle, and on this account we give the following 
methods of getting the measurements of 45 degree 
angles, which is approximately correct for pipe use. 

For each inch of offset add ^Vm of an inch and the 
result will be the distance from center to center of 
the 45 degree angle. 

For instance: Referring to illustration, Fig 4, we 
will suppose that a pipe is to be brought up from a 
lower floor near a wall, and it is to pass through 
the ceiling of a room at a distance of 30 inches 
farther away from the wall than that which it rises 
through the floor, as indicated in the -illustration by 
the: figures, 20 inches, which is shown by the plumb- 
bob*. This shows that the distance in a straight line 
from center to center of the two points is 20 inches. 
Now it is simply necessary to add to the 20 inches 
20i.times 53, and divide the result by 128, to get the 
additional length necessary for the 45 degree angle. 
Thus:— 20X53=1060, 1060-M28=8V82, which added 
to the 20 inches, makes the distance of the angle, as 
shown, 28V32 inch. 

In any case it will be necessary to allow for the 
distance taken up by the fittings from center to cen- 
ter of same, as shown in Fig. 5. 

By this system it will make no difference how 

many inches the offset may be; simply add for each 

inch an additional fraction of Vt28 of an inch. Again, 

" suppose the offset is to be 5 inches, we multiply 5 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 







16 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



by 53, which gives us 265. We now divide the 265 by 
128, which gives us 2^/ia', this result we now add to 
5 inches, which is the distance of offset, and we have 
7Vie inches from center to center of the 45 degree 
angle. Any distance may be obtained in the same 
manner. 




-) 



Fig. 5 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals for 45° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 20 Feet on the Sides. 





Sides. 


Diagonal. 




Sides. 


Diagonal. 


Pt. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 




1 




1%6 


3 


1 


4 


45^6 




2 




21%6 


3 


2 


4 


6% 




3 




4y4 


3 


3 


4 


7%6 




4 




6% 


3 


4 


4 


8%6 




5 




7^6 


3 


5 


4 


10 




6 




m 


3 


6 


4 


11% 




7 




9% 


3 


7 


5 


1%6 




8 




- 11%6 


3 


8 


5 


2y4 




9 




12% 


3 


9 


5 


3% - 




10 




2Vs 


8 


10 


5 


5^6 




11 




3%6 


3 


11 


5 


6%« 




12 




5 






5 


7% 




1 




6% 




1 


5 


9%6 




2 




7i%6 




2 


5 


lOiyie 




3 




9%6 




3 


6 


Vs 




4 




10% 




4 


6 


1%6 




5 


2 


%6 




6 


6 


2i%6 




6 


2 


F/ie 




6 


6 


4% 




7 


2- 


2% 




7 


6 


5% 




8 


2 


45/16 




8 


6 


7%6 




9 


2 


6^%6 


4 


9 


6 


8% 




10 


2 


7V8 


4 


10 


6 


10 




11 


2 


SVa 


4 


11 


6 


IFAe 


2 




2 


9i%6 


5 




7 


ys 


2 


1 


2 


11% 


5 


1 


7 


2y4 


2 


2 


3 


% 


5 


2 


7 


31^6 


2 


3 


3 


23^6 


5 


3 


7 


5%6 


2 


4 


3 


3%6 


5 


4 


7 


6y2 


2 


5 


3 


5 


5 


5 


7 


7i%a 


2 


6 


3 


6%6 


5 


6 


7 


9%6 


2 


7 


3 


71%6 


5 


7 


7 


10% 


2 


8 


3 


9y4 


5 


8 


8 


%« 


2 


9 


3 


lOHie 


5 


9 


8 


1%6 


2 


10 


4 


^6 


5 


10 


8 


3 


2 


11 


4 


m 


5 


11 


8 


4%6 


3 




4 


21%6 


6 




8 


5-%« 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking oflf 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals for 45° Triangles Measu'rinj^ 
1 Inch to 20 Feet on the Sides. 



Sides. 


Diagonal, 


■ 


Sides. 


Diagonal. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


6 


1 


8 


71/4 


9 


1 


12 


101/8 


6 


2 


8 


8% 


9 


2 


12 


11%6 


6 


3 


8 


lOVie 


9 


3 


13 


1 


6 


4 


8 


\W2 


9 


4 


13 


2% 


6 


5 


9 


% 


9 


5 


13 


3i%e 


6 


6 


9 


25/i6 


9 


6 


13 


5y4 


6 


7 


9 


3% 


9 


7 


13 


6% 


i6~: 


8 


9 


51/8 


9 


8 


13 


8^6 


4 


9 


9 


61/2 


9 


9 


13 


97/46 


6 


10 


9 


7i%6 


9 


10 


13 


loyg 


6 


11 


9 


9%- 


9 


11 


14 


%6 


7 




9 


101%6 


10 




14 


liyie 


7 


1 


10 


%6 


10' 


1 


14 


m 


7 


2 


10 


1% 


10" 


2 


14 


4%6 


7 


3 


10 


3 


10 


3 


14 


5i%a 


.7., 


4 


10 


4%6 


10 


•' 4 


14 


73/s 


.7^: 


5 


10 


6% 


10 


5 


14 


8%- 


■7' 


6 


10 


71/4 


10 


6 


14 


10%6 


7^ 


7 


10 


81%6 


10 


1 


14 


11% 


7 ■ 


8' 


10 


lOVa 


10 


8 


15 


1 


7 


9 


10 


11-/2 


10 


9 


15 


2716 


!■ 


10 


11 


1%6 


10 


10 


15 


3% 


i.^'i- 


11 


11 


2% . 


10 


11 


15 


51/4 


«' 




11 


3% 


11 




15 


6^46 


8ft 


1 


11 


6%6 


11 


1 


15 


8V16 


^■8- 


2 


11 


6% 


11 


2 


15 


91/2 


.^^^ 


3 


11 


8 


11 


3 


15 


lOi^ie 


^8^0 


4 


11 


9-/16 • 


11 


4 


16 


%■ 


.^^ 


5 


11 


101%6 


11 


5 


16 


1% 


i8^; 


6 


12 


1/4 


11 


6 


16 


3%6 


^■01 


7 


12 


l^VlG 


11 


7 


16 


49/16 


«^ 


8 


12 


3Vi6 


11 


8 


16 


6 ^■- 


.8'.r 


9 


12 


41/2 


11 


9 


16 


m 


8f' 


10 


12 


6-/8. 


11 


10 


16 


81%6 


»g^ 


11 


12 


7%6 


11 


11 


16^ 


ioy4 


^^ 




12 


8% . 


12 




16 


11% 



Extreme caution mu§t be exefci^efd in takiiigj off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals for 45° Triangles "Measuring from 
1 Inch to 20 Feet on the Sides. 





Sides. 


Di 


agonal. 




Sides. 


Diagonal. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


12 


1 


17 


nu 


15 


1 


21 


4 


12 


2 


17 


2yi6 


15 


2 


21 


5% 


12 


3 


17 


3% 


15 


• 3 


21 


61%6 


12 


4 


17 


65/16 


15 


4 


21 


8%6 


12 


5 


17 


61%6 


15 


6 


21 


9% 


12 


6 


17 


SVs 


15 


6 


21 


iiyi6 


12 


7 


17 


9%6 


15 


7 


22 


^A6 


12 


8 


17 


101%6 


15 


8 


22 


1% 


12 


9 


18 


% 


15 


9 


22 


3%6 


12 


10 


18 


lli%e 


15 


10 


22 


411A6 


12 


11 


18 


3%6 


15 


11 


22. 


m 


13 




18 


4% , 


16 




22 


1V2- 


13 


1 


18 


6 


16 


1 


22 


8i%6 


13 


2 


18 


7%9 


16 


2 


22 


10% 


18 


3 


18 


8% 


16 


3 


22 


11% 


13 


4 


18 


101.4 


16 


4 


23 


1%6 


13 


5 


18 


IHie 


16 


5 


23 


2% 


13 


6 


19 


m 


16 


6 


23 


4 


13 


7 


19 


2V2 


16 


7 


23 


bVia 


13 


8 


19 


31%6 


16 


8 


23 


eme 


13 


9 


19 


5%6 


16 


9 


23 


8M 


13 


10 


19 


6% 


16 


10 


23 


9Hi6 


13 


11 


19 


83A6 


16 


11 


23 


ime 


14 




19 


9%6 


17 




24 


V2 


14 


1 


19 


11 


17 


1 


24 


mu 


14 


2 


20 


%6 


17 


2 


24 


35A6 


14 


3 


20 


11%6 


17 


3 


24 


4% 


14 


4 


20 


3^4 


17 


4 


24 


6V8 


14 


5 


20 


413^6 


17 


5 


24 


7%6 


14 


6 


2f) 


6^6 


17 


6 


24 


9 


14 


7 


20 


73.^ 


17 


7 


24 


10% 


14 


8 


20 


8% 


17 


8 


24 


111%6 


14 


9 


20 


10%6 


17 


9 


25 


IV4 


14 


10 


20 


11% 


17 


10 


25 


2% 


14 


11 


21 


IVs 


17 


11 


25 


4Vi6 


15 




21 


2%6 


18 




25 


5% 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



20 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Table of Diagonals for 45° Triangles Measuring |rom 
1 Inch to 20 Feet on the Sides. 





Sides. 


Diagonal. 




Sides. 


Diagonal. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


18 


1 


25 


6% 


19 


1 


26 


11%. 


18 


2 


25 


8%6 


19 


2 


27 


m 


18 


3 


25 


• 9iyi6 


19 


3 


27 


21^6 


18 


4 


25 


111^8 


19 


4 


27 


4yi6 


18 


5 


26 


%6 


19 


5 


27 


bV2. 


18 


6 


26 


11%6 


19 


6 


27 


6Wie 


18 


7 


26 


3% 


19 


7 


27. 


8%d 


18 


8 


26 


4^3/i6 


19 


8 


27 


9% r 


18 


9 


26 


6%6 


19 


9 


27 


11%6 


18 


10 


26 


- 7% 


19 


10 


28 


»/i6 


18 


11 


26 


9 


19 


11 


28 


2 : 


19 




26 


mie 


20 




28 


3^16 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



OFFSETS 
STANDARD FLGD.CLL 5. 
B 



iVflZ 




^{{eA5neT. 





45° 


ZLLS 




SIZE 


ofFaer i 




Z 


3% 




Zk 


4i 




3 


4k 




^k 


5 




4 


5ii 




4i 


5^ 




5 


6* 




6 


n 




7 


7^ 




s 


751 




9 


8i 




10 


9i 




12 


10 f 


14 


lOl 




IS 


Ml 




16 


1 li 




18 


IZh 




ao 


I3i 




22 


I4i 


ZA 


J 51 




v-h(?/J5/<cr. 



45^/^No90r£Z.iL5. 



5/2£- 


OFFser 

B 


& 


5 


i^ 


51i 


5 


6T. 


3x 


6V 


4 


7f. 


4i 


7i| 


5 


8i 


6 


9* 


7 


9^ 


8 


JOii 


9 


>i i 


10 


laS 


la 


I3H 


14 


I5i 


15 


15^ 


16 


16^ 


18 


iTii 


£0 


I9i 


ZZ 


2'^ 


LnJ 


an 1 



J 



0FF5ET6. 

f X -ms M/^m fLca ells. 




C,i<5/»3K£r. 




GASKtT 



.J_-.-''5- 


ELLS 




^S'ANDaO" ELLS 


SIZE 


A 




SIZE 




2 


4i 


2 


5f. 


Zk 


5 


2i-. 


6| - 


3 


5 


3 


6 1- 


3 k 


5hk 


3t 


7h^ 


4 


®t 


4 


&h 


4k 


6i 


4^ 


&i 


5 


7ir 


5 


.^9k. . 


6 


7vr 


6 . 


2A 


7 


8t 


7 


>ol 


8 


8i 


8 


jr i 


9 


9i 


9 


12 f. 


10 


.9!l 


10 


13 i 


l^ 


"1 


la 


.14 1 


14 


lit 


14 


I5il 


15 


,l2f. ^ 


15 


16% 


»6 


121- 


16 


J7f., 


18 


135 


16 


18 i 


.20 


J4.f. 


20 


ao'f, • 


22 


14 a 


22 


21 i 


£4 


I6f. 


£4 


23l 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 






C'i -gtiibnoq esnco marti to ^n 
.asiioni S\j9: 











DHiS ,.j:nog:r:?\5i.n 



-?V|^- 



^^° 




a'-z" 



Fig. 6 



7>?^ 




3^;^" 



24 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Table of Long and Short Legs and Diagonals for 

IIM, 223^, 33M, 60, 673^ and 72 
Degree Triangles. 

As Shown in Fig. 6 

Suppose, for example, that you wish to know the 
diagonal distance and short leg for the several 
triangles or any one of them corresponding to a long 
leg distance of 3 feet, 3 inches. 

Look in the first column of the table for 3 feet, 
2 inches. On the same line will be found the corres- 
ponding diagonal and short leg distances for the 
several triangles, each in its proper column. 

For instance, the diagonal distance for a 11^° 
triangle having a long leg of 3' 2" is 3' 2^" and the 
short leg is 7Vie. Similarly for a 225/^* triangle the 
diagonal is 3' 6%" and the short leg is 1' 3^" and 
so on. 



JOHNSON'S ^HANDY MANUAL, 



2» 



"^able of Diagonifi^l 'l lX° Tfia&gles Measuriiig ftbii. 
1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides, 



Long Leg 


Sh.Leg 




Diag. 1 


Long Leg 


Sh. Leg 


Diag. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 1 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


1 


%e 




1 


3 





7%6 


3 iiAe 


2 


% 




2^6 


3 


1 


7% 


3 11^6 


3 


.% 




3Vi6 


3 


2 


7%6 


3 2% 


4 


1%6 




41/16 


3 


3 


71%6 


3 3% 


5 






51/8 


3 


4 


8 


3 4% 


6 


1%6 




61/8 


3 


5 


83,i6 


3 f)l%6 


7 


1% 




7^8 


3 


6 


8% 


3 61^6 


8 


1%6 




81/8 


3 


7 


8%6 


3 7i%6 


9 


1^%6 




9%6 


3 


8 


8% 


3 81%^ 


10 


2 




10% 6 


3 


9 


9 


3 9% 


:.-: 11 


2%6 




11%6 


3 


10 


9%6 


3 10% 


' I 


2% 




V4. 


3 


11 


9% 


3 11% 


ir 1 


2PAq 




11/4 


4 





9%6 


4 i%e 


1; 2 


2% 




25/16 


4 


1 


9% 


4 115,46 


i 3 


3 




3%6 




2 


915/16 


4 3 ^ 


1 4 


3^16 




4%6 




3 


10%6 


4 4 


1 5 


3% 




5% 




4 


10% 


4 5 


1 6 


3%6 




6% 




5 


10%6 


4 6%6 


1 7 


3% 




7% 




6 


10% 


4 71/16 


1 8 


31%6 




8% 




7. 


10iyi6 


4 81^6 


1 9 


4%6 




9^/16 




8 


lli/s 


4 91A6 


1 10 


4% 




lOVie 




9 


11% 


4 10% 


1 11 


4«A6 




iiyi6 




10 


11% 


4 11% 


2 


4% 


2 


1/2 




11 


111%6 


5 % 


2 1 


4i%6 


2 


11/2 


5 





1 


5 1%6 


2 2 


SVs 


2 


2%6 


5 


1 


1 %6 


5 23A6 


2 3 


6% 


2 


39/16 


5 


2 


1 % 


5 3y4 


2 4 


5%6 


2 


4%6 


5 


3 


1 % 


5 4y4 


2 5 


63/4 


2 


5% 


5 


4 


1 1%6 


5 bM 


2 6 


51%6 


2 


6% 


5 


6 


1 1 


5 6%6 


2 7 


6V8 


2 


7% 


5 


6 


1 1%6 


5 7%6 


2 8 


6%6 


2 


8% 


5 


7 


1 1% 


5 85^6 


2 9 


6%6 


2 


91V16 


5 


8 


1 P/16 


5 me 


2 10 


6% 


2 


10*1/16 


5 


9 


1 1% 


5 103/& 


2 11 


61%6 


•2 


111^6 


5 


10 


1 11%6 


5 113/8 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



2S8 JOHNSON'S HANDY- MANUAL. 

Table pf Diagonals for 11^" Triangles Measu]:ing,frcMD 
1 Inch to 1.0 Feet on the Sides. 



Long Leg 


Sb.Legr 


Diagr. 


Long Leg 


Sh.Leg 


Diag. , 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. > 


5 11 


1 21/8 


6 % 


8 





1 71rl6 


8 1% 


6 


1 25/ia 


6 r/i6 


8 


1 


1 m 


8 278 


6 1 


1 2V2 


6 2%6 


8. 


2 


1 7%6 


8 3i%« 


6 2 


1 2iyi6 


6 3y2 


8 


3 


1 71V16 


8 4i5Ae 


6 3 


1 21%6 


6 41/2 


8 


4 


1 V/s 


8 5i%« 


6 4 


1 2Vs 


6 bV2 


8 


6 


1 8^16 


8 7 


6 6 


1 35/16 


6 evs 


8 


6 


1 8I4 


8 8 


6 6 


1 31/2 


6 7y2 


8 


7 


1 S^Ae 


8 9 


6 7 


1 3Hi6 


6 8^2 


8 


8 


1 8% 


8 10 


6 8 


1 3% 


6 91/2 


8 


9 


1 878 


8 11 %6 


6 9 


1 4^8 


6 10% 


8 


10 


1 9%Q 


9 Vl9 


6 10 


1 45/16 


6 11% 


8 


11 


1 m 


9 1^6 


6 11 


1 4V2 


7 % 


9 





1 9^2 


9. 278 


7 


1 4iyi6 


7 1% 


9 


1 


1 9Hl6 


9 378 


7 1 


1 4Vs 


7. 2% 


9 


2 


1 9% 


9 4y8 


7 2 


1 S^Ae 


7 3iyi( 


J 9 


3 


1 ioy8 


9 5%6 


7 3 


1 5%6 


7 4ii/i( 


^ 9 


4 


1 10%6 


9 ms 


7 4 


1 6^2 


7 5iVie 


J 9 


6 


1 loya 


9 7%e 


7 5 


1 6i^6 


7 6% 


9 


6 


1 101^6 


9 874 


7 6 


1 6% 


7 7% 


9 


7 


1 10% 


9 974 


7 7 


1 6^6 


7 8% 


9 


8 


1 lUle 


9 1074 


7 8 


1 6^4 


7 93/4 


9 


9 


1 im 


9 11%6 


7 9 


1 6^2 


7 1013AC 


9 


10 


1 mu 


10 %« 


7 10 


1 611/16 


7 lli%e 


9 


11 


1 11% 


la i§i6 


7 11 


1 6% 


8 1%6 


10 





1 in%6 


10 2% 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking ofi 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



8i\«a 



or 






JOHNSON'S -HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals for 223^° Triangles .Measuring from 
1 inch to 1 Feet on the Sides. 



LongrLe^f SI 


lortLegr. 


Diagonal. 


Long Leg 


Short Leg 


Diagonal 


Ft, in,. F 


t- IP- 


Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In, 


Ft 


In. 


Ft. In. . 


yf^Ol b 


;%6 


iyi6 


8 


1 




3%« 


3 4yi6 


ViiL 


1%6 


2%6 


3 


2 




3% 


3 5y8 


; 3 


11/4 


3y4 


3 


3 




4y8 


3 6%6 


. 4 


U^ie 


4%6 


3 


4 




4%6 


3 7%6 


5 


2^46 


5-/16 


3 


5 




5 


3 8% 


6 


2y2 


6y2 


3 


6 




5% 


3 9yi6 


7 


2% 


7%6 


3 


7 




5i%6 


8 109/16 


8 


3%6 


81^6 


3 


8 




ey* 


3 11% 


9 


3%- 


9% 


3 


9 




6% 


4 iH« 


. 10 


4V8- 


101%6 


3 


10 




7^6 


4 113^6 


11 


4%6 


• iiys 


3 


u 




7%6 


4 2y8'.- 


1 


5 : 


1 1 


4 







7% 


4 8i%6 


1 1 


5% 


.1 2%6 


4 


1 




8%6 


4 5yi6 


1 2 ' 


51%6 


.1 sys 


4 


2 




811^6 


4 eys 


1. 3 


ev4. 


1 43.4. 


4 


3 




9y8 


4 7%6 


1 4 


61^46 


1 6%« 


4 


4 




9»/l6 


4 8%6 


1 5 


71^6 


1 6% 


4 


5 




91%6 


4 9% 


1 6 


7y2 


1 7y2 


4 


6 


1 10% 


4 10%6 


1 7 


7y8 


1 8%6 


4 


7 




10% 


4 iiys 


1 8 


8%6 


-1 9% 


4 


8 




11%6 


5 %. 


1 9 


8% 


1 10% 


4 


9 




11% 


5 mu 


1 10 


9y8 


1 nWie 


4 


10 


2 





5 2% 


1 11 


9%6 


2 ys 


4 


11 


2 


%6 


5 378 


2 


915^6 


2 2- 


5 





2 


y8 


5 415/16 


2 1 


10% 


2 8^6 


6 


1 


2 


U4 


6 6 


2 2 


10% 


2 4y8 


5 


2 


2 


11^6 


6 7y8 


2 8 


ime 


2 5^4 


5 


3 


2 


2y8 


5 8%6 


2 4 - 


11% 


2 65/16 


5 


4 


2 


2y2 


5 9y4 


2 5 1 





2 7% 


5 


5 


2 


2i%6 


5 10% 


2 6 1 


%6 


2 8y2 • 


5 


6 


2 


3%6 


6 11%6 


2 7 1 


1%6 


2 9%6 


5 


7 


2 


3% 


6 y2 


2 8 1 


U4 


2 10% 


5 


8 


2 


4%6 


6 1% 


2 9 1 


liyie 


2 111^6 


5 


9 


2 


4%6 


6 21^6 


2 10 1 


2k6 


3 1%6 


6 


10 


2 


5 


6 3% 


2 11 1 


2y2 


3 V/s 


5 


11 


2 


6% 


6 4% 


3 1 


21%6 


3 2i%6 


6 





2 


61%6 


6 bme 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



28 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals for 22^° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 









LongLeg 






LongLeg 


Short Legr. 


Diagonal. 


Short Leg. 


Diagonal. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 








8 


1 


3 43/16 




6 1 


2 61/4 


6 7 


8 9 


6 2 


2 6% 


6 8% 


8 


2 


3 4%6 


8 10^0 


6 3 


2 71A6 


6 93^6 


8 


3 


3 5 


8 111/8 


6 4 


2 71/2 


6 ioy4 


8 


4 


3 5716 


9 1/4 


6 5 


2 77/8 


6 11% 


8 


5 


3 513/16 


9 1%6 


6 6 


2 8%6 


7 Tie 


8 


6 


3 61/4 


9 2% 


6 7 


2 8% 


7 11/2 


8 


7 


3 6iyi6 


9 


3V2 


6 8 


2 91/8 


7 2% 


8 


8 


3 7146 


9 


4%6 


6 9 


2 9%6 


7 3ii/i6 


8 


9 


3 71/2 


9 5% 


6 10 


2 9i%6 


7 4% 


8 


10 


3 7% 


9 63/4 


6 11 


2 10% 


7 5i%6 


8 


11 


3 8%6 


9 713/le 


7 


2 1013/ie 


7 6i%6 


9 





3 83/4 


9 8% 


7 1 


2 113/16 


7 8 


9 


1 


3 91/8 


9 10 


7 2 


2 11% 


7 9Vi6 


9 


2 


3 9%6 


9 


lliAe 


7 3 


3 %6 


7 103/16 


9 


3 


3 10 


10 


Vs 


7 4 


3 %6 


7 111/4 


9 


4 


3 103/8 


10 


IV4 


7 5 


3 Vs 


8 %6 


9 


5 


3 1013^6 


10 


2%6 


7 6 


3 1% 


8 1^16 


9 


6 


3 111/4 


10 


3% 


7 7 


3 liMe 


8 21/2 


9 


7 


3 11% 


10 


41/2 


7 8 


3 2% 


8 3%6 


.9 


8 


4 %6 


10 


5%6 


7 9 


3^ 2% 


8 4iyi6 


9 


9 


4 %6 


10 


6% 


7 10 


3 2i%6 


8 53/4 


9 


10 


4 % 


10 


■73/4 


7 11 


3 3% 


8 613A6 


9 


11 


4 P/16 


10 813/16 


8 


3 3% 


8 7i%6 


10 





4 111/16 


10 9% 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking ofif 
centers of fittings in tliese measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 29 

Table of Diagonals of 33^° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 



Long Leg 


Short Leg. 


Diagonal. 


Long Leg 


Short Leg. 


Diagonal 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


1 


1^6 


1%6 


3 


1 


2 % 


3 8^2 


2 


1%6 


2% 


3 


2 


2 1% 


3 91^16 


3 


2 


3% 


3 


3 


2 21/16 


3 10% 


4 


211/16 


41%6 


3 


4 


2 2% 


4 % 


6 


35,i6 


6 


3 


5 


2 3% 


4 1%6 


6 


4 


7%6 


3 


6 


2 4I/I6 


4 2y2 


7 


41V16 


. 8%6 


3 


7 


2 4% 


4 3i%6 


8 


5% 


9% 


3 


8 


2 6% 


.4 4i%6 


9 


6 


101%6 


3 


9 


2 61/16 


4 6% 


10 


61^6 


1 


3 


10 


2 6% 


4 7%6 


11 


7% 


1 11/4 


3 


11 


2 7% 


4 8y2 


l^ 


8 


1 2%6 


4 





2 8^6 


4 9% 


r 1 


8iyi6 


1 3% 


4 


1 


2 8% 


4 10i%6 


1 2 


9% 


1 4i%6 


4 


2 


2 9% 


5 % 


1 3 


10 


1 eVie 


4 


3 


2 lOiAe 


5 P/ie 


1 4 


lOHie 


1 71/2 


4 


4 


2 10% 


5 2%6 


1 6 


11% 


1 8Tl6 


4 


5 


2 117/16 


5 3% 


1 6 


1 


1 9% 


4 


6 


3 l/l6 


5 4i%6 


i 7 


1 iyi6 


1 10% 


4 


7 


3 % 


5 6% 


1 8 


1 1% 


2 1/16 


4 


8 


3 F/l6 


5 7% 


1 9 


1 2 


2 11/4 


4 


9 


3 21.16 


5 8%6 


i 10 


1 2iyi6 


2 ,2%6 


4 


10 


3 23/4 


5 9% 


1 11 


1 3% 


2 311.I6 


4 


11 


3 3^/16 


5 10i%6 


2 


1 41A6 


2 4% 


5 





a 4yi6 


6 %6- 


2 1 


1 411A6 


2 6M6 


5 


1 


3 4% 


6 1% 


2 2 


1 6% 


2 71/4 


5 


2 


3 6%6 


6 2%6 


2 3 


1 61/16 


2 8y2 


5 


3 


3 6% 


6 3% 


2 4 


1 61^6 


2 91I/I6 


5 


4 


3 6% 


6 5 


2 5 


1 7% 


2 10% 


5 


5 


3 7%6 


6 6%6 


2 6 


r 81/16 


3 1^6 


5 


6 


3 8% 


6 7% 


2 7 


1 811A6 


3 1% 


6 


7 


3 8% 


6 8%6 


2 8 


1 9% 


3 21/2 


5 


8 


3 9-A6 


6 913^6 


2 9 


1 10^6 


3 3iyi6 


5 


9 


3 10% 


6 11 


2 10 


1 101%6 


3 4% 


6 


10 


3 10% 


7 3^16 


2 11 


1 11% 


3 6% 


5 


11 


3 liyi6 


7 1% 


3 


2 1^6 


3 7%6 


6 





4 % 


7 2% 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



30 JOHNSON'S /HANDY MANUAL. 

Table of Biagohals of 3^3^" Triangles Measuting itopi 
1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides, 



LongLegr 


Short Leg-. 


Diagonal 


LongLegr 


Short Leg. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


6 1 


4 % 


7 313/16 


8 


1 


5 413/16 


6 2 


4 FAe 


7 5 


8 


2 


5 bV2 


6 3 


4 2y8' 


7 613/16 


8 


3 


5 61/8 


6 4 


4 2i%6 


7 73/8 


8 


4 


5 613/16 


6 5 


4 3^16 


7 ,8% 


8 


5 


5 71/2 


6 6 


4 4y8 


7 913/16 


8 


6 


5 SVs 


6 7 


4 413/16 


7 11 


8 


-7 


5 813/16 


6 8 


4 5%6 


8 3/,6 


8 


8 


5 9y2 


6 9 


4 6V8 


8 1%6 


8 


9 


5 103/i6 


6 10 


4 6i%6 


8 2% 


8 


10 


6 1013/16 


6 11 


4 7%6 


8 313/16 


8 


11 


5 iiy2 


7 


4 8V8 


8 5 


9 





6 3^46 


7 1 


4 813/16 


8 61/4 


9 


1 


6 13/16 


7 2 


4 9716 


8 7yi6 


9 


2 


6 11/2 


7 3 


4 101/8 


8 8% 


9 


3 


6 23/16 


7 4 


4 1013/16 


8 913/16 


9 


4 


6 213/16 


7 5 


4 llYie 


8 111/16 


9 


5 


6 31/2 


7 6 


6 1/8 


9 V4 


9 


.6 


6 .43,16 


7 7 


5 13/16 


9 1716 


9 


7 


6 413/16 


7 8 


5 IVa 


9 2%. 


9 


8 


6 5y2 


7 9 


.5 2^8 


9 3% 


9 


9 


6 63/16 


7 10 


5 213/16 


9 6^16 


9 


10 


6 6% 


7 11 


5 3y2 


9 6V4. 


.9 


11 


6 7y2 


8 


5 41/8 


9 7^16 


10 





6 .83/16 



Diagonal 
Ft. In. 



9 8iyie 

9 9y8 

9 llHe 

10 % 

10 iy2 
10 2iyi0 

10 3y8 

10 5^6 

10 6%6 

10 7y2 

10 8iyie 

10 m 

10 11M« 

11 5/16 

11 m 

11 21^6 

11 3y8 

11 51/8 

11 6%6 

11 7y2 

11 81^6 

11 915/le 

11 111^8 

12 %6 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking oflf 
centers of fittings in these, measurement^. 



S 

i 



^m s 


m 




or'^ e 


f^m : 




m- 8 


9iff>^ i 




s^f S 8 


■ ^'^0 I 


8 i. 


»j^f^8 B 


&HOt I 


e ^ 


«^T^ K 


»^FOI I 


.01 s? 


«\'3 8 


mi I 


II :: 


<>i?T 8 


o^l 8 






fto 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 31 

Table of Diagonals of 6 7 }4° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inck to 10 Feet on tke Sides. 



Long Leg Sh 


or t Leg 




Diagonal. 


Long Leg 


Short Leg. 


Diagonal 


Ft In. F 


t. -In. 


Ft. , In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. : 


1 V 


Ti« 


Hie 


3 


] 


1 3%6 


3 41/16 


,2 


1^16 


2%Q 


3 


2 


1 3% 


3 .51/8:- 


' Z . 


IM' 


31/i 


3 


3 


1 4% 


3 63/16 


4 


mie 


45/16 


3 


4 


1 4%6 


3, 7%6 


5 


2^16 


■6%6 


3 


5 


1 5. 


3 8% 


6 


2y2 


61/2 


3 


6 


1 5% 


3 9716 


7 ■ 


2% 


7%6 


3 


7 


1 51%6 


3 10%6 


: 3 . 


3%6 


8iyi6 


3 


8 


1 m 


3 115/8 


fi r. 


3% 


9% 


3 


9 


1 6% 


4 iyi6 


10 


4V8 


101%6 


3 


10 


1 7yi6 


4 11%6 


11 ; 


49/16 


. 11% 


3 


11 


1 7^/46 


4 278 


10 


6 


1 1 


4 





1 7% 


4 315/16 


1 1 


5% 


1 21/16 


4 


1 


1 8%6 


4 51A6 


1 2 


5i%6 


1 31/8 


4 


2 


1 811A6 


4 6y8 


1 3 


6^4 


1 41.4 


4 


3 


1 9y8 


4 7%6 


1 4 


611/16 


1 5%6 


4 


4 


1 9%6 


4 85/16 


1 5 


7Vi6 


1 6% 


4 


5 


1 9i%6 


4 9% 


1 ^6 


71/2 


1 IV2 


4 


6 


1 10% 


4 10716 


17 


778 


1 8%6 


4 


7 


1 10% 


4 iiy2 


1 8 


8%6 


1 9%. 


4 


.8 


1 11%6 


5 % 


1 9 


8% 


1 10%. 


4 


9 


1 11% 


5 liiA« 


1 10 


Ws 


1 111%6 


4 


10 


2 


5 294 


1 11 


9%6 


2 % 


4 


11 


2 %6 


5 3% 


2 


91%6 


2 2 , 


5 





2 Vs 


5 415,46 


2 1 ■ 


10% 


2 3^16 


5 


1 


2 ly* 


5 6 


2 2 


10% . 


2 4% 


5 


2 


2 IHle 


5 7y8 


2 3 


1I%6 


2 51/4 


5 


3 


2 2y8 


5 8%6 


2 4 


11% 


2 6%6 


5 


4 


2 21/2 


5 914 


2 5 1 





2 7% 


5 


5 


2 215/16 


5 10% 


2 6 1 


^e 


2 8y2 


5 


6 


2 35A6 


5 11T46 


2 7 1 


1%6 


2 9%6 


5 


7 


2 3% 


6 y2 


2 8 1 


uy4 


2 10% 


5 


8 


2 4%6 


6 1% 


2 9 1 


IHie 


2 1111/46 


5 


9 


2 49/16 


6 211^9 


2 10 1 


2%6 


3 13A6 


5 


10 


2 5 


6 3% 


2 11 1 


2y2 


3 1% 


5 


11 


2 5% 


6 4% 


3 1 


2i%6 


3 2i%6 


6 





2 6i%6 


6 515/16 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Tible of Diagonals of 673^° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 1 Feet on the Sides. 



Long Leg] Short Leg. 


Diagonal. 


Long Leg 


Short Leg. 


Diagonal. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


6 1 


2 61/4 


6 7 


8 


1 


3 43/16 


8 9 


6 2 


2 6% 


6 81/8 


8 


2 


3 4%6 


8 10^6 


6 3 


2 7Vi6 


6 9%6 


8 


3 


3 5 


8 11% 


6 4 


2 71/2 - 


6 101/4 


8 


4 


3 5716 


9 V^ 


6 5 


2 7% 


6 11% 


8 


5 


3 513/16 


9 1%6 


6 6 


2 8%6 


7 %6 


8 


6 


3 eV4. 


9 2% 


6 7 


2 8% 


7 IV2 


8 


7 


3 611^6 


9 3^2 


6 8 


2 9y8 


7 2%. 


8 


8 


3 IMe 


9 48A6 


6 9 


2 9%6 


7 311/16 


8 


9 


3 71/2 


9 &% 


6 10 


2 mie 


7 4% 


8 


10 


3 7% 


9 6% 


6 11 


2 10% 


7 6i%6 


8 


11 


3 8%6 


9 7i8,ie 


7 


2 10i%6 


7 6i%6 


9 





3 83/4 


9 8% 


7 1 


2 11%6 


7 8 


9 


1 


3 91^ 


9 10 


7 2 


2 11% 


7 9^16 


9 


2 


3 9%6 


9 llMe 


7 3 


3 Me 


7 103/16 


9 


3 


3 10 


10 Vs 


7 4 


3 %6 


7 111/4 


9 


4 


3 103/8 


10 m 


7 5 


3 ys 


8 %6 


9 


5 


3 1013/46 


10 2%6 


7 6 


3 iH 


8 F/i6 


9 


6 


3 IIV4 


10 3% 


7 7 


3 11V16 


8 21/2 


9 


7 


3 11% 


10 4y2 


7 8 


3 21/8 


8 39/16 


9 


8 


4 V16 


10 59/46 


7 9 


3 21/2 


8 4iyi6 


9 


9 


4 7/16 


10 6% 


7 10 


3 21%6 


8 5% 


9 


10 


4 % 


10 73/4 


7 11 


3 3% 


8 613/16 


9 


11 


4 1%6 


10 813/46 


8 


3 3% 


8 715/1 6 


10 





4 113^6 


10 9% 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 3S 

; Table -^f Diagonals of GO'' Triangles Measuring 
from 1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 



Long 


Short Leg 


Diagona 


Long 


Short Leg 


Diagonal, 


Ft. ^ In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Leg 
Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 




»/i6" 


IKs" 


3' 1" 






1" 


1' 9%" 


3' 6%"- 


2" 


IVs" 


25,46 


3' 2" 


1' 915,46" 


3' 7H" 


3" 


1%" 


3%6' 


3' 3" 


1' lOVa" 


3' 9" 


4" 


2%6" 


4>-8" 


3' 4" 


1' 11^6" 


3' 10%6" 


5" 


2%" 


5%" 


3' 5" 


1' 11 Hie" 


3' 11%6" 


6" 


3%6" 


6i5Afl 


3' 6" 


2' %" 


4' ^" 


7" 


41,^6- 


8^,46' 


3' 7" 


2' 13/46" 


4' iiyi6" 


8" 


4%" 


9K" 


3' 8" 


2' 1%" 


4' 2i%6" 


9" 


5%6" 


10%" 


3' 9" 


2' 2" 


4' 315A6" 


10" 


5%" 


11%6' 


3' 10" 


2' 2%6" 


4' 5%" 


11" 


6%" 


12H46 


3' 11" 


2' SVa" 


4' 65i" 


12" 


615,46" 


131%6 


4' 0" 


2' 3iyi6" 


4' 77,4^6" 


1' 1" 


7y2" 


1' 3" 


4' 1" 


2' 4V4" 


4' 89,46" 


1' 2" 


8Vi6" 


1' 4%6' 


4' 2" 


2' 4%" 


4' 93^" 


1' 3" 


8H46" 


1' 5%6' 


4' 3" 


2' 5TA6" 


4' 10%" 


1' 4" 


9^4" 


1' 6%" 


4' 4" 


2' 6" 


5' 0" 


V 5" 


91%6" 


r 7H" 


4' 5" 


2' 6K" 


5' 1%6" 


V 6" 


10%" 


V 8%" 


4' 6" 


2' 7%6" 


5' 2%6" 


r 7" 


11" 


V 915^6 


4' 7" 


2' 7K" 


5' 3M" 


r 8" 


11%6" 


1' llHe" 


4/ 8" 


2' 85A6" 


5' 4,SA" 


^' 9" 


i2y8" 


2' %" 


4' 9" 


2' 8J^" 


5' Si^s" 


1' 10" 


1211,4a" 


2' IH" 


4' 10" 


2' 9>^" 


5' 615A6" 


V 11" 


13^4" 


2' 2346" 


4/ 11" 


2' 10^6" 


5' 8/8" 


2' 0" 


13%" 


2' 3H46 


5' 0" 


2' 105/8" 


5' 9^" 


2' 1" 


1' 2%e" 
1' 3" 


2' 4%" 


5' 1" 


2' UK" 


5' lOK" 


2' 2" 


2' 6" 


5' 2" 


2' lUMe" 


5' 11%«" 


2' 3" 


1' 3»A6" 


2' 7%6" 


5' 3" 


3' ^" 


6' ?i" 


2' 4" 


1' 4%6" 


2' 8%«" 


5' 4" 


3' 1%6" 


6' IH" 


2' 5" 


1' 4%" 


2' 9J^" 


5' 5" 


3' 1>^" 


6' 3V46" 


2' 6" 


i' 55,46" 


2' lOfg" 


5' 6" 


3' 2ys" 


6' 4%6" 


2/ 7" 


1' 5%" 


2' 111%6 


5' 7" 


3' 2iyi6" 


6' ' 55^" 


2' 8" 


1' eva" 


3' 15,46 


5' 8" 


3' 31/" 


6' 6%" 


2' 9" 


1' 7^6" 


3' 2/8" 


5' 9" 


3' 3i%6" 


& 71^6" 


2' 10" 


1' 7%" 


3' 3^" 


5' 10" 


3' 4T,46" 


6' 8i%r 


2' 11" 


1' 8^46" 


3' 47,46 


5' 11" 


3' 5" 


6' 10" 


3' 0" 


1' 8%" 


3' 5%6 


6' 0" 


3' 5»,46" 


6' 11^8" 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking oflF centers of 
fittings in these measurements. 



34 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Table ol Diagonals of 60° Triangles Measaring 
from 1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 



Long 

Leg 

Ft. In. 


Short Leg- 
Ft. In. 


Diagronal 
Ft. In. 


Long 

Leg 

Ft. In. 


Short Leg 
Ft. In. 


Diagonal 
:Ft. In. 


6' 1" 


3' 


e/a" 


7' ^" 


8' 


1" 


4' 


8" 


9' 4" 


6' 2" 


3' 


6%" 


7' l%c" 


8' 


2" 


4' 


89/16" 


9' 5/8- 


6' 3" 


3^ 


■ 75/10" 


7' 29/16- 


8' 


3" 


4' 


9/8" 


9' 65,i6" 


6' 4" 


3' 


7%" 


7' 3K' 




8' 


4" 


4' 


93^" 


9' 7716- 


6' 5" 


3' 


8%6" 


7' 4%' 




8' 


5" 


4' 


10%6" 


9' 8/8- 


6' 6" 


3' 


9" 


7' 6Vie 


" 


8' 


6" 


4' 


lO/s" 


9' 9%" 


6' 7" 


3' 


9H" 


7' 73Ae 


" 


' 8' 


7" 


4' 


im^" 


9' 1015^6" 


6' 8" 


3' 


10%a" 


7' 8^' 




8' 


8" 


5' 


Vie" 


10' i^e" 


6' 9" 


3' 


10%" 


7' 9>^' 




8' 


9" 


5' 


Vs" 


10' ly^" 


6' 10" 


3' 


11%6" 


7' IOHj 


e" 


8' 


10" 


5' 


1%6 


10' 23/8" 


.j6' 11" 


3'. 


111%6" 


7' 1113/1 


e" 


8'' 


11" 


5' 


IK" 


10' 3%6" 


7' 0" 


4' 


%" 


8' 1" 




9' 


0" 


5' 


2/8" 


10' 4iyi6" 


7' 1" 


4' 


iHo" 


8' 2/8' 




9' 


1" 


5' 


215/16" 


10' 5i3Ac." 


7' 2" 


4' 


IK" 


8' 3%fl 


" 


9' 


2" 


5' 


3/" 


10' 7" 


7' 3" 


4' 


21/" 


8' 47Afl 


" 


9' 


3" 


5' 


4Vl6" 


10' Q^Aa" 


7' 4" 


4' 


21%6" 


8' 5K' 




9' 


4" 


5' 


.4/8" 


10' 95A6" 


7' 5" 


4' 


33/8" 


8' 6K' 




9' 


5" 


5' 


5/" 


10' 10%" 


7' 6" 


4' 


■3i%6" 


8' 71% 


e" 


9' 


6" 


5' 


513/1 6" 


10' 11/b" 


7' 7" 


4' 


4J^" 


8' 9 Vie 


" 


9' 


7" 


5' 


6/" 


11' 3^" 


7' 8" 


4' 


5/8- 


8' 10^' 




9' 


8" 


5' 


7" 


11' 11^/46- 


7' 9" 


4' 


51%6" 


8' 113/8- 




9' 


9" 


5' 


79/16" 


11' Wie" 


-7' 10" 


4' 


6^' 


9' H' 




9' 


10" 


5' 


8/8" 


11' 4/" 


7' 11" 


4' 


6'%'' 


.9' HM 


s" 


9' 


11" 


5' 


8H46" 


ir 5%" 


8' 0" 


4' 


7%6" 


9' 2%" 1 


10' 


0" 


5' 


9K" 


11' 69A6" 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off centers of 
fittings in these measurements. 



:;m3i«gjS3m aeariJ a\ E^n. 1 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 35 

Table of Diagonals 0172° Triangles Measuring 
from 1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 



Long 


Short Leg 


Diagonal. 


Long 


Shortr Leg 


Diagonal. 


Leg 
Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Leg 
Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


1" 


H" 


1^6" 


3' 1" 


1' 0" 


3' 2/8" 


2" 


%" • 


2/8" 


3' 2" 


1' Vs" 


3' 4" 


3" 


1" 


3/8- 


3' 3" 


1' /s" 


3' 5" 


4" 


IK" 


4K" 


3' 4" 


1' 1" 


3' 6" 


5" 


m" 


5XX" 


3' 5" 


1' IK" 


3' 7/8" 


6" 


2" 


. 6y," 


3' 6" 


1' l/s" 


3' 8/8" 


7" 


2Ji" 


7H" 


3' 7" 


1' 2" 


3' 9K" 


8" 


2^8" 


^ 8H" 


3' 8" 


1' 2K" 


3' lOK" 


ft" 


2%" 


9%" 


3' 9" 


1' 2^" 


3' 11%" 


10" 


3K" 


10^^" 


' 3' 10" 


1' 3" 


. 4' 3/g" 


11" 


35-8" 


11^" 


3' 11" 


1' 3K" 


4' 1%" 


12" 


3%" 


12/8" 


4' 0" 


1' 3/8" 


4' 2J^" 


1/ 1." 


45^" 


1' l/s" 


4' 1" 


1' 3/8" 


4' 3^" 


V 2" 


4J^" 


1' 2%" 


4' 2- 


1' 4K" 


4' 4/8" 


1' 3" 


4%" 


1' 3%" 


4' 3" 


1' 4K" 


4' 5^" 


1'. 4" 


• 5K" 


1' 4/8" 


4' 4" 


1' 4%" • 


4' 6^- 


r 5" 


53^" 


1' 5/8" 


4' 5" 


1' 5K" 


4/ 73^»» 


r- 6" 


5%" 


1' 6/8" 


4' 6" 


1' 55-2" 


4' 8f<" 


1:' 7" 


6/8- - 


1' 8" 


4' 7" 


1' 5/3" 


4'. 9^" 


V m 


: 6J^" 


1' 9" 


4' 8" 


1' 6K" 


4' ,10^" 


1' 9" 


6K" 


1' lO/s" - 


4' 9" 


r 6%" 


4' UK" 


r,io" 


-7/8" . 


I'll/s" 


4' 10" 


V 6/8" 


5' d" 


1' 11" 


• -7^" .. 


. 2' Vs" 


4' 11" 


1' 7/8" 


5' 2"- 


2' 0" 


, 75<" 
8H" 


2^ IJi" 
2' 2K" 


5' 0" 


1' 7y2" 


5' 3/8" 


2' 1" 


5' 1" 


1' 1%" ' 


5' - Wi' 


2' 2" 


%^A"^ 


:2' 3%" 


5' 2" 


V 8/8" 


b' 5U" 


2' 3" 


Wx" 


2' 4%" 


5' 3" 


1' 8^" 


5' 6K" 


2' 4" 


9%" 


2' 5H" 


5' 4" 


1' 8K" 


5' 7%'" 


2' 5" 


93/s" 


2' 6>^" 


5' 5" 


1' 9/8" 


5' 83/8" 


2' 6" 


93/i" 


2' 7^" 


5' 6" 


1' 9/2" 


5' 9%" 


2' 7" 


lOKs" 


2' 8/8- 


5' 7" 


1' 9%" 


5' 10>^" 


2' 8" 


10%" 


2' 9/8- 


5' 8" 


V lO/s" 


5' 11^" 


2' 9" 


10^" 


2' 103/i" 


5' 9" 


1' 103/^" 


6' %" 


2' 10" 


11" 


2' 113^" 


5' 10" 


V 10%" 


6' IJ^" 


2' 11" 


113/^" 


3' 3^" 


5' 11" 


V 1\H" 


6' 2/8" 


3' 0" 


im" 


3' 1%" 


6' 0" 


V ll/s" 


6'- 3/8" 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off centers 
of fittings in these measurements. 



36 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Table of Dia^o^ials of 7*Z° Triangles Measuring 
from 1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 



Long 


Short Leg: 


Diagronal. 


Long 


Short Leg 


Diagonal, 


Ft. ^fn. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. ^fn. 


Ft. In. 


Ft, In. 


6' 1" 


1' 


115i" 


6' 4K" 


8' 


1" 


2' 1%" 


8' 6" 


6' 2" 


2' 


0" 


6' 5K" 


8' 


2" 


T 1%" 


8' 7" 


6' 3" 


2' 


3/3" 


6' 6/8" 


8' 


3" 


2' 8/8" 


8' 8/8" 


6' 4" 


2' 


^" 


6' 7/8" 


8' 


4" 


2' 8K" 


8' 9/8" 


6' 5" 


2' 


1" 


6' 8/8" 


8' 


5" 


2' 8%" 


8' lOJ^" 


6' 6" 


2' 


13/8" 


6' 10" 


8' 


6" 


2' 9/8" 


8M1^X" 


6' 7" 


2' 


1^8- 


6' ll/s" 


8' 


7" 


2' 95^" 


9' Ji" 


6' 8" 


2' 


2" 


7' /«" 


8' 


8" 


2' 9K" 


9' \%" 


6' 9" 


2' 


2%" 


7' l/s" 


8' 


9" 


2' lO/s" 


9' 2/8" 


6' 10" 


2' 


25/8" 


7' 2>^" 


8' 


10" 


2' 10>^" 


9' 3^" 


6' 11" 


2' 


3" 


7' 3K" 


8' 


11" 


2' lOK" 


9' 4K" 


7' 0" 


2' 


3K" 


7' 4%" 


9' 


0" 


2' ll/s" 


9' 5^" 


7' 1" 


2' 


3/8" 


7' 5/8" 


9' 


1" 


2' 113/8" 


9' 6/8" 


7/ 2" 


2' 


4" 


7' 6/8" 


9' 


2" 


2' 11%" 


9' 7/8" 


7' 3" 


2' 


4>^" 


7' 7J^" 


9' 


3" 


3' /s" 


9' 8K" 


7' 4" 


2' 


4/8" 


r 8>^" 


9' 


4" 


3' %" 


9' 9%" 


7' 5" 


2' 


4%" 


7' ^%" 


9' 


5" 


3' 5i" 


9' 10?^" 


7/ Q,r 


2' 


5^/^" 


T lO/s" 


9' 


6" 


3' 1" 


9' 11^" 


T 1" 


2' 


5/8" 


7' llfg" 


9' 


7" 


3' l>i" 


10' %" 


7' 8" 


2' 


5/8" 


8' K" 


9' 


8" 


3' 1?4" 


10' 2" 


T 9" 


2' 


6J^" 


8' 1%" 


9' 


9" 


3' 2" 


10' 3" 


7' 10" 


2' 


6M" 


8' 23/" 


9' 


10" 


3' 23/" 


10' 4J^" 


7' 11" 


2' 


6/8" 


8' 3/8" 


9' 


11" 


3' 2^" 


10' 5/8" 


8' 0" 


2' 


7^/" 


8' 5" 


10' 


0" 


3' 3" 


10' 6/8" 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off centers 
of fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



37^ 



t]Qu8trsitlon showing tow to obtain measurements of 
all kinds of bends used in heavy duty work 




QUARTER BCNOS 




OFFSET BCNO« 

Fig. 7 



The radius of any bend should not be less than 
5 diameters of the pipe and a larger radius is much 
preferable. The length "X" of straight pipe at each 
end of bend should be not less than as follows: 



2^-in. Pipe X=4 in. 

3 -in. Pipe X=4 in. 
3K-in- Pipe X=5 in. 

4 -in. Pipe X=5 in. 
4>^-in. Pipe X=6 in. 

5 -in. Pipe X=:6 in. 

6 -in. Pipe X=7 in. 

7 -in. Pipe X=8 in. 



8-in. Pipe X= 9 in. 

10-in. Pipe X=12 in- 

12-in. Pipe X=14 in. 

14-in. Pipe X=16 in. 

15-in. Pipe X=16 in. 

16-in- Pipe X=20 in. 

i8-in. Pipe X=22 in. 



38 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Table Showing Expansion of Iron Pipe for Each 100 

Feet, in Inches, ffom 30 Degfi-ees. 

■; ' '' ••< •^i'j.l f}i i/Sr^' ^m&o io tuc'.i:.! Expansion 
Temoenfure " in inches. 

IfiKHPgrees ..,.^^^^,^ ^/ 1.15 

215 degrees 1.47 

265 decrees 1.78 

297 deejees ..... , , .2. 12 

388 df^pje&s ..,.....,. ;2f,45 



Radiation in Loav Pressure Steam Heating Plant !/; 
^ Below Water Line of Boiler, 

There are two .ways by which heat may be had 
from low pressure steam heating plants at points be- 
low the water level of the boiler, and while these two 
special points are known to the average fitter, there 
are many persons practicing this line of trade who 
have had no experience with such system, but who 
often meet situations where radiation below the 
water line would be desirable. The illustration, Fig. 8, 
will serve to show how the pipe work of such radia- 
tion may be practically carried out. In the illustra- 
tion B represents the steam boiler., from which 
steam may be carried to the various radiators situ- 
ated above the boiler and having the usual return 
pipe to bring back the condensation to the boiler. 

The highest point to which water rises, or the 
water level, is indicated by W, and on the right side 
of boiler is a return bend coil, all of which is situ- 
ated below the water level, and which can be used 
as radiating surface.,. Through this cOil the water 
from the steana boiler, can be made to circulate, and 
will be found to be very effective. Both connections 
of the coil should be provided in such cases with 
valves as showA, and while on^; valve "ViTQuld answer 
the purpose of stopping the circulation, it is always 
best to provide against a; leak in; the coil, so that a 
valve in each branch to the boiler might save 



ibiji rioi/o ^ji^d i-r jfjsdT .a^iiij^onrrr bn<: i.idnr 
Bek>w Water Line of Boiler. 







io skrionnrr I;' 







v/al £ 3i£ aiarllj .aqiq nici 
.il: |7 lo indmagxiJ^-ne slrij fiiiv.';J 

aril ,t9 hoft sd Kiv) ec .bnA .'gnrse.- 

iHEsia lo ^c!qqu^ orfj sntKoiJiico -lo. 
.3qiq m£3ja ni£ffi drfiieon bsJsooi ei _ 

-fiiuoib B qp q3.gil of labio ni aioisibfii fi:,ija g-J 

QOis oJ didiaeoq 5<l ■biuQ%r:ti i£flt nosssi : 
b£i 3dJ ni ii£ io noiiBlumr/DOB 3di X.d noTj^L 



.40 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

trouble and annoyance. Then where such radiation 
as shown on the right of boiler is used, provision 
should always be made to drain the coils of water 
when not wanted for heating purposes in cold weath- 
er, and this can be done by placing a pet cock at 
some point on the lower pipe in such coil. If the 
pipes to hot water radiation of this kind are carried 
as shown, there will be no necessity of air valves, 
as all air will pass to the boiler and escape through 
radiators situated at some higher elevation. 

Any style of hot water radiation can be used for 
such purposes, as well as pipe coils, by simply car- 
rying out the same general principle of producing 
circulation. On the left of the boiler in the illustra- 
tion is shown another kind of radiation at a point 
below the boiler, and in this case steam is used> but 
the condensation does not return to the boiler, and 
therefore provision is made in this case so that there 
will be no escapement of steam and at the same time 
completely draining the radiator. At the outlet end 
of this style radiation is placed a steam trap, as indi- 
cated by T, the discharge pipe from which connects 
with a waste or drain pipe. There are a few special 
points connected with this arrangement of radiation, 
which must also be remembered, to guard against 
damage from freezing. And, as will be noticed, the 
radiation is elevated so that all water will fall from 
it into the steam trap by gravitation, then, again, 
the one valve for controlling the supply of steam 
to this radiator is located near the main steam pipe 
above the boiler, so that at times when this valve is 
closed there will be no chance for water to stand in 
any part of the steam pipe to the radiator where it 
might freeze. An automatic air valve will be neces- 
sary on such radiators in order to keep up a circula- 
tion of the steam at all times during cold weather, 
for the reason that it would be possible to stop cir- 
culation by the accumulation of air in the radiator 



JOHNSON'S HANDY' MANtrXt. 41 

with an ordinary direct air valve, and with the 
steam supply valve on main pipe wide open, and 
under such circumstances it would be possible for 
the water to freeze in the steam trap, thus closing 
the outlet and allowing the radiator and all connec- 
tions to it to fill with water. Therefore it will be seen 
that this is a very important place to use the best- 
make of automatic air valves. In regard to the sup- 
ply valves on all lines, if globe valves are used, 
they should be placed at an angle of 45 degrees, as 
shown in illustration, in order to prevent trapping 
of these lines, but gate valves in such places may 
be placed at any angles. In heating systems of this 
kind where steam radiation is located below the 
water level , of the boiler and condensation from 
such surface discharged through steam traps, there 
will be a loss of water from the boiler to the extent 
of such condensation, and on this account, it will 
be necessary to place on the boiler a reliable auto- 
ipatic water feeder connected to the water service 
supply to keep the water up to its proper height in. 
the boiler at all times, and not alone to save atten- 
tion but to protect the boiler. 

What a Unit of Heat is. 

A unit of heat is that amount of heat which is 
required to raise the temperature of one pound of 
water 1 degree F., and is used to calculate and 
measure the quantity of heat. 

Combustion of Fuel in House-Heating Boilers. 

The combustion of fuel in any given area of grate 
must depend on the rapidity of the draught. 

In ordinary home heating boilers, one square foot 
of grate will burn from 5 to 8 pounds of coal per 
hour. 

One pound of coal should add about 9000 heat 
units to water in a boiler used for heating purposes. 



42 ^ JOHNSON'S HANPY MANUAL^ 

One cubi? ioot c>f,.pr4iiiacy.,c<^al .^as, . cont^ns ^&AQ 
linits of heatylDUt 50% of' thi^ Ts^ li^sri'ii th^'.^^g^^ 
atlng of steam or heating of water ^y even the bjCSt 
.cpnstrjuctlon. of Bungen or atmospheric burners/ so. 
that 1 cubic foot of 16 candle power gas willadd,^ 
about 325 units of heat to water belqw 200 degrees pj,^. 
, A most important thing, in the cpnstructioji., oil 
steam heating plants, is to properly proportion, tha, 
boiler, the grate surface with the -heating surfacjej,; 
a.Iso .the proper area of chimney for a proper and. 
economical consumption of the fuel, and for this pur.-^ 
pose the diagranis on page 38 iiave been arra^ge^^.^ 
and which are the result of practical experience j.anjjj 
tests under various conditions. ' ■.■-, y ■ .; i 

It. will be noticed in referring to plate, Fig^,9, that, 
one square foot of grate surface .will supply. 36,. 
square feet of boiler surface; and this amount of 
grate and boiler surface wilj carry. 196 square feet of 
direct radiating surface for heating purposes. Thiej 
area of chimney must be taken into c(5nsideratipn« 

-aaiUv 3Yii3 oi'9noI>; ^oabtii; ,39x11??- Hx: it. islrdcf *9iitj 
:• .laltod'Od^ i^sio:? : • ' r^'-" 

muoms indfy 21 ieod^lo imts A 
;>33W 8£ Isray- .31 £)9i^b 1 lai 

591B jrig'/i^ "^iir, ni bal lo norisodmbD ori':' 
jfi^gwdb ^fi:f io ActrbiqBt &fh do bnst^ab t?; ^ 
;:;Li :>vsixp8 3(rQ, ,a-t9iJ[rQd -^iilt&^A Dinod^^T^nibio tti' 
L3q te5i Jo^botfoq 8 otc moil nib<t liiv/ aJJsi^ 

jBOfi OQOe Jriodfi tfe bborfS teo:^ iO bfttmti ^^O 



JOHNSON'S' HANDY MANUAL. 

"i- O fU O *^ <t; •?>' ? X" -■- J.^ --' ■■■^ -^ .-_ / ,v i i VL "-. ; --. . • 

cc jc- -3 --J a? Ci 'ru ^- IT c: :•: C-- ?■: .. , »•-• i- ^ -^ •- . ^ c' ■ ■; 



::Tcc^c oc^Tcu' V o -t re ^ :<j >t: ^ ;g 2: ^ ''■ 



r- •-/ 



^9^^*t' 



._^__- 






c5 -"J r'-» I--- '—^J'lr-^ 





^i^ d^^ v^ 


le/ 


r 











































































00 or 



TSoi'kr' "^tfi^/ac^ 





~ T 




/^^ ^^ 


^<a.&ir 


















r. 










-- 


















"" 






"^ 




. 








. 


































































































. 


















































































































- 
























. 






















n 










"" 






























■ 
























































— 



if > 









JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



-dv JO bjBtitjg 

JO 9ZIQ; 






r-rHT^ooi— l•^*^t^o<^^^-o•^«ot-c»opoo^• 
»-l (N 00 CO Ti5 lo ^^ 00 oi <N iO OS CO 00 CO 00 ^ o 

t-C-Q000Q05-C>»I>'CDM<^Q0CO00CO«>OS»-« 

Oi-ioQoaco-<^»o^t>oco<©oirJos-^oco 

f-<T-ii-HC<I<M<NCOTj*^ 
'•• • • • '• ' • • • • 'f-HT-iOt-COt- 

cx)ooocoosco 

Oi^Tj<«O00rH 

............ rH KH *H 1-4 04 

^ ^ ^ • • ^ ^ I ^ I 'OOOOiOOT-iOt^ 

• ^ T— t O 1— < CO !>• Cd 

. . • . • . • . • • •I>0»»-iCO»OC*0 

'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. i -H <M <» CO (M 00 oa <© 

iO OS -"itf CM 1-H r-l CO I> 

• . . . . . . • . •jO«0000<MtJ<CDOO 

I I • I • I I I • 0> CO (M «0 "^ t* "^ C£ 

OOOOOI>COOOSO 

•••••••• • CO »0 <X) t> 05 »-H <M "«!*< C 

"••••••• • 1-1 iO ©q CO 00 CO 00 -^^ »o «D 

t^ CD I> OS <M t* CO r-4 T-H r-t 

. I ! I ! • cq OS 00 00 OS io Tt< »o iO CO -^ D- 

00 r-t xO 'f ^ CO OS CO OS CO "^ CO 

1-1 Oa OQ CO 'Q' iO «0 00 OS F-* CO »o 



•;8aj ajBnbg 

B9JV 3Al}09^a 



s 



•COi-iCOOO»OOt*OSOOCa 

•i-t-^r-OT^cooqcoiooi 

.T-H,-(^CMC0C0"^»O«0I> 



3t>COCOCD.-4r-<CO^ 

DOCOCOOSCOi-tCOO 
r-4T-4ip-iT-tC<lCOCOiO 



t>-.-H0000Ol0(MC0«0 
CqTt<iOC^OC<UOOO'-< 

»-< r-4 1-1 1-1 <M 



m i8)9uiBia I ^iioa^oao 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 45 

Chimney Flues. 

For low pressure gravity steam heating plants, 
carrying over 1000 feet of radiation, the size of 
chimney may be reduced somewhat less in propor- 
tion than that shown in Fig. 9. The success of any 
heating plant depends largely on the chimney, and 
no matter how well a boiler may be proportioned 
and constructed, there cannot be proper results un- 
less the chimney is also properly constructed. Chim- 
neys intended for heating plants should never fee 
constructed less than 8x8 inches in the clear for the 
smallest size private house. 

Size of Flues for Indirect Radiation. 



Heatingr 


Area of 
Cold Air 
Supply. 
Sq. In. 


Area of Hot 


Size of 


Size of 
Regrister. 


Surface. 
Sq.Ft. 


Air Supply, 
Sq. In. 


Brick Flue for 
Hot Air. 


20 


SO 


40 


4x12 


8x8 


30 


45 


60 


.8x12 


8x12 


40 


60 


80 


8x12 


10x12 


50 


75 


100 


12x12 


10x15 


60 


90 


120 


12x12 


12x15 


80 


120 


160 


12x16 


14x18 


100 


150 


200 


12x20 


16x20 


120 


180 


240 


14x20 


16x24 


140 


210 


280 


16x20 


20x24 



How to Clean a "Water Gauge Glass on a Stezta ;. 
Boiler Without Removing Same. 

1. Draw a cupful of hot water from the boiler, into which 
pour at least a tablespoonful of raw muriatic or other acid. 

2. Close both water gauge valves. 

3. Open top water gauge valve and also pet cock at bottom 
and blow water out of the glass. Then immediately close the 
top valve and submerge the end of the pet cock in cup of hot 
water solution. A vacuum is at once created in the gauge 
glass which causes the solution in the cup to rush in. 

4. Keep the pet cock immersed and operate the top valve, 
slightly opening and closing, alternately expelling and di*aw- 



A& 



JOHNSpN'S .HANpy MANUAL. 



ing in the solution until all grease, oil, or, other matter adhering 
to the inside of the glass 'is'- cut^ -65^: ''Then close pet cock and 
open .both, .water .,(g:augieya^ves-.j;.r;:;^, ^-.li^r^-, 

.It is necessary to have one" pound pressure of steam or more 
on the boiler before commencing this operation, which " need 
not occupy more than ten minutes. The result is a clean glass 
without the risk of breakage and probable renewal 6f gaskets^' 
which is feequently: the • case when ' removing the glass" for 
cleaning. - ,• - ; -,, ■.-,: -V .,. ■, , ■ 



„r;^j; Removing Oil and.Gfit from Steami Boiler. . 

^ Unavoidable ; accumulation of oil, grease : or -gn^^it in a new 
system causes a boiler to foam, prevenj^s generation .<>f stesini, 
and produces an unsteady water line ; therefore it is necessary 
to blow off boiler under pressure. 

1. Close off the main steam and return valves, or all radia- 
tor valves. ''i'*- *t- 5i.«" 

2. Make a v/ood fire and get up a _pressttrezol--at least ten 
pounds as indicated by the steam gauge. , , , 

3. Open the blow-off valves, being careful that just.-suflfi« 
cient fire is carried to maintain a pressure until the last' gallon 
of water is -exhausted. ' ' 

4. Allow fire to die out. '■■'^- ! OS 

5. Open, ail fire and flue doors and in aoout half an-'hour. 

6. Close blow-off Valve and 

7. Refill, boiler slowly to water line. 

8. Open all radiator and main valves and 

9. Start fire. 

A boiler should be blown off within a week after it ig in- 
stalled and in operation. If one blowing off does not resillt_i.a 
clean water gauge glass, proper generation of steam and a 
steady water line, the boiler should be blown off a second/ jand 
if necessary a thi«i and fourth, time.. .,._, ., ^. 

.J oust; ^nivOiiXi>J4 liiOSi^iW iuliOC 



. !i' ; quo stil\A:>o-^ 
i>^Lr£5( ad* ni b3iS9-i.> .';. 
* .ni d'aut o1 qtxo 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Relative Sizes of One Pipe Steam -Main Show- 
ing Feet of Radiation Pipe it will take care of. 

5b feet of radiation. 

125 feet of radiation. 

250 feet of rad'atioti.- 

400 "feet of radiation. 

650 feet of radiation.; 

900 feet of radiation. 
1250 feet of radiation. 
1600 feet of radiation. 
2050 feet of radiation. 
2500 feet of radiation. 
3600 feet of radfation. 
.5000 feet of radiation. 
6500 feet of radiation. 
'8100 'feet of radiation. 
10000 feet of radiatioa. 

-Table Showing Various Sizes of Pipe Constituting - 
a Foot of Radiation, 

Water and steam the same. 
36 inches 1 -inch pipe makes 1 foot of radiation. 
28 > inches li^f-inch pipe makes 1 foot of radiation^ 
24 inches 1^-inch pipe makes 1 foot of radiation. 
20 inches 2 -inch pipe makes 1 foot of radiation, 
16 inches 2>^-inch pipe makes 1 foot of radiation, 
13 inches 3 -inch pipe makes 1 foot of radiation., 

9^ inches 3^-inch pipe makes 1 foot of radiation, 

8^ inches 4 -inch pipe makes 1 foot of radiation. 

6^ inches 5 -inch pipe makes 1 foot of radiation. 

h% inches 6 -inch pipe makes 1 foot of radiation. 

Tables of Mains and Branches for Hot "Water. 



1 


inch . . . . 


...... 40 to 


1% 


inch. .... 


100 to 


'IV.. 


inch. . .'. . 


125 to 


2" ■ 


inch. . .Q.^ 


.i.^:::.-i 250 to 


2K 


iaach. ..lijBfbp,-} . .b.niOO to- 


3 


inch. 


.,.^.:,f... 650 to- 


W2 


inch. . . . . 


.;. . 900 to 


4 


inch 


. 1250 to 


■■W9. 


inch . . . . . 


1600 to 


5 


inch 


2050 to 


6 


inch 


2500 to 


7 


inch 


3600 to 


8 


inch 


. 5000 to 


9 


inch 


6500 to 


10 


inch. . . . . 


..8100 to 



IK in. will supply 2 

\% in. will supply 2 • • 

2 in, will supply 2 , 

2% in. will supply 2- IK-in. and 1 iK-in.. or 1 2 -in. and 1 

3 -in. will supply 1 2^-in. and 1 2 -in., or 2 2 -in, and 1 
3K in. will supply 2 2J^-in. or 1 3 -in., and 1 2 -in, or 3 

4 -in. will supply 1 3J^-in. and 1 2J^-in.. or 2 3 -in. and 4 
4K in. will supply 1 Z%-'m. and 1 3 -in., or 1 4 -in. and 1 

5 -in. will supply 1 4 -in. and 1 3 -in., or 1 A%-m. and 1 

6 -in. will supply 2 4 -in. and 1 3 

7 -in. will supply 1 6 -in.« and 1 4 

8 -in. will supply 2 6 -in. and 1 5 



in., or 4 3 -in. or 10 

in., or 3 4 -in, and 1 
in., or 5 4 -in. and 2 



1 in, 

IJiia 
IK in, 
IJi-in, 
IM-in, 

2 -in, 
2 -in, 
2J^-in, 
2K-in, 
2 -in, 
2 
2 



48 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Size of Mains for Two Pipe Steam Systems. 

In calculating on the proper size of steam mains 
for gravity systems, lengths of such pipes as well as 
the square feet of surface in same must be consid- 
ered. In situations where long runs of pipe are nec- 
essary between the boiler and radiating surface 
proper, one size larger pipe should be used for each 
100 feet, and at the same time all mains figured as 
radiating surface when deciding on the sizes of such 
main pipe. 



Radiating Surface Pipe -will Supply. 


Size of Pipe, 


Area, 
Inches. 


RADIATION. 


Feed: Return. 


Direct. 


Indirect. 


1^x1 


1.49 


150 


85 


l>^xl^ 


2.03 


225 - 


140 


2 xlU 


3.35 


350 


200 


2^xl>^ 


4.78 


500 


300 


3 x2 


7.38 


800 


600 


3^x2 


9.83 


1100 


700 


4 x2^ 


12.73 


1500 


1000 


4j^x2^ 


15.93 


1800 


1200^ 


6 x3 


19.99 


2400 


1600 


6 xsy. 


28.88 


3600 


2200 


7 x4 


38.73 


5000 


3000 


8 x4>4 


50.03 


6500 


.4000 


9 x5 


63.63 


8000 


5400 


10 x6 


78.83 


10000 


7000 



Branches to radiators should always be taken off liie 
top of the main, using a square Ell or a 45*^ Ell,' 
A practical man will always do this. ■ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 49 

Measurement of Supply and Return Pipes. 

To ascertain the amount of heating surface in 
supply, return pipes and risers, multiply length of 
pipe by figures given below, always pointing off two 
places. 

Example: 200 lineal feet l>^-inch pipe multiplied 
by 50 equals 100 square feet heating surface. 



Size of Pipe. 


Square Feet in 


Gallons of Water in 


One Lineal Foot. 


100 Feet in Length. 


J^-inch. 


.27 


2.77 gallons. 


1 -inch. 


.34 


4.50 gallons. 


IX-iJ^ch. 


.43 


7.75 gallons. 


1 3^-inch. 


.50 


10.59 gallons. 


2 "inch. 


.62 


17.43 gallons. 


2K-inch. 


.75 


24.80 gallons. 


u -inch. 


.92 


38.38 gallons. 


3 >^ -inch. 


1.05 


61.36 gallons. 


4 -inch. 


1.17 


66.13 gallons. 



Square Feet of 




Size of 
Chimney. 


Square Feet of 


Direct Steain 


Horse Power, 


Direct Water 


Radiation, 




Radiation. 


250 


2.5 


8x8 


400 


300 


3.0 


8x 8 


500 


400 


4.0 


8x 8 


700 


f.00 


5,0 


8x12 


850 


600 


6.0 


8x12 


1000 


700 


7.0 


8x12 


1200 


800 


8.0 
9.0 


12x12 


1350 


900 


12x12 


1500 


1000 


10.0 


12x12 


1700 


1200 


12.0 


12x12 


2100 


1400 


14.0 


12x16 


2400 


1600 


16.0 


12x16 


2700 


1800 


18.0 


12x16 


3000 


2000 


20-0 


12x16 


3400 


2200 


22 


16x16 


3700 


3000 


30.0 


16x16 


5100 


3500 


35.0 


16x20 


5900 


5000 


50.0 


16x20 


8500 


5500 


55.0 


20x20 


9300 


8000 


80.0 


20x20 


13000 



•50 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Size pi Mains for One iPipe Hot Water System. 

Do not reduce size of mains too rapidly as ^ranches 
are taken off. The increased : friction of smaller 
pipe is frequently too great to admit of any recJuG- 
tioii in the size of main. , , 

For direct radiation the area of the mains may b.e 
"arrived at by multiplying radiating surface. . . r^ 
When 1800 feet and less by .011 ..;v 

When 2000 feet and over by .009 

Use pipe having area nearest to that so found. 
Un(3er ordinary conditions, the following table 
for size of mains will be found entirely reliable: — 



Size of Main, 
Inches: . 




Direct Radiation 


Indirect Radia- 


Area. 


Will Supply, 
Feet.: 


tion Will, Supply. 
Feet. 


1% 


2.03 


200 J 


135 


. 2- 


■ -3.35 


325 


200 


. 2^ 


4.78 


450 


300 


3 


7.38 


700 


450 


' 3K 


9.82 


900 


600 


4 


12.73 


1200 ^ 


800 - 


■4^ 


15.93 


1500 


- 1000 


:'& 


19.99 


2000 


1200 


-^6 


28.88 


3000 


2000 


.•:7 


38.73 


4200 


2800 


-8: 


50.03 


5600 


3600 


9 


63.63 


7000 


4^00 


10 


78.83 


. 8500 


■5600 



Size of Mains for T^vo Pipe Hot Water System. 



Size of Main. 


Area. 


Direct Radiation 




Feqd: Return. 


will Supply. Feet. 


Feet. 


.I'Ax iVu 


4.06 


From 275 


To 350 


2 X 2 


. 6.70 


400 


650 


2-1^ x 2% 


9.56 


■ iBOO 


1000 


3 X 3 


14.76 


1300 


1500 


31^ X 3% 


19.64 


1700 


: ;-l950 


4 X 4 


25.46 


2450 


2950 


mx 4^ 


31.86 


3275 


J 8500 


.6 « 5 


39.98 


3700 


{ u( 4450 


^6v oc 6 


57.76 


; 5400 


6050 


€^ I 


' 77.46 


7275 


9400 


100.06 


11000 


12400 


^ X 9 


li27.26 


14000 


15500 


-10 X 10 


157.66 


17000 


19000 



Refer to page 42. third table, for Branches. 



johns6n's handy manual. 

Horizontal Tubular Boilersr,- 



Diatn 


Length 


No. of 


Diam. 


Length 


Gauge 


Gauge 


Heat'g 


|S 


of 
Shell. 


of 

Shell. 


Tubes. 


- of 
Tubes. 


oi 

Tubes. 


of . 

Shell. 


of 
Heads 


Surface 


11- 


60 


19 


65 


3K 


18 


H' 


H 


1147 


76 


60 


18 


65 


3^ 


17 


H 


Vz 


1074 


72 


60 


17 


65 


3K 


16 


fs 


/z 


1006 


67 


60 


17 


92 • 


3 ^ 


16 


H 


'%6 


1229 


82 


60 


16 


92 ■ 


3 


15 


- H 


5i6 


1152 


77 


60 


15 


92 


3 


14 


H 


%6 


1075 


72 


60 


14 


92 


3 


13 


H 


yi6- 


998 


67 


54 


19 


50 


3K 


18 


%6 . 


>^ 


951 


63 


54 


18 


50 


3^ 


17 


%6 


>^ 


900 


60 


54 


17 


50 


^/z 


16 


%6 


% 


795 


53 


54 


17 


72 


3 


16 


5/16 


Vie 


977 


65 


54 


16 


72 


3 


15 


%6 


%6 


917 


61 


54 


15 


72 


3 


14 


%6 


%6 


857 


57 


54 


14 


72 


3 


13 


%6 


yi6 


797 


53 


54 


13 


72 


3 


12 


5/16 


vie 


735 


49 


48 


17 


40 


sy^ 


16.. 


%6 


^8- 


683 


46- 


48 


17 


49 


3 


16 


%6 


rs 


- 684 


46 


48 


16 


-49 


3 


15 


^Ae 


/8 


642 


43 


48 


15 


49 


3 


14 


%6 


^8 


600 


40 


48 


14 


49 


3 


13 


%6 


n 


555 


37 


48 


13 


49 


3 


12 


%6 


H 


513 


34 


48 


12 


65 


2^ 


11 


%6 




542 


86 


42 


16 


38 


3 


15 


H 


Yz 


508 


34 


42 


15 


^ 38 


3 


14 


5- 


H 


476 


32 


42 


14 


38 


3 


13 


5 


H 


441 


80 


42 


13 


38 


3 


12 


5^ 


' y% 


408 


27- 


42 


12 


45 


'^H 


11. 


H 


H 


390 


26 


42 


11 


45 


2K 


10 


X 


v^ 


355 


24 


42 


10 


45 


2H 


9 


$ 


n 


320 


22 


42 


9 


45 


2^ 


8 


H 


Vs 


285 


19 


42 


8 


45 


2/2 


7 


X 


H 


248 


16 


36 


13 


28 


3 


12 


U 


k 


306 


20 


86 


12 


34 


2K 


11 


X 


H 


298 


20 


36 


11 


34 


2K 


10 


X 


Ps 


271 


18 


36 


10 


34 


2/3 


9 


X 


Vs 


244 


16 


36 


9 


34 


2/2 


8 


X 


H 


211 


14 


36 


8 


.84 


2/2 


7 


X 


V% 


190 


12 


30 


9 


:30 


2 


8 


1/ 

/A- 


u 


152 


10 


30 


8 


bO 


2 


7 


X 


n 


183 


8 


30 


7. 


30 


2 


6 


,. X-„ 


H 


114 


7 


30 


6'^ 


^ 30 


2 


-: 5..., 


^^^^- 


..|^.c 


':- m 


6^ 



52 .JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Water Capacity of a Boiler. 

To find the water -capacity of any horizontal tub- 
ular boiler, 1-3 being allowed for water space. 

1. Multiply area of head by length of boiler in 
inches. 

2. Multiply area of one tube by length and the 
result by number of tubes. 

3. Deduct amount given from first amount and di~ 
vide by 231 (cubic inches in gal.) quotient will be 
answer' in gallons. Take ^ for amount wanted. 

Example. 
Boiler, 6 feet by 18 inches. 100 3- inch tubes 

Length of tubes 216 • j ■ n 

Atea of tubes 7<E M- 

r ' l..- 

1512 
Number of tubes 100 

151200 cu.in. 

Area of boiler 4071.51 ,<^ 

Length of boiler. ..-.,,, 216 gj, 

24429.06 '^ 

40715.1 
814302 

i-^ 

Total cubic inches boiler 879446. 16 v^ 

Deduct cubic inches in tubes 151200 

Dwi<i5 by 231 (cubic inches in gallon) 231)728246.16(3162.58 

693 

352 
231 

1214 
1155 

596 
462 

1341 
1155 

Answer % of 3152.58=2101.71. 1866 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

I i^ I ^ 



:^ 



^S33 



ooooopo 



\o-* in cNi 






^^ ^ T-l 



MDOOCM 



-g" i § 



8 g 









j= h^P . on 






DO) <u 4; 
c s a s 



C_4J 4, C lUc/^ 

a ^►^ a-a o 

rtO c« c^ 

'^ « 0) ^'^ O'lS 
c/1 ^ H 



^3 -co : rt ; 

Pnc/i : O - (J i^ 
S rt 4, -7) g!> 

o^ (u rt 2i.2 2i 
N r I- mW caW 



54 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Heating Surface of Boilers. 

In considering the question, "What is good and 
proper heating surface in steam boilers?" we take 
the horizontal tubular style of boilers as the stan- 
dard, and any construction of cast or wrought iron 
boiler with as good heating surface may be figured 
in the same manner as to capacity. 

Boiler Capacity. '■""" t-- 

If you wish to install a boiler that will be ec'onl^i- 
cal and require only moderate attention, do not se- 
lect a boiler with a rating agreeing with the Surface 
to be heated. Allow from 15 to 25 per cent, resejve 
power for emergencies — remembering that o^her 
factors beside the radiation affect the boiler, such as 
the care or management it receives, the fuel used 
and the chimney draft. .....„; ^ 

Rating of Tubular Boilers. ,^- 

In figuring radiation, for every horse p owe tj aHow ; 
100 square feet of direct radiation. '^^^ 

Deterilaining Size of Boiler when Pipe Coil is usew for j 
-Heating Water for Domestic Purposes. ;-; 

When a pipe coil or cast iron section is introduced 
into the firepot for the purpose of heating waterj for 
domestic use, additional capacity should be figured 
in determining size of Boiler, viz., in the case of 
Steam Boilers, 1J4 square feet of direct radiatioq-^for 
each gallon of water to be thus heated, and in the 
case of Water Boilers, 2 square feet of direct radia- 
tion for each gallon of water to be thus heated, ac- 
cording to the capacity of the tank to which coil 
or section is jconnected. ;. „ 

When indirect radiation is to be used, not less than 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 55 

75 per cent increase over direct radiation should be 
figured in determining the size of boiler required. 

In rating steam boilers as above, it is understood 
that an average pressure of two pounds will be main- 
tained at. the Boiler. In rating water boilers as 
above, it is understood that the mean temperature of 
the water at the Boiler will be 180 degrees Fahren- 
heit. 

Size of Fresh Air Inlets to Indirect Stacks. 

-r Where natural draught is depended upon for the 
liiQyement of cold air to the indirect stacks of steam 
radiation,: practice has found that for each square 
'foot of radiation V/2. square inches of opening for 
.cold air supply is necessary, or, in other words, for 
.each 10 .square feet of indirect radiation 15 square 
jLaehes of cold, air opening will answer. , 

•*^-' ^loia biidj srij nt Jr/q 9d biwori^. 

The Amount of Direct' Radia^tion that dian be fi^eatJfed 

by Exhaust Steam. 

-■ii:";?^ ;. . . - , . . _ ■ • 

In calculating the heating capacity of an engine 
tVom its exhaust steam, there will be some difference 
in "the riiake or style of such engine, from which the 
exhaust steam is taken, and the better the engine 
the less will be the heating capacity per horse power 
of-'such 'engine -from its exhaust .-steam;- at the same 
time it will be a safe plan, based on practical exper- 
ience, to allow from' 100 to 125 feet of direct radia- 
tion per horse power of engine' from which the ex- 
haust steam is taken. Condensing engines, of 
coUrse,''not being considered for such purposes. 

In exhaust -steam 'hea;ting- plants wjiere the -feed 
water is heated by' the exhatist steam, much of the 
he^t frdrii the exhaust' steam will be extracted from 
the^-'exhaust system by the feed water; and therefore 
thi^^lMi^f *Hg 'tefeii^lnto^emisMeration. 



56 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Locating Radiators. 

Direct Radiation. 

Direct radiation should be set along the exposed 
or cold walls or under the windows, in order to 
warm the cold currents of air produced by these 
exposures. ,. 

If placed on the warm side of a room the tendr 
ency is to cause a draft of cold air across the floor, 
endangering health, or, if nothing worse, causes cold 
feet. Usually, in residences, sufficient radiation is 
placed on the first (or lower) hall to heat the cubic 
contents of the halls on all floors, but in a three- 
story building, where the halls are large, we advise 
the placing of some radiation in the second floor, 
unless there is an unprotected glass exposure (sky- 
light) over the hall, in which case the radiation 
should be put in the third story instead of second, 
to heat the cold air as it descends. 

Weight and Measurement of a Square 
Foot of Radiation. 

A foot of prime radiation should weigh 6J4 pounds 
and hold one pint of water. 

Radiation of Different Sizes of Wrought Iron Pipe. 

Following table gives the actual lengths of dif- 
ferent size pipe sufficient to make ten square feet of 
radiation. 

1 -inch pipe, 28 lineal feet=lO square feet radiation. .-, 
1^-inch pipe, 24 lineal feet=10 square feet radiation. 
1^-inch pipe, 20 lineal feet=10 square feet radiation. ^ 

2 -inch pipe, 16 lineal feet=10 square feet radiation, ^^r 
2J>^-inch pipe, 13 lineal feet=10 square feet radiation, i . 

3 -inch pipe, 11 lineal feet=:10 square feet radiation, .r . 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. B7 

Trouble from Improper Turning of 
Steam Radiator Valves. 

Still another source of trouble and loss of water 
from the boiler comes in the manner in which ra- 
diator valves are handled, especially on the two pipe 
system, and this is when it is desirable to close off 
the heat: The inlet valve is closed, while the return 
valve may be left partly or entirely open, thus allow- 
ing condensation to back up from some other source 
and thus storing up a considerable amount of water 
in the radiator, to the detriment of the boiler, be- 
cause this water is not intended to accumulate in 
any part of the system above the return pipes, but 
fall by gravitation to the boiler. It will therefore 
be seen that on two pipe radiators, both valves must 
be left wide open or both perfectly closed, in order 
to have the apparatus operate in a proper manner. 
The same applies to a one pipe system as well. 

Tapping for Radiators. 

One Pipe Work. 

' Less than 24 feet, 1 inch pipe. 

Over 24 feet up to 50 feet, 1^ inch pipe. 
Over 50 feet up to 90 feet, 1^ inch t)ipe. 
Over 90 feet up to 150 feet, 2 inch ioipe. 

i _ ; Two Pipe W^ork. I 

'^'^"'^' Less than 30 feet, lx^.-^^-««*»»«»*' 
30 to 60 feet, 1^x1. 
50 to 100 feet, 15^x1^4. 
100 to 160 feet, 2 xl^. 

Indirect Radiators. 

30 to 50 feet, 1^x1 inches. 

50 to 100 feet, IJ^xl^ inches. 

100 to 150 feet, 2 xl^ inches. 

Hot Water Tapped for Supply and Return. 

Radiators containing 40 square feet and under 1 -in. 
Above 40, but not exceeding 72 square feet l^-in. 
Above 72 square feet IJ^-in. 



58 J[Q^:N^0|^I'S-^.^^N£|Y,M^I^^^U 

-^^1 rl;.= dv/ ni T;nm;;Tr irfj nl ^smoo iDnocf arirn- ; 
1^(tis^afid(^'Mdwin^ Best' Methods of -M^^fi^^ One 
Bo 930 1 Pipe Steam Radiatoi- Connectioti,- - 

n-yr;:f3T or : . .:^' - ■'■-[■'■ >' ^ 

•//oik .i.Ji ^^^^^^^^ ;^ ^r;Q ^bf^cf -cxim 1^:.: 



! no iiiffj 




Fig. la 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 






Metho'il of Connecting Radiator to Riser on One 
Pipe Steam System. 




yy 



Fig. n. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Figures 12, 13, 14 and 15 Show Best Methods of 
Making Hot 'Water Radiator Connections. 




Fig. 12. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAU 61 




Fig. 13. 



"^f 



JOHNSON'S HANJJY MANimi* 




Fig. 15 



JOHNSOr^'S HANDY MANUAi^ 



Figures 1 6 and 1 7 Show Proper Methods of Con> 
aecting Hot Water Radiators From Over- 
head Systems. Air Valves Are Not 
Needed ia Systems of This Kind. 




Fig. 16, 



TOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAu 




Fig. 17 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL^ 



Figures 1 8 and 1 9 Show Best Method of Constf uct- 
ing Hot W^ater Coils For 1 and 2 Pipe Systems. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAt^l 




Fig. 20 

How to Properly Take Measurements of 
Pipes and Fittings 

In Fig. 20, we give a diagram of two elbows, a valve, and a 
tee, with lines drawn through the center of each fitting, also a 
lateral line below with arrows indicating the center points of 
fittings, inside of which the measurements are to be marked. This 
makes it clear when ordering pipe work with fittings cut to order, 
so that if the measurements are correctly taken and placed on 
diagrarfl, there can be no mistakes in getting out siich work. 

Figuring Radiation, Steam or Hot Water 

Assume room to be heated is on the first floor and basement 
underneath is unheated except for steam pipes running on 
basement ceiling. This usually can be depended on to give 
a basement temperature of 40 degrees in zero weather unless 
the building is of unusually poor construction. , 

Assume that the room is underneath a second, stbry room 
which is heated to the same temperature as the first story; 
also assume that the adjoining rooms are heated to the same 
temperature. 

Thenithe heat loss from the room takes place through the 
outside walls, windows and floor only. 

The ro6m will require additional heat becaiisfe the air is 
continually leaking out through cracks around windows, doors, 
fire places, etc., and through opening doors and windows-. 

First : Estimate the number of times the entire air contents 
of the room is hkety to be changed .per.]iourb>^ this. leakage, 
The following ta4)le may be used as a guide for -this e&tiniarfe©^ 



Halls 2 to 3 

Living rooms 2 to 3 

Dining rooms 1 to 2 

Kitchens 2 

Bedrooms 2 

Sewing rooms 2 

Second floor halls 1 



Drug stores • . . • ■ 3 

Clothing stores 1 

Jewelry stores 1 

Grocery stores 1 to 2 

Law offices 1 

Doctors' offices 1 to 2 

Dentists' offices 1 to 2 



The number of cubic feet of air per hour to be heated is 
found by multiplying the cubic feet contents of the room 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



-67 



by the number of air changes. Look at the illustrjitiqn (Fig. 
21, page 67), and you will note a room IS'XIS'XIO', 
which equals 1950 cubic feet of space. 

If we have decided on two air changes per hour, then we 
must heat 2X1950 = 3900 cubic feet of air from outdoor tem- 
perature to the room temperature. Let us take this as 70 
degrees difference, which equals 70 degrees temperature in 



::e 



t: 



V 






-^/f 



Fig. 21 - .. 

zero Weather. (If figuring for 10 degrees below zero weather, 
the difference will be 80 degrees, and so on.) Because one ff\ 
heat unit (B. T. U:. or U) is needed to raise 50 cubic feet of 
air 1 degree, we will use 1 .4 heat units to heat 1 cubic foot of 
air 70 degrees, and 3900 cubic feet will require 3900 X 1.4= 5460 
•heat units (U). _ - ,-: ; .■ 

The following table gives the heat units requited for differ- 
ent weather conditions: 

For 30 deg. difference in temperature, miiltiply- each gu; ft. of aif-by .6. 
Fof 40 deg. difference in temperature, multiply each cu. ft. of air by .8. 
For 50 deg. difference in temperature, multiply each cu. ft. of air by 1.0. 
For 60 deg. difference in temperature, multiply each cu. ft. of aif by 1.2. 
For 70 deg. -difference in" temperature, multiply each cu. ft. of air by 1.4. 
For 80 deg. difference in temperature, multiply each cu. ft. of air by 1.6. 
For 90' deg. difference in temperature, multiply each cu. ft. of air by 1.8. 

.^ Again. looking at the illustration (Fig. 21, page 67), you 
will note that heat will be lost through both outside walls 
and windows. ■'■■■'- '■ hnrn boori 6v&d ')>/ U 

-13'H-15' = 28'X10' = 280.sq. ft. : m ftfrf/foo labntj) bait 
<-.^;^- windows at 3'X6' = 3fii sq. ft. glassj '"" - ^^ 9n<> ni Joci 



68 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

280-36 = 244 sq. ft. net wall. 

The following table gives the heat units lost in one hour 

for each square foot of exposure of different materials used in 
buildings: 

Type of Construction 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 

Single window (good) 34 45 59 67 75 86 98 110 

Single window (average) 36 48 61 73 86 98 110 123 

Single skylight 30 41 52 63 73 83 94 105 

Double skylight 18 24 30 37 43 49 55 62 

Double window 22 30 36 42 51 59 66 72 

Plate glass (set tight) 23 31 37 43 52 60 67 75 

8"brickwaU 14 18 23 27 32 36 41 46 

Door (}i glass) 17 22 28 34 40 45 51 57 

^ Plain door 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 

12" brick wall 9 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 

16" brick wall 8 10 13 15 18 21 23 26 

20" brick wall 7 9 11 13 15 18 20 23 

24" brick wall 5 7 8 10 13 15 18 21 

30" brick wall 4 '5 7 9 11 13 15 18 

36" brick wall 3 4 6 7 8 9 11 13 

8" brick waU, 3" air space 9 11 14 17 20 24 27 30 

12" brick wall, 3" air space 8 10 13 15 18 22 25 28 

16" brick wall, 3" air space 6 8 10 13 16 19 22 25 

12" sandstone wall -..16 20 25 28 31 34 37 41 

16" sandstone wall 15 18 21 24 27 30 32 .35 

20" sandstone wall 13 15 18 22 25 28 30 33 

24" sandstone wall 8 12 15 18 21 24 26 29 

32" sandstone wall 9 11 14 16 19 22 25 27 

36" sandstone wall 7 9 12 15 17 19 21 24 

44" sandstone wall 5 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 

12" limestone wall 18 22 26 30 34 38 41 44 

16" limestone wall 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 40 

20" limestone wall 15 19 22 25 28 30 33 35 

24" limestone waU 12 14 18 21 24 27 30 33 

28" limestone wall 9 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 

36" limestone wall 8 11 14 16 19 21 24 27 

44" limestone wall 7 9 12 14 16 18 20 22 

IJ^" pine plank 8 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 

2" pine plank 8 10 13 16 18 20 22 24 

21^" pine plank 7 9 11 14 16 18 20 22 

3" pine plank 5 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 

Sheathing and clapboards 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 

Sheathing, paper and clapboards 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 

Lath and plaster partition (1 side) 13 20 23 25 28 32 36 M) 
Lath and plaster partition (both 

sides) 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 

Lath and plaster ceiling (1 side) . . 18 20 22 25 28 32 36 40 

H" floor, no plaster below 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 34 

%" floor, lath and plaster below . 8 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 

IH" double floor, no plaster 9 11 14 17 20 23 25 27 

1 }4" double floor, lath and plaster 

below 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 

Average frame 15 18 21 24 26 28 31 33 

Average frame, back plastered. .. 14 17 20 22 24 26 28 30 

Average red brick, back plastered 14 17 20 22 24 26 28 30 

If we have good window construction, single sash, you will 

find (under column 70) 75 heat units (U) loss for each square 

foot in one hour. Then 36 X 75 = 2700 heat units lost througn 
the glass. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 69 

If we have average frame construction, you will find (under 
column 70) 26 heat units loss for each square foot in one hour. 
Then 244X26 = 6344 heat units lost through the walls. 

We have 195 sq. ft. of floor which will lose heat from the 
room (70 deg. temperature) to the basement (40 deg. tem- 
perature) at the rate due to 30 degrees difference. 

If we have l^/^-inch double floor without plaster you will 
find (under column 30) 5 heat units loss for each square foot in 
one hour. Then 195 X5 = 975 beat units lost through the floor. 
Our heat loss calculation now looks like this: 

13X15X10 = 1950X2X1.4= 5460 U 

13+15 = 28X10 = 280 

2X3X6= 36X75= 2700 U 

244X26 = 6344 U 
13X15 = 195X5= 975 U 

Total heat loss = 15479 U 

If the room is very badly exposed, say on the northwest 
comer of the building, or if subjected to high winds, it is well 
to add at least 10 per cent to the heat loss. 

After determining the total heat loss per hour, the amount 
of radiation necessary to overcome that loss is found by 
dividing the total by the number of heat units which each 
square foot of the radiator intended to be used is capable of 
delivering. The usual figures are as follows: 

Low pressure steam radiators 250 U 

Atmospheric or vapor radiators 200 U 

Hot water radiators '. . .\ 170 U 

Thus if the above room is on a northwest comer and we 
will use the atmospheric system, our final figures are: 
15479 U 
Plus 10% 1548 • 

200) 17027 U ■ 
85 sq. ft. 
which may be 17 sections or loops of 3 column 38" radiation 
of any standard make or which may be arranged otherwise if 
more convenient. 

Indirect Radiation 
To get the proper amount of indirect radiating surface for 
low pressure steam heating, 50% more surface is necessary 
than where direct surface is used, so that to warm the room, 
under above conditions, by indirect radiation 102 square feet of 
radiation would be required. 

How Ends of Pipe Should be Reamed 
If the ordinary style of fittings are used on hot water circulat- 
ing systems, such as are not recessed, all ends of pipes should be 



70 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

carefully reamed out iri a manner as shown in illustration, 
Fig. 22, and unless the ends of pipes are reamed, taking off 
at least the burr, there will not only be a large amount/ of 



Fig. 22. 
friction due to such obstructions, but the capacity 
of the pipe will be greatly reduced by the burrs con- 
tracting the area of the pipes at each end: and 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



71 



while the average fitter might consider this a small 
matter, and in a measure a waste of time to ream the 
ends of pipes, he is working against his own inter- 
ests if he desires to construct a good, easy, and eco- 
nomical working heating plant. It more than pays, 
in fact it is a good investment to carefully construct 
the pipe work of a hot water heating plant, and avoid 
as much as possible any cause of friction to the 
movement of the water. 

In Fig. 23 is shown the correct method of con- 
necting the expansion tank for a hot water heating 
system. The supply "A" to the tank should be taken 
from the return pipe "B" from the radiator, and not 
from the supply to the radiator. The pipe "C" is an 
overflow from the tank, and should be carried to 
the closet tank, or to some other open fixture. The 
pipe "D" is the vent and is merely to prevent 
syphonage, but should always be put in and carried 
not less than 6" above the overflow pipe. 

In Fig. 24 is shown an expansion tank similar to 
Fig. 23 except that the tank is circulated to prevent 
freezing. The supply and return pipes are taken 
from the risers below the floor in order that the 
tank will interfere as little as possible with the 
proper working of the radiator. 

Amount of Radiation Expansion Tank "Will Carry. 



Size. 


Capacity, 


Sq. Ft. of 


Size, 


Capacity. 


Sq. Ft. of 


Inches. 


Gallons. 


Radiation. 


Inches. 


Gallons. 


Radiation. 


10x20 


8 


250 


16x36 


32 


1300 


12x20 


10 


300 


16x48 


42 


2000 


12x30 


15 


500 


18x60 


66 


3000 


14x30 


20 


700 


20x60 


82 


5000 


16x30 


26 


950 


22x60 


100 


6000 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 
Expansion Tanks, 




Fig, 23. 



Fig. 24. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Tank Capacity < 

Gallons per 
Diameter. Foot ot Depth. 

2 feet 23.5 

2 feet 6 inch 36.7 

3 feet 52.9 

3 feet 6 inch 72.0 

4 feet 94.0 

4 feet 6 inch 119.0 

-^ 5 feet 146.9 

5 feet 6 inch 177.7 

6 feet 221.5 

6 feet 6 inch 248.2 

7 feet 287.9 

7 feet 6 inch 330.5 

8 feet 376.0 

8 feet 6 inch 424.5 

9 feet 475.9 

9 feet 6 inch. 530.2 

10 feet 587^5 

11 feet 710.9 

12 feet 846.0 

13 feet 992.0 

14 feet 1151.5 

15 feet 1321.9 

20 feet 2350.r 

25 feet 3672.0 

30 feet 5287.7 

35 feet 7197.1 

40 feet 9400.3 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Vertical and Horizontal Tank. 



Capacity, 


Diameter, 


Length, 


Approximate 


Gallons. 


Inches. 


Feet. 


Weight. 


66 


18 


5 


220 


85 


20 


5 


250 


100 


22 


5 


280 


120 


24 


5 


320 


145 


24 


6 


360 


170 


24 


7 


400 


180 


30 


5 


480 


215 


30 


6 


540 ^ 


250 


30 


7 


590 


300 


30 


8 


640 


325 


36 


6 


780 


365 


36 


7 


810 


420 


36 


8 


880 


430 


42 


6 


1150 


575 


42 


8 


1400 


720 


42 


10 


1650 



Air and "Water Pressure Tanks. 



Diame- 
ter, 
Feet. 


Length 


THICKNESS. 


Weight. 


Capacity, 


Feet. 


Shell. 


Heads. 


Gallons. 


5 


20 


%6 


Y% 


6250 


2922 


5 


25 


%6 


Y% 


7390 


3654 


5 


30 


%6 


^8 


8580 


4384 


6 


20 


%6 


Vz 


7800 


4240 


6 


28 


5/16 


'A 


10200 


5936 


6 


36 


%6 


% 


12450 


7632 


7 


20 


%6 


% 


8600 


5761 


7 


28 


%6 


Yz 


11100 


8066 


7 


36 


%6 


Yz 


13600 


10370 


8 


24 


%6 


Yz 


11800 


• 8980 


8 


30 


%6 


Yz 


14000 


11224 


8 


36 


%6 


Yz 


16200 


13468 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Air and "Water Pressure Tanks. 



Diameter, 
Inches. 



24 

24 
24 



30 
30 
30 
36 
36 
36 
36 
36 
36 
42 
42 
42 
42 
42 
42 
42 
48 
48 
48 
48 
48 
48 
48 



Length 
Feet. 



10 
6 



10 
12 
14 



10 
12 
14 
16 
8 
10 
12 
14 
16 
18 
20 
10 
12 
14 
16 
18 
20 
24 



350 

420 

600 

530 

650 

770 

900 

1000 

750 

900 

1050 

1200 

1400 

1575 

1450 

1650 

1900 

2200 

2400 

2650 

2900 

2200 

2550 

2900 

8250 

3600 

3950 

4650 



Capacity, 

Gallons. 



140 

190 

235 

220 

295 

365 

440 

515 

315 

420 

525 

630 

735 

840 

575 

720 

865 

1000 

1150 

1300 

1440 

940 

1130 

1300 

1500 

1700 

1880 

2260 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 





•nz\ 


g 


siSc? 




l?S 


S 




1 


S 


1 








•ai9 


i^?3rvi^^r8^^iHi/2>sO\c\Di^r^oOQoaNa\(7N 






•wn 


sisg§ft5^l8KsilSSSig 








•ui 9 
IJOT 


aSsSK!^g§5SSiiigsg§ 










•«0T 












•U19 
•?J6 


SSSgg§ffisg§lK§iS§ 












•»J6 


S§igiigSS|K^|K| 














•UI 9 

*^J8 


SS28sgsffis3?Sii 
















•^J8 


SSSS^SSn'^'^S^^'^'^ 
















< 


■«I9 


3a§SS8s§SSi§ 


















O 

H 

O 


'ML 


gSftSggggssg 




















•UI 9 

•5J9 


-SlgJSigg^ 
























•?J9 


























•U19 


sssgl^^gg 




























•?JS 


-^SSS^s 






























•UI 9 


■^^sS^S 
































•;jt^ 


SJQg^g 


































•UI 9 


K!2^S^ 




































•^}2 


^io^ 






































•UI9 










































•m 


R 








































Width 

of 
Tank 








c 


*. 
■^ 


c 




VC 


m: 




rs 


c 


a 


c 
a 


o- 


c 






c 


CV 




c 


Or- 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Outside Diameter of Standard "Wrought Iron, Steam, 
Gas and "Water Pipe. From 1-8 to 10 Inches. 




Fig. 25. 



; ^ Size of pipe 

jU Outside diam. of pipe. 

Size of pipe 

Outside diam. of pipe . 

jf Size of pipe. ......... 

i^Outside diam. of pipe. 

Size of pipe 

Outside diam. of pipe . 





-Iv 


H 

tVtt 


1^ 


1 

IrVtr 




IK 


2 


3 


3K 
4m 


4 


4>^ 


6 

6A% 


7 


8 
8» 


9 



2^ 
2i^(^ 

5 

10 






JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



v-« So 



) oo■^o^^o^Dooo^-l(^)■>:l-lo^r^ooa^o■r-lc^^tr)■^lo^^^^o 



.SfS^ 



irj lo lo lo lo lo to.u^ in lo lo 1/3 lo U-) u^ lo u:) lo lo u^u: lo u-^ lo u:) in i^ 






v£) roooroj^vOT-(t^-^T-icovcTi-cNooot>in-^coc^jT-ioa^o^'^ 
vo ^D-^o>t^OvCinvnu^rrTr-^TtTfcocn"cocnc<oc<ifotocMC 



^ O OX) 



P^^.S 



O O ^ T-< T-< ^ -rH ■>-( -rt CNJ C^J CN C^ Cv} C^ CNJ CNl C^ rO CO C^ rn CO c^ 

o oddooo'ddodddddodooo'ddoooo 






cx) inCTNfiTfr-^roooor^.oooNCMiooin-rHooMD-^roroco-^iOi^ 



) vr;(^^(^aroggo^lncyc^; 

, O^O^O^5^3^a^00 



^nc^^0^lnC^O^MD':j-■I-lO^^■^T-l0^r^ln^O■r-l0^f^ln 

Qoa^o^c^oQQQcooQ^^^^^^^^^c^r>'■,D^r)^.Dlnlnln 



CO -^ ONCNJ ON CTn 0^ >vC 



jsfe 



OO O(Vl^^n>s0f^t^0000000^a^OOO■ 
i-l CM C>) CM CM CJ CM CM CM CM CM CM CM rococo I 



vTioooor^inoinooocMCMCMOoomcMoo 



CO CO CO CO CO CO CO 



CO CO CO 






vT) O^00ln^O~^C)l^JvX)a^CMln>^D00CCO^O^C^CO^^vDlnfO•^-l0^00ln 

rr ln'vD5S^.or-~^^^^t^r^r^oooooooOTOc<$ooooooooc^c7^o^c3^i 






8 ^.^So;^^.^S_;SJ^S:S^.S^.K^^_^"^^^S8^2^.K51 

(sj (T^c»cOMD^--'<^i^~!•rHlJoa^co^^d■*"^>.'dco\oa^c^lu^oodcoV^ 

■rt fOln^^ooo^oo■T-|^-(THCMc^^co^oco-^•*■^ •^ininiOsp^'-o 

CM CM CM CM CM CM CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO 



SS So- 



o S^^?^5f5S^^KSH3^^8SS^SK3^J^?^iB 



i 



JOHNSON'S, HANiPY^MAJ^IJAI^., 79 

Measufements of Elbows and 45° Elbows from 
iX ill* to 8 i*^' Inclusive. 

Extreme caution must be exercised in allowing 
for thread. 




90" Long Turn Elbows. 



Size. . Inches 


li 


u 


2 


2i 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


Dimen.A In. 


2} 


2i 


3r^e- 


3H 4i 


5A 


6i 


7i 


8i 


9 








^ 














i 


^ 


\ 






43 


° Ell 


30W 


3. 







Size Inches 


U 


u 


2 


2i 



























Dimen.A 
In. 


11 


liV 


If 


2A 


2f 


21 


3iV 


31 


3^ 


4A 



80 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Measurements of Corner and Angle Valves 




Dimensions r 


' An-Ie Radiator V-'-re- 1 


Size 


V^ 


% 


I 


\% 


Wn ' ^ 


2J^ 


3 








A — Centre to end of union 

B— Centre to face, screwed end. . 
D— Radius of body 


213/16 

1 


3%6 
IS/ifi 


11%6 

15/1fi 


4 

2Vl6 

\% 


7 


4-X 
2i%o 

2^6 


5^ 

21V16 

9 

2^-^ 6 


6^3 

3^ 
2% 


E— Centre of outlet to top of 

hand wheel 


F— Centre to top of body 



Dimo-.c^-.a 01 ohsei v^orn - Va.ves 


Size - 


3 


% 


1 


IK 


\Vi 


2 

3H 
IIM6 

23,^6 




A Centre to end of union 


37/16 


m 


41/8 


4Hi6 

2»/l6 

134 




C— Centre of outlet to centre of inlet 

D-Radii.s of body 




1^8 

1 


2 

1%2 

IK 


1%0 
1'^ ^ 


F. — Centre of outlet to top of hand wheel. . . 
F— Centre of outlet to top of hod v 


4^2 


5 


13.^6 


F/is 


7 


74 

2K8 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



A few illustrations showing most successful meth- 
ods of taking connections off mains and risers for 
hot water circulation, also showing branches con- 
necting to radiators. 







Fig. 28. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



GAS FITTERS' RULES 



Office Buildings 
'^ D-welling Houses 
and Flats 



MANUFACTURED GAS 
FOR LIGHT % 

The following tables show the proportionate 
size and length of tubing allowed : 



Size of 


Greatest 


Greatest Number 


Tubing. 


Length Allowed. 


of H in. Openings 
Allowed. 


^inch 


20 feet 


2 openings 


yi inch 


30 feet 


3 openings 


j{ inch 


60 feet 


10 openings 


1 inch 


70 feet 


15 openings 


1)4 inch 


100 feet 


30 openings 


11^ inch 


150 feet 


60 openings 


2 inch 


200 feet 


100 openings 


2>^ inch 


200 feet 


000 openings 


3 inch 


300 feet 


000 openings 



Drops in double parlors, large rooms and halls of 
oltice buildings must not be less than ^ inch. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Stores, Hospitals, Schools, Factories, Etc. 
MANUFACTURED GAS FOR LIGHT 



Size of 
Tubing. 


Greatest 
Length Allowed. 


Greatest Number 

of % in. Openings 

Allowed. , 


K inch. 

^A inch. 
1 inch. 
1^ inch. 
1% inch. 


20 feet. 

60 feet. 

70 feet. 
100 feet. 
150 feet. 


1 opening, 
8 openings. 

12 openings. 

20 openings. 

35 openings. 


2 inch. 


200 feet. 


50 openings. 



For stores the running line to be full size to the 
end of last opening. 

All drops to be ^ inch, with set not less than 4 
inches. 

20 feet of ^ inch pipe allowed only for bracket 
lights. 

Building Services. 

.. In running service pipe from front wall to meters 
the following rules will apply: 



Size of 
Opening. 


Greatest 
Length Allowed, 


Greatest Number 

of ^ in. Openings 

Allowed. 


1 inch. 
IX inch. 
1% inch. . 

2 inch. 


70 feet. 
100 feet, 
150 feet. 
200 feet. 


1 opening. 
3 openings. 
5 openings. 
8 openings. 



All openings in service must be equal to the size 
of riser, which in no case must be less than ^ inch. 



J 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



~3JH',,831103S: For Gas Engmes*^^iq?.oH ,83^ 



■ ta'reateist Length 
Allowed. 



Size of • '- Size of 

Engine. Opening. 

1 H. P 1 inch 60 feet. 

2 H. P IX inch 70 feet. 

5 H. P l}4 inch. 100 feet. 

7 H. P IJ^ inch. 100 feet. 

12 H. P 2 inch 140 feet. 



Materials for Brickwork of Regular Tubular Boilers 

Single Setting. 



Boilers. 


Common 


Fire 


Sand. 


Cement, 


Fire 
Clay. 
Lbs. 


Lime' 


In. Ft. 


Brick. 


Brick. 


Bushels. 


Barrels. 


Bbls. 


30 X 8 


5200 


320 


42 


5 


192 


2 


30x10 


5800 


320 


46 


5>^ 


192 


254: 


36x 8 


6200 


480 


50 


6 


288 


21^ 


86x 9 


6600 


480 


53 


6^ 


288 


2^ 


36x10 


7000 


480 


56 


7 


288 


3 


86x12 


7800 


480 


62 


8 


288 


SH 


42x10 


10000 


720 


80 


10 


432 


4 


42x12 


10800 


720 


86 


11 


432 


4^ 


42x14 


11600 


720 


92 


11^ 


432 


4H 


42x16 


12400 


720 


99 


121^ 


432 


5 


48x10 


12500 


980 


100 


ny^ 


590 


5^4 


48x 12 


13200 


980 


108 


13K 


590 


bVr 


48x14 


14200 


980 


116 


143^ 


590 


hH 


48x16 


15200 


980 


124 


15>^ 


590 


6 


54x12 


13800 


1150 


108 


13^ 


690 


bV. 


54x14 


1^900 


1150 


117 


15 


690 


6 


54x16 


16000 


1150 


126 


16 


690 


634: 


60x10 


13500 


1280 


108 


13>^ 


768 


5>^ 


60x12 


14800 


1280 


118 


14^ 


768 


6 


60x14 


16100 


1280 


128 


16 


768 


6'^ 


60x16 


17400 


1280 


140 


17K 


768 


7 


60x18 


18700 


1280 


148 


18^ 


768 


IV,. 


66x16 


19700 


1400 


157 


19^ 


840 


8 


72x16 


20800 


1550 


166 


2034: 


930 


8K 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 
to :!ltow:5loH6 



Materials for Brickwork of Regular Tubular Boilers. 

Two Boilers in a Battery. 



Boilers. 


Common 


Fire 


Sand. 


Cement, 


FireClay. 


Lime. 


In. Ft. 


Brick. 


Brick. 


Bushels. 


Barrels. 


Lbs. 


Barrels 


30 X 8 


8900 


640 


70 


9 


384 


3K 


30x10 


9600 


640 


76 


9^ 


384 


4 


36 X 8 


10500 


960 


84 


lOK 


576 


4j^ 


36 X 9 


11100 


960 


88 


11 


576 


4>^ 


36x10 


11800 


960 


95 


12 


576 


4^ 


36x12 


13000 


960 


104 


13 


576 


6^ 


42x10 


17500 


1440 


140 


17^ 


864 


7 


42x12 


18600 


1440 


148 


isyz 


864 


7>^ 


42x14 


19900 


1440 


159 


20 


864 


8 


42x16 


21200 


1440 


168 


21 


864 


syz 


48x10 


21400 


1960 


170 


21 K 


1180 


8M 


48x12 


22300 


1960 


178 


22K 


1180 


9 


48^ x 14 


23900 


1960 


190 


24 


1180 


9^ 


48x16 


25100 


1960 


200 


25 


1180 


10 


54 X 12 


23300 


2300 


186 


23K 


1380 


^H 


54x14 


24800 


2300 


198 


25 


1380 


10 


54x16 


26300 


2300 


210 


26K 


1380 


10>^ 


60x10 


22600 


2560 


180 


22>^ 


1536 


9 


60 X 12 


24800 


2560 


198 


25 


1536 


10 


60x14 


26800 


2560 


214 


27 


1536 


lou 


60x16 


28900 


2560 


230 


29 


1536 


n^ 


60x18 


31000 


2560 


248 


31 


1536 


12^ 


66x16 


33100 


2800 


264 


33 


1680 


13^4: 


72x16 


34000 


3100 


272 


34 


1860 


13^ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Materials for Brick-work of Firebox Boilers 
12 -inch Walls 



In. 



Boilers 
Ft. 



Brick 


Sand, 


Cement, 




Bushels . 


Barrels 


. 2400 


20 


2>^ 


2650 


21 


'ly^ 


2900 


23 


224 


3150 


25 


3 


3560 


28 


SH 


4000 


_ 31 


4 


4000 


31 


4 


4600 


38 


5 


5100 


41 


bH 


4900 


40 


b% 


5400 


43 


5>/ 


5800 


46 


6 


6900 


54 


63/ 


7500 


59 


7¥ 



Lime, 
Barrels 



BOX ^y^ 
30 X iy2 

BOX 8K 
86 X lyi 
36 X 9 
38 X lOK 
42 X 8j^ 
42 X 10 

42 X 11;^ 

48 X lOK 
48 X 12 
48 X 13K 
64 X 14 
64 X 16'^ 



1 

] 
1% 

IVz 

^H 
.2 
2 

2X 
23^ 

2y2- 
ly,- 

23/ 

3 

6% 



Materials for Brickwork of Firebox Boilers 
9 -inch Walls 



Boilers 
In. Ft. 



Brick 


Sand. 


Cement, 


Busiiels 


Barrels 


1640 


14 


^% 


1820 


15 


m 


1980 


16 


2 


2240 


18 


2/ 


2520 


20 


23^ 


2870 


23 


3 


2870 


23 


3 


3400 


27 


3K 


3800 


30 


4 


3600 


29 


?y^ 


3860 


30 


4 


4140 


o3 


4K 


5150 


41 


h% 


•5550 


43 


bH 



Lime, 
Barrels 



BOX ^yz 

BOX 1% 

BOX ^y 
86 X ly 
36 X 9 
36 X 10^ 
42 X ^y 
42 X 10 
42 X UK 
48 X 10^ 
48 X 12 
48 X 13>^ 
54 X 14 
54 X 16^ 



1 
1 

ly 

2 
2 

2^ 

2y 
2^ 

2% 
2U 
3 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




p::^ 



:^ 




II # 



Ifea^ e/Poi 






^ 1 7r~-///M: 



fColdW g/erSvpp^ .' 



* „ > — r — /ll Hah P.-essure Pnps, , ' 
6/ - ftJiS. Atfyr;?5 fro.-n Heohn^Sycfert lit. 
enter Heofcr 



Fig. 29. Feed Piping with Open Heater. 



r.Y^f^r, -razgn 




Fig. 30, Elevation of Boiler Piping-. 



JOHNSOW'S HANDY MANUAL. 



isn 



UI^ 



p::^ 



S=^ 



,CH :>iparalir ^Etho^;f Pi pes 









FrKh'\ibttf 



Fig. 31. Exhaust and Feed Piping for Non-Condensing Plant. 



i 



a=a 



■Check Valifz. 



Boilers.^ 



5^5" 



<lnjtct)r. 



Auxiliary Heater 

B/'f^2SS. 



(\rma^Hiat^ 






^<6. 






Kof Wdf. 



\AirPuinp J~iAirr\jmp. ^~\ AirPufrf 

O' \5urface i\Cond (^Cohd 

Fig. 32. Feed Piping for Condensing Plant, 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 89 

Horse Power of an Engine. 

A equals Area of piston in square inches. 

P equals Mean pressure of the steam on the piston per sq lare 

inch. 
V equals Velocity of piston per minute in feet. 
Then H. P. equals aXpX^ 
33000 
The mean pressure in the cylinder when cutting off at 
34^ Stroke equals boiler pressure X • 597 
}^ Stroke equals boiler pressure X '670 
^ Stroke equals boiler pressure X -743 
j4 Stroke equals boiler pressure X • 847 
^ Stroke equals boiler pressure X .919 
^ Stroke equals ooiler pressure X • 937 
j^ Stroke equals boiler pressure X • 966 
^ Stroke equals boiler pressure X -992 
To find the weight of the rim of the fly wheel for an en- 
; ^ne: 
; Nominal H. P. X 2000 equals weight in cwts, 

I : The square of thie velocity of 
the circumference in feet per 
■ second. 

Relative Value of Heating Surface. 

Horizontal surfaces above the flame equal 1 . 00 

Vertical surfaces above the flame equal 50 

Horizontal surfaces beneath the flame 10 

Tubes and flues equal 1^ times their diameter. 
Convex surfaces above the flame equal 1 1-6 diam. 

Feed Water Required by Small Boilers. 



Gauge Pres- 
sure at Boiler. 



10 
15 
20 
25 
30 
40 
50 



Lbs. Water per 

Effective H. P. 

per Hour. 



118 
111 

105 
100 



84 
79 



Gaugre Pres- 
sure at Boiler, 



60 
70 



100 
120 
150 



Lbs. Water per 

Effective H. P. 

per Hour. 



75 
71 
68 
65 
63 
61 
68 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL., 91 

The above cut illustrates the Thermograde System 
of steam heating, as manufactured by the Consoli- 
dated Engineering Company. Steam is distributed 
to. ..different units of radiation through a system of 
rnains in the ordinary mann.er and water of condensa- 
tion is returned to the boiler through an independent 
system of return mains. 

Each unit of radiation is equipped with a Thermo- 
grade valve at the- supply end and an auto valve at 
the return. The Thermograde valve is connected at 
the top of the radiator and is provided with a gradu- 
ated dial, indicating the portion of the radiator to be 
heated. The valve is so constructed that it may be 
adjusted to give the proper graduation to different 
size radiators supplied with the same size valve. •' 

The' auto valve is a trap of the ther.rno static type 
which permits, of the free passage of air and water 
of condensation, but closes against -the passage of 
steam. When in operation the valve automatically 
assumes a, position off the seat, diirectly proportional 
to the quantity of steam condensed in the radiator. 
The return system is vented to the atmosphere 
through, the return risers.' 

When operating under normal conditions ^ with 
about one; pound pressure on the boiler'the head of 
water frorri the water line of the boiler to the re- 
turn main is sufficient to force the water into the 
boiler, but when the pressure is increased, either in-, 
tentionally or through inattention, the water of con- 
densation flows into the alternating receiver, the air 
being discharged through a vent pipe'provided for 
the purpose. \. 

When the receiver fills with water the float con- 
trolled valve is reversed, closing the air vent and 
admitting steam from the boiler. This closes the 
check valve , on the heating system, equalizing the 
pressure between the receiver, and the toiler and 
water flows into the boiler by gravity. When the. 
receiver empties, the position of the valve is again 
chang-ed and the a'ction repeated. ' 7 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Key to Diagram Fig. 35. 



Illustrating the Webster System 


of Steam Circulation for Heat- 




ing Purposes. 


1. 


Steam engine. 


32. 


Drip. 


2. 


Live steam supply to 


33. 


Return pumps. 




engine. 


34. 


Discharge to return pump 


3. 


Exhaust steam from 


35. 


Live steam supply to re- 




engine. 




turn pump. 


4. 


Drip. 


36. 


Differential regulator or 


5. 


Check-valve. 




vacuum governor. 


6. 


Grease extractor. 


37. 


Connection from return 


7. 


Water leg. 




to differential regulator. 


8. 


Anti-syphonage vent. 


38. 


Return tank. 


9. 


Check-valve. 


39. 


Vent. 


10. 


Back-pressure valve. 


40. 


Return and seal to feed- 


11. 


Waste exhaust steam to 


41. 


water heater. 



15. 
16. 



17. 

18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 
23. 

24. 
25. 
26. 
2T. 

?o. 
r,L 



atmosphere. 

Exhaust steam supply to 
feed-water heater. 

Exhaust steam supply to 
house heating main. 

Live steam supply to 
house heating main. 

Pressure-reducing valve. 

Connection from house 
heating main communi- 
cating pressure to dia- 
phragm of pressure-re- 
ducing valve. 

House heating main. 

Heating riser. 

Return. 

Return main. 

Heating coil. 

Radiators. 

Thermostatic return 
valves. 

Drip. 

Dirt strainer. 

Cold water supply. 

Return vaccum gauge. 

Supply pressure gauge. 

Water seiaJ. . 

Water leg. 

Vent. 



42. 
43. 

44. 

45. 
46. 
47. 
48. 

49. 
•50. 
51. 



58. 



Feed-water heater. 

Cold water supply to 

feed-water heater. 
Automatic valve. 
Float-operated lever. 
Safety valve. 
Thermostatic relief valve. 
Relief connection to return 

pipe. 
Grease extractor. 
Greasy waste to sewer. 
Overflow and drain from 

feed-water heater. 
Feed- water to boiler feed 

pump. , ; . , 

Feed-water thermometer, 
Boiler feed pump. 
Feed-water to boiler. 
Live steam supply to 

boiler feed pjimp. 
Exhaust steam from re- 
turn pump. 
Exhaust steam froin 

boiler feed pump.' 
DripJ^ ' ■ 
Check-'^^alve. 

Exhaust steam pumps to 
■feed- water heater.. . 
Waste drips to sewer. 



JOHNSON'S I 




The Webstei 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



^ ; \v~; -t;'! • ■• ^•' - " -\'^J 'i ';-,'■. '-- ■-• ' -'l-'': :' C »""^' L — vacuum r^ t uwn 1 tJ ^!"* ! 




SECTl'onAL DIAGvRAI-l 

GIVIMG GEMERAL VIEWOF INSTALLATIOM Ih THE"LE33inG AMNEX? 
EVAIiSTON AVE & SURF ST, CHICAGO. 

VAM AuKEh System of Vacuum HEATinc, 

WITH 

Belvac Thermofiers. 
Fig. 34 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL: 




JOHNSON'S IlANDi MANUAL. 




The Webster System.— Fig. 35 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUx\L._ 



. ' vVacuum System-!-Fig. 36. f 

I iX,(<> ' j. 

' X^e great economy and general advantages result- ; 
ing from the use of a Vacuum System for .heating ■ 
with exhaust steam are now generally recognized, 
and make this type of heating system of the greatest 
importance to the steam-fitter. 

As very little if any description of Vacuum Sys- i 
tems appears in books on heating, we give a layost 'i 
of piping for a complete Vacuum System for heating >. 
with exhaust steam- The system, illustrated is the . 
one which shows the latest improvements and de- I 
velopments in the art of Vacuum Heating. 

The diagram shows the different apparatus usual I 
in any power plant, and the special Vacuum, appli- ' 
( pnces in their proper location. The accompanying ' 
j key to the diagram gives the names of the various " 
' parts of the system, each number on the diagram ; 
having a corresponding number on the key. 
■: The piping necessary for best results is shown and ; 
jthe arrows on the piping' show the direction of flow 
of steam, water, etc. 

';' The arrangement of exhaust main (8), from en- 
gines (1), pumps (3 and 4), etc., up to exhaust head \ 
(10), with connection to Feed Water Heater (2), 
and heating main (14) taken off under back pressure * 
valve (9), is common to all exhaust heating sfi- 
tems. 

ii The oil separator, or grease extractor- (11), shown 
in heating main, is a new improved type having an 
'area between bafH^es of four times the arek of Jthe l{ 
pipe, this slows the velocity of the steam so thial""^ 
.practically all the oil is deposited on the bafHes, 
I The drip trotii separator to sewer is shown as a 
! water loop to prevent steam from blowing to sewer. 
I Instead of the water seal a grease trap may be placed 
Ion the drio. :^i,:; v,o-i, ^^ -, . 



L.^« 






mrn'Mmrtl 



\iii*i 



m 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 97 

.. (12) is a connection to the live steam .through, a 
rp^ucing' valve, the controlling px«ssu.re being con- 
nected to the heating main (14). 

(13) is a. byepass around reducing valve for emer- 
gency use. . 

From heating rnain, (14) risers are taken off to 
supply the radiators or coils (15 or 16). 

On the return ends of all units, of radiation (15 and 
16), are placed automatic vacuum valves of proper 
capacity for the size of each unit. These valves per- 
mit the vacuum in the returns to pull all air and 
water of condensation from the radiators and assist 
the flow of steam into the radiators without the loss 
of steam into the return lines. The valves are of 
ilie float type which immediately open to full ca- 
pacity as soon as the body of valve is filled with 
water. They are automatic, require no adjustment, 
ahd'rare provided with a strainer to keep scale out of 
the valve, they also have a byepass with lock shield 
and key. 

^ Ail the returns from the automatic vacuum valves 
unite into a return main (18) running to vacuum 
^iimp (4). Before the vacuum pump an automatic 
pump strainer (19) is placed. 

,_This strainer prevents scale, filings, etc., from en- 
tering pump cylinder, and it also has a connection 
Ipx cold water which is sprayed over the screen 
through a spray head. On this cold water pipe is 
placed the automatic vacuum governor (20), the con- 
ipUing pressure is connected to the vacuum re- 
turn (18) arid, the operation is as follows: 

When the vacuum in (18) is low, say 5 inches, the 
governor opens and admits cold water to assist in 
holding vacuum, when the vacuum gets up to say 12 
inches, the governor entirely closes off the cold 
water. The weights on governor are adjusted so 
that valve may be set to open or close on any range 
of vacuum. In this manner any desired vacuum can 



98 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

be maintained, and the usual constant flow of cold 
water which floods the heater to the sewer is pre- 
vented. 

At the bottom of (18) is shown a byepass connec- 
tion to sewer, so that plant can be operated as a 
gravity system temporarily if vacuum pump or heat- 
er are being repaired. 

The discharge pipe from vacuum pump to heater 
is shown running into a return tank (21), with an air 
vent to roof. With a closed heater the feed pump 
pulls from the return tank and pumps to boilers 
through heater. With an open heater the tank may 
be small, as it simply serves the purpose of liberat- 
ing air from the feed water, the water loop shown 
between air vent tank and heater prevents steam 
from escaping from heater. 

With such a vacuum system exhaust steam may be 
circulated to heat groups of buildings several thou- 
sand feet from the power house, and without back 
pressure on the engines. Back pressure which is 
necessary for circulation in a gravity system causes 
loss; with 80 lbs. boiler pressure, an engine having 
5 lbs. back pressure will use about 15% more steam 
than it will without the back pressure. 

In addition to this fuel saving, a Vacuum System 
which removes air and water of condensation from 
the radiation gives perfect circulation without water 
hammer, air binding, or water logging Of the heat- 
ing system. 

The many advantages secured by the use of an 
improved Vacuum System are so important that very 
few heating plants of any size are now installed with- 
out a Vacuum System. 

..-^ vtiB no aeob 10' n>qo oi iosrad ^Bm q'/kv isnl 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUA^ 



The Paul System.— Figs. 3 7 and 38, 



The Paul System illustrated herewith differs from 
all other vacuum systems in that it may be ap- 
plied to a single pipe, gravity plant as well as to a 
two-pipe plant; and further, because the vacuum is 
obtained direct in each individual radiator by con- 
necting the air pipe to an automatic air-valve of 
special design. 

Taking advantage of the fact that water will re- 
turn to the lowest point, the Paul System is de- 
signed for the independent removal of air only, this 
being accomplished before steam is admitted. The 
air pipe being connected to the automatic air valve 
at the end of the radiator or coil farthest removed 
' from the admission valve and supply pipe, and a 
vacuum being thereby produced in all sections, 
complete and immediate circulation of steam must 
result. It is apparent that circulation will be main- 
tained in all radiators by reason of decrease in vol- 
ume due to condensation of the steam. 

. The standard apparatus used with the Paul System 
is remarkable for its simplicity of design and opera- 
tion. In connection with heating plants using ex- 
haust steam, a special exhausting apparatus operated 
with live steam is used for producing vacuum. Un- 
like ordinary pumps it has no moving parts and no 
mechanism requiring attention or repairs. In Ic^." 
pressure plants where live steam is not availablr, 
an automatic water exhauster of simple design, or 
a small electric air pump, is used to accomplish th( 
same results. 

The illustrations show the system as applied either 
to up-feed or down-feed plants, as may be indicated 
or required by existing conditions. 



100 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




EHMAuar TO Ji-r/ioaPHt:f^i:. 



H 






=0= 



;)J8*<a murj ,; 



■'oiilo \h\ 




^^^^^^^^^^^^=^ '"C^^ ^.,^ Z^"Z^i^A:^. 



TYF'/C/JL /nS T/?LL /J T/OM 




B Bl 



t'aul System Fig. 37. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. lOl 




Ty/=>JC/JL //V5 TfiLL/l T/O^ 
PAUL SYsren 



Paul System Figr, 38 



10? JOHNSON S HANDY MANUAL. 

Capacity of Vacuum Pumps. ^ 

The cajiacity of a Vacuum Pump to handle a 
given amount of heating surface depends largely 
upon the character of the buildings. 

Thus, if the return mains are long, and the job 
spread out over several scattered buildings, a larger 
pump is required than if the same number of square 
feet of radiation were all in one building several 
stories high. 

Again, the number of radiators, or units of heat- 
ing surface, makes some difference, as a larger pump 
should be used where there are a large number of 
small units than would be necessary for the same 
amount of heating surface if divided into fewer, 
large units. 

We list herewith the standard sizes of Vacuum 
Pumps with their average capacities in square feet 
of heating surface. These capacities are for use 
where each coil and radiator is equipped with an 
Automatic Vacuum Trap as in the Standard Vacuum 
Systems described in this book, as these Traps and 
Valves are necessary to prevent the Vacuum Pump 
pulKng steam out of the heating system. 

The standard sizes given can be used where there 
is ordinary steam pressure, say 40 to 100 lbs. If the 
steam pressure is lower it is necessary to use a 
pump with a large steam cylinder, or, if high pres- 
sure is carried at all times, a smaller steam cylinder 
may be used. For instance, if a 5"x7"xlO" pump would 
ordinarily be used, if steam pressure is to be low — 10 
to 20 lbs. — it would be better to use a 6"x7"xl0", 
or a 6"x6"xl2" would give the same capacitv and 
run on 10 lbs. steam pressure. 

Capacities are given in square feet of direct heat- 
ing surface, or lineal feet of 1" pipe in Blast Coils. 



Dia. Steam 




Dia. Vaccuum 






Capacity 
in ^. Ft. 


Cylinder. 




Cylinder 






4" 


X 


4" 


X 


5" 


2000 


4" 


X 


6" 


X 


7" 


3000 


4K^" 


X 


6" 


X 


8" 


5000 


5H" 


X 


8" 


X 


7" 


6000 


5" 


X 


7" 


X 


10" 


7500 


5" 


X 


8" 


X 


10" 


:oooo 


6" 


X 


9" 


X 


10" 


15000 


6" 


X 


8" 


X 


12" 


20000 


8" 


X 


10" 


X 


12" 


35000 


8" 


X 


12" 


X 


12" 


50000 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 103 

aiai^i yd tn^isia riirw bt>IIii vhibn-j 3d ^.. v ! 
Courtesy of American Distri<?t Steam Company 

■'Ihis system uses steam at a very low pressure. Each 
radiator has a graduated valve placed at the top which 
permits only enough steam to pass to partly fill the radiator. 

The amoimt of heat in the room is varied to suit the occu- 
pant by operating the valve, or by changing the steam 
pressure in the main. The radiators and return pipes are 
dpen to the atmosphere at all times through an open vent 
pipe, hence the system's name — "ATMOSPHERIC." 

The greatest boiler pressure required is one-half pound in 
the coldest weather. The usual operating pressure is five 
oimces at the radiator valve. Under this pressure the steam 
flows into the radiator and expands in the top to atmospheric 
pressure. Here it loses its heat and .trickles down the inside 
of the radiator as water. Further heat is given up, imtil 
the water falls out of the radiator return pipe only luke warm. 

The air falls out of the same return pipe into the return 
and escapes through the open vent. 

Only direct radiators having inside passages both at the 
top and the bottom (hot water type) should be used. 

The graduated valve should not be used on indirect radiators 
or on direct-indirect radiators. These should be connected 
tip in the usual two pipe standard way. 

The radiators are usually set large enough to do the work 
when eighty per cent of the surface is filled with steam, leaving 
the remaining twenty per cent to abstract the heat from the 
water before it flows into the return. 

This is accomplished by figuring the radiation required for 
a low pressure steam system and adding one-quarter or twenty- 
five per cent to it. 

The extreme accuracy of the graduated valve gives perfect 
control of the room temperature which saves fuel by pre- 
venting overheating. 

The extra surface in the radiator gives great fuel economy 
by preventing the waste of the heat in the water. It also 



1041 JOI^NSON'S Hi^sfDY MANUAL. 

provides a safeguard for abnormally cold weather, as the 
radiator can be entirely filled with steam by raising the 
steam pressure above the normal operating point. 

Fig. 7 

Where steam is received from an outside source, the heating 
co'mpany usually extends the service pipe with a gate valve 
through the building wall ready for extension by others. , , 

The contractor then installs a pressure regulating valve 
and extends the supply and return piping to the radiators as 
shown in the illustration. 

Water collecting in the supply main is drained through a 
deep seal into the bottom of a receiver which has an overflow 
to the meter. A gauge to indicate the pressure is placed on 
the steam main at a convenient point. Returns are run to 
the top of the receiver. The water falls into the receiver 
and overflows into the meter. The air escapes through ah 
open vent pipe from the top of the receiver, which is carried 
up fifteen feet above the return. The discharge from the 
meter is connected to sewer, to tank, or to return main in 
the street as directed by the heating company. 
Fig. 8 

Where steam is used from a boiler in the building, a system 
of supply and return piping is installed which is similar in 
many respects to a standard two pipe steam- pressure system, 
as will be observed from the illustration. 

The steam main can be drained through a deep water seal 
into the return or it can be drained by a separate pipe either 
wet or dry back to boiler. The returns from the radiators 
are run to boiler where the water separates from the air and 
falls into the boiler, the air escaping through the vent pipe 
which is run up in any convenient flue for at least fifteen feet. 

The lowest point of the return mains at the boiler should 
be at least two feet above the water line-n Nft,c^c^,-pqi^ 
are used. - i\jry^r^^:xj^, ^nijn^v 

The damper regulator is adjusted to l?;pepitfe?^ boflejcpse^ure 
at the desired point. ■.;,-:/. -mU u.,^.v., ■- vcI 



JOHNSON 





The Atmp3Phe:ric'''5ystem of Steam Heating. 
"^.Central. Station Supply. 

IADSCO' Specialties. 



HANDY MANUAL. 




Fig. 8 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 107 

The Moline System of Vacuum- Vapor Heating. 

The Moline System is a heating system that com- 
bines in one all of the advantages of vapor vacuum 
and pressure heating without any cf the bad features 
of such work. 

Steam heat is circulated naturally in a system of 
piping and radiators with as little pressure as in a 
Mcettle boiling on the back of a stove. 

Any good steam boiler may be used, but it must 
be selected with proper regard to the work expected 
of it, the fuel to be used and most of all to the chim- 
ney available. 

Hot water radiators are used, but the size of the 
radiators is smaller than is needed for hot water 
heating. 

A two-pipe system of piping is used to carry steam 
to the tops of the radiators and water and air away 
from them. 

Special radiator supply valves are used with pat- 
ented restrictor sleeves that give each radiator what 
steam it needs; no more. 

The vent openings on the radiators are plugged. 
There is no chance for leaks or drips from vents, nor 
any vents to clog up. 

The return valves are simply lock shield valves 
with patented restrictors in them to pass the air and 
water, but to limit the amount of steam that can 
flow into the return lines. 

There are no automatic valves of any sort on the 
radiators. The Moline ejector first relieves the mains 
of air and then when steam flows through it assists 
the circulation by dropping the pressure "in the air 
mains through the suction on them. 

The Moline condenser condenses the steam from 
the ejector jet, further assisting circulation, serves 
as a reservoir for the air when there is a vacuum on 
the heating systern and protects the air trap from 
steam until all the radiators are hot. It also protects 
the Moline air trap, the only automatic device on a 
Moline System, from dirt and other foreign matter. 

The Moline air trap keeps the piping and radiators 
open to the atmosphere, giving a free passage of air 
from the radiators until they are hot. 



JOHNSON'J HANDY MANUAL. 




108 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANtFAti. 



^ftf:t£9ri aiuasaiq fans 










o eqot 9^'; 






JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 







no JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Specification Key for Typical Layout of Dunham 
Vacuum System. 

1 Engine and Generator. 

2 Exhaust Pipe from Engine. 

3 Low Pressure Trap. 

4 High Pressure Trap. 

5 Vacuum Gauge (Return). 

6 Pressure Gauge (Supply). 

7 Return Main. 

8 Steam Separator. 

9 Globe Valve to Engine. 

10 'Dunham Radiator Trap. 

11 Inlet Valve. 
13 -Radiator. 

13 Header on Brackets. 

14 Gate Valve to Heating Main. 

15 Back Pressure Valve to Roof Exhaust. 

16 Roof Exhaust. 

17 By- Pass Around Pressure Reducing Yalve. 

18 Gate Valve Controlling Live Steam into Heating 

Main. 

19 Feed Water Heater. 

20 Pressure Reducing Valve. 

21 Live Steam Supply. 

22 Globle Valve (Boiler to Header). 

23 High Pressure Trap. 

24 Vent to Atmosphere. 

25 Return Tank. 

26 Pop Safety Valve. 

27 Supports. 

28 Breeching. 

29 Clean-Out. 

30 Feed Water Supply to Boiler„ 

31 Pressure Reducing Valve. 

32 Lubricator. _ _^ 

33 Vacuum Pump. i 

34 Return. 

35 Pump Exhausts. 

36 Boiler Feed Pump. 

37 Lubricator. 

38 Return Tubular Boiler. 






JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. Ill 

•xoqi-V UohiOQ-^ii .nlT 



■fiGoxJBfnoi!'. 



.; b-:jiTi£o SI •j'uissf iq on 3[tr{>^ 



?Tnrai 







112 JOHNSQN'S HANDY MANUAL. 

The Broomell Vapor Heating System circulates at 

atmospheric. pjressure. A few ounces of. pressure is-, 
carried to the boiler for operating draft regulation,^ 
while no pressure is carried in the radiators or pipesf 
Air from radiators is continuously and automatically- 
removed through an opening in the pipe discharging 
from the vapor receiver through the condensing radi- 
ator to chimney. Boiler of steam type and radiators 
of hot water type are used. No air valves are used 
on any radiators or in any part of the installation. 

The special feature of this system is the compound 
receiver, regulator and safety valve through which ^ 
all water of condensation is returned to the boiler? 
and from which the air is removed to the chimney. 
The copper float in the vapor receiver, connected to^ 
the draft and check doors of the boiler by chains and; 
pulleys, gives an accurate regulation of the boiler! 
draft, opening or closing doors on a variation of no? 
more than one ounce pressure. 

Each radiator is supplied with vapor quintuple, 
Valve and vapo^ union elbow. The vapor valve mayii 
be easily set to admit more or less, vapor to the radi-j 
ator to heat same, whole or partially, as conditions; 
may demand and the operation of vapor valves in the- 
radiators affects very quickly the automatic regula- 
tion of the boiler drafts. The vapor valve is made in 
a large number of sizes, as to diameter of disc-ports,j 
to accommodate their use in small and large units of; 
radiation. The vapor elbow is constructed so that, 
the condensation freely discharges from the radiator 
through the seal, air being exhausted through open- 
ing above seal. 

The Broomell Vapor System of heating can be' 
used with direct and indirect radiation and special: 
piping arrangements are made to meet every special 
condition. This system is not only applicable to 
plants having their own boiler, but it is used in con- 
nection with street steam systems, high pressure 
plants which utilize exhaust steam and for every 
Other condition of service. 

The typical installation as shown in the cut is simr 
pie. Long supplies being graded from the boiler to 
low point at farthest end, simplifying control of the 
radiator by putting valve within easy reach. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Vapor System 



114 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAIy. 



The Trane System. 

The Trane System of Vapor Heating is of the closed 
type, which means that the radiation used need not be 
more than with the ordinary steam plant, since the pres- 
sure can be varied to suit the requirements. Radiation 
of the hot water type is used. 

The salient features are the thermetal trap, return 
trap, regulator, graduated valve and float vent trap. 

A radical departure from the ordinary is shown ill 
the construction of the radiator trap. The thermostatic 
member is made of a special metal that bends with': 
heat. Its force is self-contained. There is no liquid 
to leak out or give out and render its force inoperative. 
The metal is noncorrosive and cannot be permanently 
distorted, set or otherwise injured by any pressure 
within the trap. The trap permits the discharge of 
condensation and air without the loss of steam. 

A ball float mechanism operates the return trap. 
Since the trap is placed two feet above the water line, 
the steam, which enters the trap when the float opens 
the steam valve, equalizes the pressure. in the boiler and 
the trap and gravity returns the water to the boiler. 

^St^ppltf 

eo MfteefeJ J/re ef h boiler- Tron£ floahVini 

9ham tp^cc /^^ / /^ airrtU'-'O Ft h»f 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 115 

Check valves prevent the water from leaving the boiler 
or going into the returns. 

The drafts are operated by a very sensitive damper 
regulator. The regulator is connected to the steam 
space of the boiler. The steam pressure operates on 
the water in the regulator bottle, which in turn acts 
on the diaphragm, and controls the drafts through a 
lever attached. 

The valves, which are of the fractional type, have a 
Jenkins disk an4 sleeve. One feature of this valve is 
that the area of the port can be changed by simply re- 
moving one screw and change the location of the 
handle. 

A distinguishing feature of the float vent trap is 
that in addition to providing for the free exhaust of 
air, it will also prevent air from entering the system. 
This is accomplished by a flat aluminum disk which 
seats on a knife edge. A float and thermetal member 
are used to prevent the escape of steam and water. 

Method for Utilizing Heat in Condensation from 

Central Heating Service, When Condensation 

is Metered and Wasted. 

The accompanying sketch shows an elevation of 
a graduated valve system of steam heating, designed 
to utilize the heat in condensation for warming water 
for domestic use. 

The radiators are water type, with feed opening 
at top, and return at bottom opposite, end. 

Radiator controlled valves are graduated make, 
which perniits of using as little or much steam 
needed, according to the requirements of the weather. 

The return openings of radiators, are fitted with 
thermostatic traps, that allows the escape of air and 
water only. 

The condensation and air flow through the return 
pipe to a separating tank in basement when the air 
is liberated through a vent pipe fitted with swing 
check valve, the condensation passes through a closed 
tubular heater, entering at the top of heater and dis- 
charging from outlet through loop with vent, to con- 
densation meter. 

Cold water supply connects near bottom of heater, 
and discharges through flow near top of tube cham- 



116 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

ber, and thence passes through an auxiliary heater 
that raises the water to the required temperature in 
case the condensation is not sufficient. 

The method has proven very efficient, utilizing heat 
that is frequently wasted, especially when large quan- 
tities of warm water are used. 




Fed by Central Heating Plant,2/i£V A'j^do 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 117 




118 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Combination Hot Water and Warm Air Heating. 

The advantages attending the combination system 
of heating, in supplying fresh warm air through the 
registers and circulating hot water through radiators 
for warming large and fine residences are portrayed 
to advantage in a description of an equipment of which 
a design is shown on the following page. 

Considerable experimenting in the shape of bal- 
ancing the heaters with the radiators has been done 
during the past 15 years. This type of furnace has 
overcome this difficulty. 

This system not only accomplishes all that the ex-- 
pensive "indirect" steam or hot water system does, 
but goes further, in that it keeps the air warm in the 
rooms with the hot water radiators after we have sent 
into the rooms pure outside air thoroughly warmed 
by the furnace. 

This constant forcing of pure air into the rooms 
and with the aid of the radiators produces a circula- 
tion which forces the warm air in every corner of 
the house, thus maintaining an even temperature 
throughout. 

Ventilation, too, is taken care of by this perfect 
system of heating; the air is constantly changing and 
moving and as it is all thoroughly warmed before en- 
tering the rooms, there is no draft created. 

There is a great advantage in using the combina- 
tion system in mild weather, as the air is warmed 
from the furnace before the water gets hot and you 
do not have to run so heavy a fire. 

With straight hot water heating, it requires some 
time to get the water hot and circulating, while with 
steam it is the same, as it takes quite a fire to raise 
steam. With all hot water plants it takes the water 
a long time to cool after it is warmed, which keeps 
the house overheated at times. We believe by com- 
bination system, from 15 to 25 per cent can be saved 
in fuel. 

The Duplex Hot Water Heater, as shown in illus- 
tration, is the fire pot; it takes the place of the brick 
and is made in various sizes, suitable to take care of 
amount of radiation required. They will heat from 
50 feet to 850 square feet of direct radiation. The 
water heaters practically represent a hot water boiler 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



119 



in a warm air furnace. One square foot of surface 
of the hot water heater will heat 50 square feet of 
direct hot water r'adiation. 

Estimate about one-half of the amount of radiation 
when warm air is admitted in the same room. The 
radiator will temper the air, thus increasing the flow 
of warm air from the registers. 

--Place radiators in distant and large roomr-, i3pe- 
cially where a large amount of glass is located, rooms 
that cannot be reached easily by warm air, also those 
most exposed. 







-J ^p/Tbis^is the most reliable furnace for com;bination 
■' " "'' heat, by hot water and warm air." 



' 120 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Forced Circulation Hot Water Heating. 

In large systems of hot water heating, water is used 
as the heating medium, and is circulated through a 
system of supply and return mains, coils or radiators, 
which, with the exception of certain minor details, 
are quite similar to those used in steam heating prac- 
tice. In a properly designed system, the supply and 
return mains are arranged so that the flow of water 
will be in the direction naturally induced by gravity, 
so that this force will assist as far as possible in pro- 
ducing circulation. A pump, usually of the centri- 
fugal type, is placed in the circuit, by means of which 
positive and controllable circulation in all parts of 
the system is assured. Hence the term "Hot Water 
Heating by Forced Circulation." 

Where there is a power plant, and exhaust steam is 
available for heating, the water of circulation is 
heated by passing through a tubular heater, similar 
to the closed type of feed water heater. In addition 
to the exhaust steam heater, an auxiliary heater, 
smaller in size, is also installed, for heating the cir- 
culating water with live steam, when the supply of 
exhaust steam is either insufficient or entirely lacking. 

The circulating water, after leaving the pump, 
passes first through the heater, and thence into the 
main supply line. The velocity of flow is successively 
reduced as this main supply line separates into vari- 
ous branches and thence into connections to the heat- 
ing surface, the sum total cross section area of these 
individual connections being much greater than the 
cross section area of the main as it leaves the heater. 
After slowly passing through the radiation units, so 
that ample time for giving up its heat is afforded, the 
water again gathers velocity through reduced total 
cross section area of mains until it passes into the in- 
let side of the pump, thereby completing the circuit. 

An expansion tank, generally located at the highest 
point of the system, provides for expansion and con- 
traction due to varying temperatures of water. This 
tank is provided with an overflow pipe and inlet pipe, 
the latter being controlled by an automatic water 
feeder which admits water to the system when the 
level in the tank goes below a certain point. All the 
water in the system circulates in a closed circuit, and 
the same water is used over and over again, no fresh 
water being admitted except to equalize the loss from 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 121 

leakage and overflow from expansion tank. Conse- 
quently, the circulating pump does not work any- 
static head, as the static head is the same on both 
inlet and outlet, but only against a friction head, and 
all work which it performs is used in overcoming the 
friction of water in passing through the system. 

It is the advantages of "hot water heating by 
forced circulation" as compared to "vacuum steam 
heating" that this article is intended to demonstrate. 
In doing this it will be our endeavor to avoid any 
highly colored statements, presenting only facts, 
stated simply, and in such a way as to permit of their 
being checked by the good judgment of architects, 
engineers, manufacturers, and others who may be in- 
terested in this subject. 



122 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




'-^TrncfiL LffrouT roFi Force Q/^culpt/on of /foi VIpteb He/rrinG.-^ 




^m 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 
Vsyvr. 



GoAfA//sc7-^o To 




124 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Single Pipe Hot Water System. 

Ordinarily there should be a twin ell, used bn top 
of the boilers to branch each way, and use sweep 
fittings. This will make a perfect system of hot 
water heating, and do away with so many pipes in the 
basement. 

Heating by Steam on Same Level with Boiler. 

By this system of heating with steam you can do 
away with all overhead radiators. Radiators can be 
placed on the floor or walls on same level with boil- 
ers. A more elaborate job can be installed, by using 
a receiving tank, but I am showing the economical 
way of installing a steam heating plant, and at the 
same time, doing away with the overhead radiation. 

Drawing shows a low pressure system with hand 
pump. A few strokes of the pump, a few times a day, 
is all that is required to keep the system free of water. 

In a high pressure system a steam pump should 
be used which can be operated on 20 to 40 pounds of 
steam pressure. 

For the sake of being shown more plainly, the re- 
turn pipe is shown below the feed pipe. In practice, 
however, the feed and return pipes will, as usually, 
be run on about the same level. 




How steam pipes should be placed in the ground 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




126 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 




The construction of the Kieley traps will appeal to the 
intelligence of all heating and mechanical engineers as 
embodying the only principles upon which thoroughly 
reliable steam traps can be constructed. There is not a 
feature or claim made for any high grade steam trap now 
on the market that we cannot convincingly meet with the 
Kieley. 

A few of the many desirable features embodied in the 
KIELEY traps are outlined as follows : 

Non-Collapsible floats; unusually large valve openings 
are provided for quick discharge of all water of condensa- 
tion against hi^h pressures ; a perfect water seal valve, 
thereby preventing the discharge of steam; seating of the 
valves perfectly tight when closed; easy repairing of seats 
and disks by removing small cap on top of cover; the easy 
removal of the top cover without disturbing the pipe 
connections to trap ; the by-pass which is a part of the 
tra^ with valve; easy accessibility in top cover; the sus- 
pending of the float from the cover close to point at which 
valve-stem is pivoted, thereby affording a greater leverage 
for the float to operate the valve against high pressures. 

The wearing parts of the KIELEY traps, particularly 
the seats and disks, are constructed of the best quality of 
KIELENEY metal. 

The greatest possible capacity is obtained from these 
traps when they are Avorking on a pressure the same as 
or approximately close to the pressure stamped on brass 
plate which is affixed to each trap. The traps should never 
be applied to pressures higher than that stamped on these 
plates. The traps will work satisfactorily on lower pres- 
sures down to 1 lb., but with a proportionately decreased 
capacity ; therefore it is important in ordering traps for 
certain service that the pressures be given. 

The dilference as to the limits of the pressure upon 
which the steam traps will give the best service is pro- 
vided for by increasing or decreasing the size of the 
opening through the disk and the valve which is operated 
by the float. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 127 

The higher the pressure the smaller the valve ; the lower 
the pressure the larger the valve. 

N UMBE R 1 2 3 4 5 6 ~ 

Size pipe connections, 

Inches H % 1 IM IJi 2 2]^ 

Capacity in pounds of 

water per hour ... . 450 750 1,700 2,700 3,800 6,600 7,500 
Capacity In square ft. 

of radiation 1,300 3,200 3.500 7,000 10,000 16,000 20,000 

Capacity lineal feet 

1-lnch pipe 4.000 6,000 10,000 15,000 25,000 40,000 50,000 

The above ratings are based upon favorable conditions 
and operation of steam traps. 

Order traps large enough, and it is ESPECIALLY IM- 
PORTANT that you give the range of steam pressures you 
wish traps to operate under. 




128 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

How to Specify the Sparks System of Heating. 

In addition to the supply and return pipes, etc., 
used in connection with the Heating System, furnish 
and install the necessary air piping for equipping the 
entire plan with the Sparks System of Positive Steam 
Circulation, supplying all the necessary air valves, 
vacuum pump, etc., complete as hereinafter specified. 

From the automatic air valves on all radiators and 
coils run %" connections and tie into %" horizontal 
arms, which are run and connected to ^" risers, run 
to correspond with the steam risers, The J^" risers 
to continue to basement and there connected with 
the 1" main, which is run to correspond with the 
steam main. The 1" main to be connected to a 
Sparks automatic vacuum pump (located preferably 
in boiler or engine room) as directed. 

All fittings used on air line shall be galvanized. 
All piping to be reamed and joints put together with 
asphaltum, and when complete must stand a pressure 
test of 40 pounds per square inch through the entire 
heating system, including boilers, radiators, etc. 
Test to be made in the presence of the architect or 
engineer in charge. 

Air Valves: 

Furnish and place on each radiator and coil, one 
Sparks automatic air valve and connect the same as 
above specified. All valves to be adjusted by the 
contractor ^nd left in complete adjustment. 
Vacuum Pump: 

Furnish and place in boiler or engine room where 
directed one Sparks automatic vacuum pump, of suit- 
able capacity for handling sq. ft. of direct radi- 
ation and lin. ft. of fan coil heating. Make all 

necessary water, steam and other connections to the 
pump as directed and as required by the manufac- 
turers. All such connections to be provided with the 
necessary cut-off and check valves. 

The vacuum pump to be provided with one 5" com- 
pound gauge and one 3^" vacuum gauge, together 
with a card of directions and instructions showing 
how it operates. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Steam Traps and Their Duties. 

Steam traps are a necessary factor in nearly all 
power and heating plants, as they effect a great sav- 
ing by automatically ejecting the condensation with- 
out loss of steam, as rapidly as it is accumulated. 

All main steam lines should have a trap located at 
the farthest point from th« boiler, thereby insuring 
dry steam and the highest efficiency for engines, 
pumps or whatever work the steam has to perform. 



130 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

All steam separators on main steam lines leading 
to engines, jacketed cooking kettles; laundry mangles; 
•drying rooms and dry kilns should be trapped, also 
all heating apparatus where the condensation is not 
■piped direct back to the boiler. 

Great care should be taken in the location and posi- 
tion of the trap. It should be placed below the level 
of the lower opening of whatever apparatus it is to 
drain, also in a convenient position where it is easily 
accessible for cleaning out and repairing. 

Before attaching the steam trap, blow out thor- 
oughly the steam coil, or apparatus on which the 
trap is to be used, in order to remove all sediment 
and rust. 

To connect the trap properly, a union and globe 
valve should be placed, on the inlet line and if the; 
trap is discharging above the level of the discharge 
opening, it is also necessary to have a check valve iri 
the discharge line. No check valve is necessary? 
where the discharge has a free opening and below the 
level of the trap. 

Where several traps discharge Into one main dis- 
charge line, a check valve is necessary on the dis-i 
charge line of each individual trap. 

One steam trap may be connected to several dif- 
ferent apparatus with good results, provided a uni-r 
form steam pressure is maintained at all times on the 
system. It is always advisable when making up a 
connection of this kind to run the several drips (with 
a check valve on each line) into as large a header as 
practicable, and attach the trap to the header, the 
large header has the effect of equalizing the pressure 
to a certain degree and produces better results. 

When the pressure varies to any extent in the sev- 
eral apparatus or steam coils, the one having the 
highest pressure will discharge freely and back up 
into those having a lower pressure, in cases of this 
kind the best results can only be obtained by attach- 
ing separate traps to the ones having unequal pres- 
sure. 

A very common trouble with steam traps is caused 
by low places or pockets in the piping system. Water 
accumulates in these low spots and is forced through 
into the trap at intervals, causing an uneven dis- 
charge. Where the quantity of accumulated water is 



J 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



131 



sufficient and the steam valve in the line is opened 
suddenly, this water is forced through the pipes at 
such a high velocity as to cause water hammer, which 
is very destructive to the whole piping system. 
Always avoid all low spots or pockets in your piping 
system. 

Fig. ( 1 ) shows an Anderson steam trap connected 
to a horizontal steam separator, - 

The Anderson is an ideal steam trap, perfect in 
every detail, accurately built of materials best suited 
for the-purpose. Every part absolutely interchange- 
able. Complete with water gauge, by-pass, air valve, 
blow-off valve and sediment strainer. Both the valve 
and valve seat can be removed without breaking a 
steam joint or pipe connection. The valve is always 
locked with at least three inches of water, making the 
escape of steam impossible. The strainer and sedi- 
ment chamber prevent sediment or scale getting into 
the valve. A glass water gauge fitted to the trap 
makes it possible to ascertain at a glance whether 
the trap is working properly. These traps will lift 
water against any back pressure less than the pres- 
sure at the trap. Made for high or low pressure or 
exhaust steam. 

Fig. ( 2 ) illustrates a means of utilizing the latent 
heat in the water of condensation from steam heated 
radiation, where the water is not used for other pur- 
poses. This illustration shows an Anderson steam 
trap which discharges the condensation into an auxil- 
iary heating coil. This coil can be placed either 
above, below or on a level with the discharge open- 
ing of the trap; however, if placed above the trap the 
steam pressure must be sufficient to elevate the con- 
densation. By this arrangement the latent heat that 
is stored in the water can be utilized, thereby effect- 
ing a great saving. The Anderson trap, being of con- 
stant flow, will force the water through these extra 
hot water coils in a continuous stream and not create 
water hammer. In installations of this kind a globe 
valve, check valve and union should be placed be- 
tween the radiation and steam trap as well as be- 
tween the coil and trap. 

It is obvious that installations of this nature will 
insure a considerable saving. 



132 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



' Anderson Trap 




Fig. 2 



JOHiN SON'S HANDY MANU.'^ L 133 

Automatic Air Furnace, Chicago, III. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



Showing the Automatic Air Furnace 

This is what the Automatic Air Furnace is doing 
the year round at the Great Northern Hotel, Chi- 
cago, 111., with absolutely no smoke or soot, and 
saves 30 per cent in fuel. 

Only one 300 H. P. Boiler in service at a time, 
furnishing steam for power plant, peak load 
1200 amp. 230 volts, 45,000 square feet of heating 
surface. Heating and pumping all hot and cold 
water. Live steam for four kitchens, steam vacuum 
carpet system, Duplex steam pumps and live steam 
in heating system. 




The, Only Real Smoke Consumer Ever Invented 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



135 



Soot and smoke is the bane of most every city. 
With this furnace installed these_ obnoxious nuisances 
will be eliminated and the blessings of a clean city 
may be enjoyed by all. 

This furnace completely consumes all smoke and 
soot and should be installed in every power plant 
in America. 




136 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

The Webster Standard Air Washer and the Web- 
ster Type "A" Air Washer will be discussed here, 
since they are the types most frequently used in 
ordinary heating and ventilation. Where either air 
cleansing or humidity control is the dominant factor 
in the selection of the apparatus, the Webster Stand- 
ard Air Washer is recommended. Where air cooling 
is of importance and air cleansing and humidity con^ 
trol of equal or secondary importance, the Webster 
Type "A" Air Washer is recommended. 

Both include the essential features of a casing, en- 
closing a spray chamber, spray device and eliminator 
for the removal of entrained moisture; a water tank 
extending under the entire apparatus; centrifugal 
pump for maintaining circulation of spray water be- 
tween the tank and spray device; and such acces- 
sories as a strainer, ball float valve for automatically 
admitting fresh water, overflow fitting, inspection 
doors or windows, pressure gauge, mist shields, spray 
apron and the like. 

The Webster Standard Air Washer differs from all 
others, chiefly in the manner in which the air and 
spray water are brought into contact. The Webster 
spray device consists of a brass pipe of'ample size ex- 
tending across the full width of the spray chamber 
and secured to the roof. This pipe contains a series 
of apertures on each side, spaced oh 6" centers, for 
the discharge of the spray water. The water jets 
impinge on the lips of a curved copper hood-secured 
to the upper half of the pipe — at a slight angle from 
the tangential, follow the curve of the hood to its 
edge, flare out fan-shaped and shoot downward in 
interlaced sheets of rain and spray crossing the air 
at a right angle to its flow, and precipitating prac- 
tically all the dirt from the air directly into the tank. 

The water orifices are 7/33" in diameter, and are 
absolutely "non-clogging." The strainer covering 
the end of suction to pump is of rather coarse mesh, 
so that premature clogging of it is eliminated with- 
out endangering the continuous operation of the 
spray device. This non-clogging feature, as well as 
the extreme simplicity of the whole, is appreciated 
by the operating man, since it means little attention. 
It also eliminates the necessity of mechanical con- 
trivances for automatically flushing the spray device 
to keep it clean — all of which have been more or less 
impractical in actual service. 



IP 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 13? 

f! The Webster Eliminator is characteristic aftd se- 
fcuTes many advantag-es over other types, of elimina- 
tors. It is built up of horizontal V-shaped> lipped 
baffles arrang-ed in two separate rows, staggered ver- 
tically. The vertical distance between baffles is 4^", 
which reduces the resistance to the air to a minimum 
consistent with perfect removal of entrained mois- 
ture. Being slightly inclined from the horizontal, the 
baffles allow the water and any dirt which may have 
escaped the spray, to drain immediately to a vertical 
gutter, thence to the tank below. By this arrange- 
rtient each baffle is handling an equal amount of mois- 
ture, and same is immediately removed from further 
contact with the air current, thereby insuring perfect 
elimination of entrained moisture. 

'Mist shields secured to the side angle at the front 
of the casing break up eddy currents and together 
with the apron at the front of the tank prevent mist 
from failing outside. 

The length of the Webster Standard Air Washer 
(3'-10") adapts it to the limited space usually, avail- 
able for apparatus of this character. 

The Webster "Type A" Air Washer in its general 
construction is the same as the Webster Standard. 
The length is increased to 7'-0", and the method of 
bringing the water and air into contact is different. 

The essential factors necessary to secure highly 
efficient cooling, are: extremely intimate contact be- 
tween air and water without handling an excessive 
water volume; comparatively long contact, and uni- 
form distribution of air and water over the entire 
spray chamber area. The mist nozzles are placed 
about one foot from the front of the casing, a header 
extends the entire width of the apparatus, a few 
incheis above the water line in the tank. Risers are 
tapped into this at intervals for supplying the mist 
nozzles, and extend the full height of the casing. 
The spacing of the risers and nozzles is dependent 
on the amount of cooling that is desired. 

The Webster spiral mist nozzles (patented) used 
in the Webster "Type A" Air Washer are made of 
brass. Each consists of a base which screws into 
the riser, and a casing enclosing a spiral interior cast- 
ing for giving the water a rotative effect. The casing 
with enclosed spiral screws into the base. The in- 
terior has two spiral water passages of uniformly de- 



138 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Greasifig cross sectional aiiea. nTbe J£ts from each 
-{Spiral leave the same tangentially; the centrifugal 
action in addition to the interference of the two jets 
in the orifice causes the water to be atomized into a 
cone-shaped cloud of mist and fog. The "cOnes" 
from the adjacent nozzles interlace so that a uniform 
distribution of water is secured. 

The mist nozzles afford the means of breaking up 
the spray water so finely that the aggregate surfacfe 
of the particles into which each gallon of water is 
-divided is very large, thus increasing the rapidity of 
heat transfer from air to water with, the attendant 
cooling. ' -__■■_ , .. ijj- 

Elaborate tests were necessary to determine thie 
cooling obtainable by the "Type A," air washer for 
different initial air conditions, water temperatures 
and water volumes.. The large number of variables 
involved makes a rational formula for the calcula- 
tion of cooling under all conditions practically irrtr 
■possible; with the experimental data resulting from 
the above mentioned tests, the calculation upon which 
to proportion air and water volumes for obtaining 
any desired result, is a very simple matter, jf.]; 
i 'For air cleansing this type is not excelled bj& 551^13^ 
apparatus of the mist nozzle type. ,v .-' Oi-^T 

: The. Webster System of Humidity Control can be 
applied to either type of apparatus with equal facil- 
ity. It involves simply the use of ordinary, ther- 
mostatic devices with which all operating engineers 
are familiar. The system provides for controlling 
and maintaining the desired absolute humidity of the 
air leaving the air washer, and which reheated to the 
desired room temperature, maintains closely the pre- 
determined relative humidity. !:-.;; 
' For this purpose a constant predetermined temper- 
ature of the air leaving the air washer is maintained 
by controlling the Steam supply to the- tempering 
coil.: ; ' ^ . ; > 

The spray water in the- air washer tank is warme(i 
and maintained at a practically constant predeter- , 
"mined temperature by the use of a water temperature 
regulator which controls steam injection through 
steam, and water mixers placed inside the air washer 
;tank.- .In'other words, the desired absolute humidity 
.is- obtained by maintaining a practically constant pre- 
-detetmined differential between the temperature of 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 139 

the air leaving the air. washer and tlie temperature of 
the spray water used. 
~- ^he warming and maintaining of the -spray water 
at a constant predetermined temperature serves the 
double purpose of enabling the air leaving the pri- 
mary heater to pass through the air washer and 
humidifier with but a slight drop in temperature and 
further enables the air to absorb the water vapor to 
which the latent heat of evaporation is supplied. 

It should further be stated that the air leaving the 
-Webster -Air Washer, as usually operated, is never 
-completely saturated, but when arranged for humid- 
ity comtrol as above described, would leave the air 
washer at about 90 per cent saturation. 

If we, therefore, desire to obtain an absolute hu- 
midity of, say 3.4 grains per cubic foot, correspond- 
ing to 50 per cent relative humidity at 65 deg. F., 
the temperature of the air leaving the air washer 
should be about 48 deg. F., since air at this tempera- 
ture and 90 per cent saturation contains 3.4 grains of 
moisture per cubic foot. 

Assuming an extreme outside condition of deg. 
R, •and 50 per cent relative humidity, the absolute 
'humidity is ^ grain per cubic foot. The difference 
between this and the desired -absolute humidity is-, 
the amount of steam which is required p-er cubic foot 
of air handled; it then becomes easy to calculate the 
boiler horse poiver required for humidification. 




-!° .-....-,.,: r^ ^^ mm^yj^^^^^^^^p^r^: 




no JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Condensation Pumps 




1^ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



X41 



Cut illustrating the "Chicago" Condensation Pump 
and how it can be applied in keeping a heating system 
clear of- condensation water. This condensation 
pump is far superior over any other make. 

The condensation pump is used where it is desired 
to keep a heating system clear of water where, 
through settling of foundations, water pockets have 
formed in the piping, where the heating pipes are be- 
low the water level in boiler, where it is difficult to 
maintain the proper temperature during winter 
months; for all these troubles the automatic electric 
condensation pump affords instant and permanent 
relief. ' 

Radiators below water level in boiler may also be 
kept as clear as if it were above the boiler level; with 
its use you may avoid placing radiators against ceil- 
ing; build a small pit about 2' deep and about 6' 
square, place condensation pump in it and connect re- 
turn pipe to receiver; this will allow you to place 
radiators on the floor line and you will avoid the ne- 
cessity of building a pit for the boiler. 

The- outfit consists of a turbine pump fitted with 
outer board ring oiled bearings, electric motor, auto- 
matic electric controlling switch and automatic tilt 
receiving tank. The return water flows into receiv- 
ing tank until it is nearly full, when it tilts, closing 
the electric switch and starting pump and motor 
which pumps water back into boiler when it auto- 
matically stops. It operates about 2-3 minutes every 
15 to 30 minutes. The cost to operate it is so small 
it is hardly to be considered. 

The following Table gives Sizes on 
Condensation Pumps 



Square Feet 
Direct Radiation 


. H. P. 

of Motor 


Approximate 
Shipping Weight 


Boiler Pressures 
■ up to 


1.000 ■ 
3.000 


Ve 


300Lbs. 
600 " 


-. 8 Lbs. 
15 ■• 


6,000 
10.000 
15,000 
20.000 
25 000 


2 
2 


650 " 

700 '■ 

1.000 " 

1.100 "' 

1,200 " 


' 15 '' 
20 " 
20 " 
20 " 
20 " 







2 J-OHN^SON'S HANDY MAiSPUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL.' l43 

' 131". ■' 




eHuuz/Ou/M V^t. ^ 



^^J 



eifrphe Cochrane Improved Steam-Stack and Cut-Out 
'Valve Heater and Receiver is an open feed water 
heater for use in connection with exhaust steam heat- 
ing systems of both the back pressure and vacuum 
types, and is distinguished by the extra large oil 
separator forming a part of it. This separator has 
sufficient capacity to purify all of the exhaust steam 
delivered by the engines and pumps, that is, not 
only the steam consumed in heating the boiler-feed 
water and reheating the returns in the heater, but 
also the surplus exhaust steam which passes to the 
heating or drying system or escapes to the atmos- 
phere. Steam that is to be used in a heating system 



114 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

should always be purified of oil in order that the con- 
densed returns may be suitable for use as boiler feed, 
and that the heating coils and piping system may not 
become coated internally with oil and grease. 

So that the separator may continue supplying puri- 
fied steam to the heating system while the heater 
itself is being opened for cleaning or inspection, a 
cut-out valve is provided to close the opening be- 
tween the separator and the body of the heater. 
Likewise, in order that the trap attached to the heater 
may continue to drain the separator during such peri- 
ods, another valve is arranged to close the opening 
from the heater overflow into the trap. Both valves 
are operated in conjunction by a combination valve 
gear, which on the larger sizes is so arranged that the 
spiall valve in the trap opens before and closes after 
the large valve in the separator, whereby unbalanced 
steam pressure on the large valve is equalized before 
the latter is moved. These valves, in connection with 
the large separator, give all the advantages of a 
heater and receiver plus an independent separator 
large enough to handle the entire exhaust of the 
engine and located in a by-pass around the heater. 
The advantages of the combined arrangement, in the 
way of simplicity and small space requirements, will 
be evident by comparing the typical exhaust steam 
heating systems equipped with this heater, as shown 
in the drawings, with the usual methods of connect- 
ing up installations to do the same work. 

Fig. 1, cut 2836, shows a typical exhaust steam 
heating system installed with a Cochrane Steam- 
Stack and Cut-Out Valve Heater and Receiver, which 
- dispenses with the return tank, grease extractor, and 
closed heater with trap to drain same, which would 
have been required otherwise. The closed heaters 
ordinarily used, without the protection of an oil sep- 
arator, soon become coated with oil and grease, 
greatly reducing their efficiency, while the heating 
efficiency of the Cochrane heater remains perfect 
indefinitely, since the heat transmission is immediate 
from steam ta water:.,, ^,i,,,.^ ._,, >_,'>j£q.]j s/.x-^.i] 
•-.qrnuq bns ganigo!) sdl x<^ bsis/il- 
; ; -gmms rf n r -h'smusnoo m bMz "a i(i xl n : 
.'.-■^ ,.-;-.'. orlj nr znmi^i arlj gnilsadoi bus ^^Ji: 
9rfi ot 89?fei5q doiriw m/ssje ieux:rix3 ^.triqim 3.d;t os' 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 147 

.Illustrates the application of the new heater to 
the Simonds Compound Vacuum System, in which 
secondary radiators are employed to utilize the heat 
remaining in the condensation after it has escaped 
from the main steam radiators. The use of the secon- 
dary radiators results in a lower temperature of the 
returns which can therefore be handled more easily 
by the vacuum pump without cold water injection. 
■ Similar economies are shown in the installation of 
a steam-stack and cut-out valve heater and receiver 
ift connection with the Kieley System. A dozen 
p,t|ier exhaust steam heating systems in general use 
^Ije shown in the "Exhaust Steam Heating Encyclo- 
pedia," published by the . Harrison Safety Boiler 
Wbrks, from which we take these illustrations. The 
pfoney savings from the elimination of the extra 
separator and trap, and a number of gate valves, 
elbows, tees,, piping and other fittings, amount to 
froip $50 to $500 in each case, or about 25 per cent of 
the cost of the heater. As compared with a closed 
heater arrangement, this improved type of heater 
performs all the functions, and takes the place of 
.closed heater, hot well, expansion tank, boiler feed 
water skimmer and filter, make-up water regulator, 
independent oil separator and trap, valves and con- 
nections. 



.Qi2orm3fi 


jiq arIT .■gnibh 


'■>f;+ if't ' \ 


^ -ftR ,3qiq nir 


.^qlq . ; 


b TO 39V[ 


I'tq m£3;.i 


;>n-ffT{q n'ti; 


-jnioubDi Oii^ .jir I .. 




hn£ .barbs^i ?1 l£i?' 




:nrjn 5dl noqtj ir^br: 




G-id sdT .-gnl' 




i 3T0£ii nrobb? 





14^- JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Heat Regulating Systems. 

Automatic heat regulation is now frequently ap- 
plied to systems of heating and ventilating, especially 
in offices of the better class. Its advantages are well 
knoAvn, producing, as it does, the most economical 
consumption of steam and the highest degree of com- 
fort. 

Where the system consists of thermostats con- 
nected to valves controlling the heat sources by 
means of compressed air a diaphragm valve is placed 
on the radiators. 

These valves are furnished by the heat regulating 
contractor in the commercial sizes and shapes; globe, 
angle, corner, offset, with and without unions, and 
have very closely the same dimensions' in the body, 
length of tailpiece, as the commercial valves of all 
makes, and are provided with standard threads. The 
system consists of an air compressor which may be 
of any type, and operated by water, steam or elec- 
tricity, as may be desired. They are rnadfe in differ- 
ent sizes to conform to the different size plants. The 
air compressor delivers air to the storage tank. From 
this tank the air is piped to the thermostats located 
in various parts of the building, as desired. From 
each one of these thermostats another pipe is run to 
the valve or to the dampers to be controlled. ' 

Various sizes and methods of running pipe are em- 
ployed depending on the kind and character of the 
building. The piping to the thermostats is called the 
main pipe, and the pipe from the thermostat to the 
valves or dampers is called the branch pipe. The 
main piping is run somewhat similar to steam piping 
in starting it with large sized pipe, and reducing to 
smaller size as each thermostat is reached, and, of 
course, the size of pipe is dependent upon the number 
of thermostats used in the building. The branch 
piping is usually small size pipe, seldom more than 
yi" galvanized iron pipe. All pipe used in tempera- 
ture regulating systems is galvanized iron, with gal- 
vanized iron fittings. The piping is entirely con- 
cealed in the walls and beneath the floors, excepting 
where it is run in a regular pipe shaft, and the short 
connection from the f^oor to the radiator valves, as 
illustrated in the sketch. 

Space does not permit, at this time, to explain the 
various piping systems in use, but piping of this kind 
must be run straight and be absolutely without leak- 
age. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




1/50 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Blower System and Its Operations 

When a problem of heating is presented, wherein 
it is proposed to use blowers to circulate and dis- 
tribute warm air, it is necessary to first consider what 
the building will be used for and the number of occu- 
pants. 

Such problems can usually be divided into three 
groups, each subject to several subdivisions, depend- 
ing upon any. number of local conditions. 

1. Buildings not requiring ventilation, which are 
simply to be heated. 

2. Buildings in which ventilation is the principal 
thing to consider, and heat is secondary. 

^.j^. Buildings in which heat and ventilation are of 
equal importance. , 

Under the first might be given as examples, large, 
lofty industrial works, wherein the relative spa<:e per 
occupant is very large, the windows of which are 
loosely fitted and often have numerous broken win- 
dow panes; also numerous doors, constantly being 
opened and closed, and not infrequently left open f^r 
long periods at a time. 

Under the second would come industrial plants 
wherein noxious gases, sinoke and steam are gen- 
erated. Frequently more hea't is given off in the man- 
ufacturing process than is necessary to heat the build- 
ing, but the fresh air introduced has to be warmed lin 
very cold weather to prevent the forming of a fog 
inside, also to keep the walls and roof from condens- 
ing moisture due to the relatively high humidity jp- 
side. ^^. 

Small vmoviiig picture" theaters sometimes come 
under the second, as ; the occupants often furnish 
enough animal heat without any other heat beifeg 
supplied. ■ ^ 

The third covers churches^ schools, theaters, audi- 
toriums, etc., where great numbers of people congre- 
gate for several hours at a time-. This also frequen'Hy 
applies to manufacturing- plants wherein shoes,fj cor- 
sets, overalls, clothing, etc., are made. In mo'st of 
such- plants, thtiusands t>f ^n^loyees are huddled to- 
gether in rooms of limited area and height, thus pre- 
senting a condition requiring the most careful 
engineering to keep the air up to even the poorest 
standards, without creating objectionable drafts. 



JOHNSON!S HANDY MANUAL. 151 

■< .rThe nex^;thing to consider is the prevailing atmos- 
pLliefic conditions outside and what the building will 
be used for, in order to determine the proper tem- 
perature inside to rheet the severest weather condi- 
tions. Buildings can be divided into two general 
groups to cover this; 

(a) Buildings in which the occupants are at com- 
plete rest or the occupation is more or less sedentary. 

(b) Buildings in which the work requires constant 
activity or laborious effort. 

Under (a) would be listed all kinds of public build- 
ings, also manufacturing plants wherein the em- 
ployees are seated simply feeding material to ma- 
chines that require no muscular exercise "beyond 
moving the hands and arms. 

Class (b) would cover all other types, excepting 
perhaps, factories devoted to the production by spe^ 
cial process of something which requires a uniform 
temperature at all times. ~ 

Buildings under Class (a) should be provided with 
a Keating plant to maintain a temperature of about 
70 degrees F., in the severest weather. 

For buildings in Class (b) are subject to a sub- 
division into several classes, according to the nature 
of the work, as for instance: 

Foundries, machine shops, furniture factories and 
paint shops. The temperature usually allowed for 
tlTese are respectively 50, 60, 70 and 80 degrees in zero 
weather. 

By carefully studying the conditions peculiar to 
the location of the plant and the use to which it will 
be put, the most economical proportions can be ar- 
rived at, not only for first cost, but also for the cost 
of operation. 



Fuel. . r.v 

1 pound of coal will evaporate from 7 to 10 pounds 
of water. 

1 pound of dry pine wood will evaporate from 4 to 5 
pounds of water. 

1 ton of anthracite coal requires a space of 42 cubic 
feet. ^ . . 

1 ton of bituminous coal requires a space of 44 cubic 
feet. 

1 ton of coke requires a space of 80 cubic feet. 

150.35 cubic feet of air are required for the combus- 
tion of 1 pound of coal. "' 



l^T 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL; 



The followingtablfe shows the resulting insMe tem- 
peratures when the outside temperature varieis ftom. 
zero with a plant designed for zerb weather: ' 

RESULTING INSIDE TEMPERATURE 





Below Zero Outside 


Above Zero Outside, 


Class 

of 

Buildings 


Temp. 
Desired 
Inside, 
at zero 
outside 


Temp. 

Inside, 
at 10° 
below 

outside 


Temp. 

Inside, 
at 20^ 
below 

outside 


Temp. 
Inside, 
at 30O 
below 
outside 


Temp. 

Inside, 
at 100 
above 
zero 

outside 


Temp. 

Inside, 
at 20^ 
above 
zero 

outside 


Temp. 

Inside. 
at30<> 
above 
zero 

outside 


Foundries 

Machine 
Shops 

Furniture 
Factory 

Paint 

Shops 


50O 
80O 


410 
520 
630 

740 


320 
430 
550 
670 


220 

340 

450 
590 


570 
670 

760 

850 


630 
730 

8I0 

890 


70P 

780 
860 . 
















•Toi 



Outside 
Temperature 


Days per 

Year 


Hours at 
10 Hrs. per day 


Hours at 24 

per day 


Zero and Below 


4 


40 


96 


Zero to 10 above 


6 


60 


144 


10 to 20 


11 


110 i 


- 264 


20 to 30 


34 


340'^^^^^^ 


816 


30 to 40 


61 


610 


1464 


40 to 50 


47 


470 


1128 


50 to 60 


53 


530 


1272 


Totals 


216 


2160 


5184 



The days of prevailing temperatures throughout 
the year is often a question of importance, to approx- 
imate the cost of operation. For latitudes lying be- 
tween 38 and 46 degrees north, the following table 
represents a fair average: 



JOHNSON'S HANDY. MANUAL. 153 

The next in order is to determine the heat losses 
dtie'to the outside exposure, as represented by the 
glass, wall, floor and roof surfaces of the building. 
The following table gives the losses in B. T. U.'s 
per square foot of exposed surface for one degree 
rise per hour:- ■ 

Thus for 70° rise for 1000 sq. ft. each, of 12" brick 
wall, single windows, wood floor on the ground, com- 
position, roof Qver wood and four doors of 60 sq. ft. 
each, would require heat as follows: 

1000 x 70° x:0.33 — 2310 B. T. U. for wall. 
1000 X 70° X 1.20 = 8400 B. T. U. for windows. 
1000 X .7.0° X, 10 = 700 B. T.U. for floor. 
1000 x7i0° X .30^ 2100 B. T. U. for roof. 
240x-70°x .42= 101 B. T. U.' for doors. 
13611 B. T. U. total. 
'^^<i this rhust be added the following: 
■-■113% for- northerly exposure. 
10% if heated in day time only. 

30% if heated in day time only and greatly exposed. 
50% if heated only at long intervals. 
Allowances must also be made for broken win- 
dows, open doors to the outside or apartments not 
heated, etc., which usually is taken care of by an ex- 
tra air air allowance varying from 10 per cent to 25 
per cent, according to the judgment of whoever is 
laying it out. ^ , ., ;.:,,, .; ., - 

A concrete example will best illustrate the further 
procedure, in the determination of the heat required, 
ttie volume of air, etc. For this purpose we will as- 
sume that the exposure re<5uires 1,918,400 B. T. U.; 
that the building contains 1,080,000 cu. ft. of space;, 
that it is to be heated to 65 degrees in zero weather, 
in the day time only: 

Heat for ^exposure ; 1,918,400 B. T. U. 

Add 10% for heating in day time 

only 191,840 B. T. U. 

2,110,240 B. T. U. 
To care for leakages through windows, doors, etc., 
an additional amount of heat equal to an air change, 
every two hours will be allowed, raised from 30 de- 
grees to 65 degrees. ' Thus 1,080,000 cu. ft -r- 2 hrs. = 
540,000 ca;ft. peir hr. X ;(65°-30°) X .0807 (wt of 1 cu. 
ft airat 30°) X 0.2375 ((specifi<fe heat ^f air) =F= 3€^1,^-0Q 



154 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Adding this to the exposure loss as found atjiovek 
makes a total of 2,471,240 B. T. U. per hour. " ,. j ^ 

It is'customary to raise the temperature of the'aif' 
at the heater to about 130°. In a building of this size, 
the average loss of heat from the ducts by. radiation: 
will be roughly 20°, which taken from 130 will leave 
110° as the average temperature of the air entering 
the building. As the temperature to be maintained' 
inside is 65°, then 110° — 65° = 45°, the temperature^ 
lost to outside exposure. . .j ■ 

Therefore, 45° X 0.2375 = 10.7 B. T. U. per pound 
of air; then 2,471,240 B. T. U. -f- 10.7 = 231,000 pounds 
of air per hour, or 3850 pounds per minute. 

As the air heated by the coils has to be raised from 
0° to 130°, then the total heat to be supplied will be 
as follows: ; 

130° X 0.2375 X 231,000 lbs. = 7,150,000 B, T.-U.,,;or 
nearly three times the heat represented by the ex- 
posure. . : 

If, however, the air is to be recirculated, .Ihen the 
apparatus will only have to be as large as the differ- 
ence between the lowest allowable inside tempera- 
ture and the maximum temperature from the heater, 
which we will say is 32° inside to 130° at the heater^! 
Therefore, the heat required will be 98 X 0.2375 X^' 
231,000 lbs. = 5,375,000 B. T. U., cr about 25 per cerit' 
less heat. ' : 'H 

The volume of air required will be as follows, foP 
3850 lbs. air per minute: 

. . , '!! .ii'lub'-jL'Otq 



Temp, of air 


Cu. ft. air in 1 lb. 


Gu 


ft.'^df air per'miniit^ 


GO 


11.58 




: ^^-^^ '.rifni 


320 


12.38 




47,600>'t In-iH 
50.600':'''^^ 


650 

1-8,10 L 


13.14 




llOOet^o] r,5; 


14.35 




55,200 


1300 • 


14.85 




' 57.200 -> < T* 



- :, : ;-.' . . . - . ^ " ■ ■- • ' V19:/3 

"The ivelocity of the air ovfer the heating surfa^"© 
should be somewhere betweein 600 and 1800 ft. peF 
minute; Between 900 and 1200 feet represents aver^j 
age practice. At 1000 ft. velocity, the free-'^ afea*- 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 155 

through the heater would have to.be somewhere near 
50 square feet. Referring to the following table, nxir 
der No. 40 sections, with pipes 9'-9" and 10' high, we 
find a free area of 49.8 sq. ft. an4 567,8-sq. ft. of heat- 
ing surface per section, .''^i arb ic 

THE **A B C" HEATER 



I i DIMENSIONS OF SECTIONS 




.«?Mr;T _iArr"vii y^a qua asiueeasn masts v^^a s?o'*t aei9 

3«UTA93CT^^3•r ,JAS-N^ SKri "Sfl^ OT OQA OP3S; 3V03A ei't" ■=!< 

3«UTA«j«=iM3T jAnr-1 sjoT Vmqsj^ -raooao b5?3s wdjj<3 ei T i* 



156 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

' 'The avera-g-e voliime through the heatejir when- re- 
circulating will be 47,600 X 57,200 = 52,40Q-r! 4^.8^.3^. 

'.yfr .;■ ■, ' . .. '•: 3 _ . ; • 0^ .oVlta!) 

ft;:= 1050' velocity per minute. . . •; -i -.-> ; 

By means of the following table, the temperature 
rise for any number of four row sections in depth can 
be detefinined for any velocity.- 

^'Thtis we' want 130° with entering air at 32°, or. a 
rise of 98°. If the steam pressure is 5 pounds, with a 
temperature of 227° and the entering air 32°, the dif- 
ference is 195°; dividing this by 98° equals 1.99, which 
is the proper factor for 1050' velocity, which by inter- 
polation from the table we find "is about four sections 
with four rows of pipe per section. 

HEATING APPARATUS 



TO OETCRMIME XCMPERATURE RISE TOR ANY 
fJaXEAM PRESSURE. OR IrtmAU TEMP 

irt-^-f s^S^.'Jf "-^ -|- - TEtnP STEAM . 
o J ICT- t ^ t s~ •» INCOMiNfi AIR 

■^"^V' y<: ^ * • p,- ^^ ^:^ 

'I'Ji^^ms. K = COKSTANT A3 f=X3l-UOWS _ 


K r IS A5 FOLLOWS FOR ANY PRESS AND INrTIAL TtMP. 


62i 

H 


J 

1 


i 


i 
1 


1 


J 

'8 


i 


J 

1 






J 

1 


1 


3.9 


4.46 


4.91 


5.57 


6.2 


6.66 


7.09 


745 


780 


8.4 


a 


2.19 


2.5 


2.76 


3.13 


3.4^ 


375 


3.97 


4.19 


4.36 


4.?1 


3 


1.615 


165 


2.04 


230 


2.56 


2.75 


£.92 


3.06 


S.22 


346 


^ 


1.333 


1.525 


1.6d 


LSI 


2,12 


2.26 


2.-^2 


2.55 


£67 


2.67 


5 


1.21 


1.35 


1>*6 


1.66 


1.65 


Ld9 


a.H 


a. 22 


2.32 


2.50 


6 


1.14^2 


123 


1.3£ 


1.4^9 


1.66 


1.765 


1.695 


2.00 


a065 


2.26 


■U 7: 


Ul 


1.065 


124 


V3d5 


154 


1.66 


l.?6 


1.65 


1 94 


2.06 


8 


1.0S8 


1.150 


Lid 


1310 


i;44 


155 


L65 


173 


i.ai 


135 


9 


1.072 


1.113 


1.152 


1.26 


1.36 


1.46 


1.55 


1.635 


171 


165 


10 


1.06 


1.10 


1.130 


1.220 


I.305 


I.40 


1.49 


15? 


1.64 


1.766 


DIVIDE (T-t)5Y ABOVE CONSTANX - TEMPERATURE 
RISE FOR AMY STEAM PRESSURE AND ANY INITIAL. TEMP. 
IF "t'lS AbOVE ZERO ADD TO "r" FOR FINAL TEMPERATURE 
ir Y 15 BtLOW ZERO DEDUCT FROM V FOR FINAL TEMPERATURE 






JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. . 15^7 

^As each of the sections has 567.8 sq. ft. of -heating- 
sui^ce, so the entire heater will have 2271.2 sq. ft, or 
lalSout 6600 lineal feet of one-inch pipe. 

The amount of steam required can be determined 
as follows: - -'^ ' ' - • :: 

Total heat in steam at 5 lbs. is. 1156 B. T. U. " 

Heat in. condensation at 213 deg. 180 B. T. U. 

Latent heat given off is 976 B. T. U. 

5,375,000-^976 = 5500 lbs. of steam per hour max- 
imum. 

As there are 33,305 B. T. U. per boiler H. P. then 
dividing same by 976 = 34.1 lbs. water per H. P.; then 
5500 -^ 34.1 = 161 H. P. capacity. 

If -coal contains 13,000 B. T. U. per lb. and boiler 
evaporates at 70 per cent efficiency, then from each 
pound of coal 9100 B. T. U. goes to evaporation, 
which. divided by 976 gives 9 1/3 lbs. of steam per 
pound of coal. 

34.1 -^ 9.33 = 3.45 lbs. of coal per H. P. hour X 161 
H. P. = 556 lbs. of coal per hour. 

This would amount to about 300 tons per year for 
period of average heating, at 10 hours per day. 

If there is enough exhaust steam to supply the re- 
quired amount, then n6 fuel will have to be burned 
for heating. 

The steam main can be determined in several ways. 
From a steam table find the volume at 5 lbs. pressure, 
which is 20.08 cu. ft. per lb. X 5500 lbs. = 110,440 cu. 
ft; per hour or 1840 cu. ft. per minute. 

6000 ft. velocity is a reasonable figure to allow, 
hence 1840 X 144 = 44.2 sq. in. area, or 7^ in. diam- 

6000 
eter of main. If the main is very long, then to pre- 
vent loss of pressure, it had better be made 8 inches 
diameter, but if short, 7 inches will be ample. 

The return main is usually 6/10 of the area of the 
steam main which v/ould make it necessary to use a 
6" return for the condensation. With a vacuum sys- 
tem attached, slightly smaller returns can be used. 
Some even advocate one size smaller steam mains 
when a vacuum system is attached, but this practice 
is questionable, as it takes just so much power to 
move a given volume of steam, whether it is done by 
pressure or vacuum. 

The next thing is the selection of a fan suitable for 
the work. 



15& JOHNSO.N.^S HANDY MANUAL,. 

It is desirable to keep the air pressure as low,?is 
possible, so as not to waste power in driving the fan. ;, 
The heater will require from 0.25 inches to 0.50 inches; ,[ 
in most cases, depending upon the number of sep- ' 
tions deep and the velocity. In this case it will i)e^. 
abqut 0.3 inches. , , ' 

The distributing ducts should be so designed'as not , 
to exceed 0.75 inch loss of pressure. This will make •'" 
about one inch static pressure, which represents ap-" 
proximately 2/3 of the total pressure, making the to- 
tal pressure about 1.5 inches or 0.87 ounces. 

As we want about 51,000 C. F. M. at 70 degs. temp.,, 
then a 160" fan will be required at 242 R. P. M., r6-': 
quiring about 40 H. P. to drive. 

A No. 13 Sirocco fan at 170 R. P. M." will also do' the 
work, requiring 22.05 H. P. The speeds and powers - 
in both of above cases are found as follows: . 

The volume is directly proportional to the speed, 
and the power is directly proportional to the cube of 
the speed; hence if the volume desired is between 
two sizes or two pressures, in the table the required 
speed and power can be determined by proportion. 

The pressure will be as the square of the speed. '■ 

Having now determined the size of the apparatus, 

the method of distributing the air to properly heat. 

and ventilate the building must be considered. "-":,J: ■*' 

■ - f 1 J ' 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 15 

"A B C" STEEL PLATE FANS 

Speed*, Capacities and Horse-Powers at Varying Pressures 



Faji 
No. 


Diam 
Wheel 


Static 
Press. 


%" 


. 1" 


1%" 


2" 


21^ 


3" 


zy2" 


4" 


50 


30 


:.F.M. 
^.P.M. 
3. HP. 

:.F.M. 

I. P.M." 
3,H.P. 


3840 
471 
.88 

5475 
393 

1.25 

7100 
336 

1.62 


5425 
665 

? 48 


6640 
816 
4..S5 


7650 
945 
7.00 


8595 
1060 
-9.81 


9400 
1150 
12:85 
13^100 
961 
18.35 


10110 
1250 
16.20 


10810 
1330 
19.75 




1— 
■ ^36 


7740 
555 
3.53 
10020 
475 
4.58 


9460 
681 
6.49 


10900 
786 
9.94 

14150 
675 

12.93 

17200 
590 

15.71 


12250 
880 

14.00 

15900 
755 

18.19 


14410 

mo 

23.10 


15420 
1110 
28.10 


■f) 


42 


:,F.M. 

^.P.M. 
5.H.P. 


12280 
8.35 


17400 
-825 
23.80 


18700 

890 

29.90 


20010 

950 

36.60 


h 


48 


:.F.M, 

R.P.M. 
B.H.P. 


8640 
294 

1.97 

11000 

262 

2.52 


12200 
416 

5.57 


14950 

511 

10.20 


19350 

660 

22.10 


21150 

7Z2 

28.90 


22800 

780 

"36.. 50 


24350 

832 

44.50 


90 


54 


3.F.M. 
R.P.M. 
B.H.P. 


15540 

370 
7.08 


19000 

454 

13.00 


21900 

525 

20.00 


24600 

587 

28.10 


26950 

641 

36.85 


29000 
693 

46.40 

370CO 
625 

59.10 


-31000 

740 

56.50 


100 


60 


C.F.M. 
R.P.M. 
B.H P. 


140.50 
236 
3.21 


■9.05 


24300 

409 

16.65 


28000 

473 

25.60 


314.50 

529 

35.95 


34400 
578 
47.10 
40700 
_ 525 
55.60 


3%00 

665 

72.30 


110. 


66 


C.F.M. 
R.P.M. 
B.H.P. 


16600 
214. 
3.80 
20300 
196 
4.64 


23500 
303 

10.75 

28700 
278 

13.10 


28800 

371 

19.70 


33100 

430 

30.25 


3V200 

480 

42.50 


43800 

568 

70,00 


46900 

605 

85.60 


120 


:/2 


C.F.M. 
R.P.M. 
B.H.P. 


35100 
340 

24.00 

47400 
292 

32.40 


40500 

394 

37.00 


45500 

440 

52.00 


49700 

481 

68.00 

67000 

413 

91.70 

84500 

362 

115.5 


53500 

520 

85.50 


57300 

555 

104.50 


140 


84 


C.F.M. 
R.P.M. 
B.H.P. 


27400 
168 
6.25 


38700 

238 

17.75 


54500 

337 

49.80 


61300 

378 

70.00 


72200 

445 

115.20 


77250 

475 

140.9 


160 


% 


C.F.M. 
R.P.M. 
B.H.P. 


34500 
147 
7.88 


48900 

208 

22.30 


59800 

256 

41.00 


68900 

2% 

62.90 


77300 

331 

88.40 


91000 
- 390 
145.4 
112500 
346 
180.0 


97500 

416 

178.0 


180 


108 


C.F,M. 
R.P.M. 
B.H.P. 


42600 
131 
9.75 


60300 

185 

27.55 


73800 

227 

50.50 


85000 

262 

77.60 


95500 

293 

109.0 


104300 

320 

143.0 


120000 

369 

219.0 


200 


120 


C.F.M. 
R.P.M. 
B.H.P. 


51600 
118 
11.8 


73000 

166 

33.30 


89400 

204 

61.20 


103000 

236 

93.50 

122200 
214 

111.50 


11570( 

264 

132.1 


126500 

289 

173.0 


136100 
312 
217.50 
162000 
283 
259.0 


145800 

332 

266.0 


220 


132 


C.F.M. 
R.P.M 
B.H.P 


614O0 
107 
14.C 
7200C 
9E 
16.5 


86800 

151 

39.60 


106000 

185 

72.50 


1374a 

24C 

157.C 


150200 

262 

206.C 


173000 

302 

316.0 


240 


144 


C.F.M 
R.P.M 
B.H.P 


101800 

139 

46.50 


124500 

170 

85.00 


143500 

197 

131.00 


16100C 

22C 

184.C 


176001 

241 

241. C 


189500 

260 

303.0 


203000 

377 

370.5 



NOTE— Any of the above fans, when running at the speed and 
pressure indicated, will deliver the volume of air and require no naore 
power than given in the table 

Allowances must be made for the inefficiency of the motive power 
and for transmission losses between motive power and the fan. 



aid/ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAI.. 



Fans and Blowers 



p. 



Speeds, Capacities and Horse Powers 6f Single Inlet, 

Standard Width Fans at Various Pressures ' 

Figures Given Represent Dynamic Pressures in Ounces per 

Square Inch. For Static Pressure Deduct 28.8%. 

For Velocity Pressure Deduct 71.2%, 




.m t>d if.um 83Drrfiwoi{A 
rasol aolaalcoitaBii lol bae 



1^ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 







a 


oqitfQ 


3j[i bn£ 


^n%L 




utr- -viliJ 


•M 




; ■;: --/HOT 

rHANDY MANUAL. 



:; The character of the building and the purpose for 
which it is built must be carefully studied. What 
answers for one type of building is totally unsuited 
/to-another of a different type. Again what serves 
nicely in a building of a certain type, in which a par- 
ticular class of work is done, often proves anything 
but satisfactory in a building of the same type in 
which a different kind of work is done; for example, 
cpmpare a machine shop with a paper mill. 

Both are similar in size, shape and exposure. In 
the machine shop no steam or moisture i^ emitted to 
condense on the walls and roof, whereas tons of 

-water is thrown off into the air in a paper mill every 
day which must be taken care of by the amount and 

\ distribution of air circulated. 

j ; Then, aside from the work done inside the build- 

I iiig, the character of design and- 'construction influ- 

' eiice the distribution of heat and air. 

The ten-dency to build lofty industrial buildings 
with steel frames, narrow pilasters and shallow pan- 
els of brick or concrete beneath the windoivs, which 

.fillmost of the space between the pilasters, results in 
enormous surface exposures that conduct away heat 

.very rapidly, thus producing an unbearable down- 
Vvard circulation of cold air near the outside walls, 
whic-h has to be neutralized or counteracted by the 
distributing system. 

The modern shop has a trussed roof, the bottom 
chords of which- are often 30 to 50 feet above the 
floor. The ducts have to rest on these trusses and it 
is impossible to drive air from them down to the floor 
in a way that will produce satisfactory results. This 
method has been tried often enough, but there still 

. remain others who must be convinced of its imprac- 
ticability by trying it themselves. The only way to 
obtain an even distribution of heat, is to discharge 
heated air at such points as it is most needed and 
where the effect will be most appreciated. 

To distribute the heat evenly necessitates running 
the ducts to all cold spots; it is needed the most in 
the lower strata near the floor, not up among the 

i roof trusses; the greatest benefit is derived from the 

; system by diffusing the warm air close to the floor, 
kieeping the lower strata in circulation and thereby 
warming it by mixing with it the warm air discharged 
from the ducts. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 163 

The best way to bring this about is "to extend the 
branch ducts from the main trunk line over to the 
walls or to posts not more than 20 feet away from the 
outside walls; then .down 'toward the floor, ending 
four or five feet from the floor. The air should dis- 
charge directly toward the floor or at only a slight 
angle from perpendicular. This method will be found 
most effective in machine shops, foundries and other 
lofty structures. / ' 

In paper mills, rubt)er v/orks, dye houses and other 
plants for which the building is of the same; type as 
those just noted, it is necessary to blow some hot air 
out towards -the roof as well as down towards the 
floor, in order to take care of the condensation which 
would otherwise collect on the under side of the roof. 
Even then, in very cold climates, it is sometimes nec- 
essary to put in a false ceiling to overcome this an- 
noyance, particularly if the roof is built of a material 
which is a good conductor of heat. 

\^or buildings which are several stories in height, 
each story being from 10 to 16 feet high, the treat- 
ment should be different. With them, it is possible, 
and sorhetimes advisable, to introduce the air near 
the ceiling, blowing downward at an angle of 30 to 
:45 degrees from horizontal. 

"Frequently buildings of this character are quite 
/effectively heated from one or two galvanized iron 
standpipes run up through the middle of the building 
with outlets into each story. This method is practical 
in buildings not over 60 feet wide; if the building is 
not over 100 feet long, one riser will be sufficient. 

For cotton, woolen or silk mills it has become al- 
most the universal practice to build vertical warm 
air flues on the outside face of the pilasters, on both 
sides of the building. These flues usually have a 
two-inch air space built into the brick work to insu- 
late them. The air is admitted to each story about 
eight feet above the floor. Deflecting "mill dampers" 
regulate the volume of air discharged through each 
opening. The various flues can be supplied at their 
base from a main duct built either of masonry or 
galvanized iron. 

For manufacturing plants itjs customary to make 
the trunk line ducts of such an area as will convey 
the required volume of air at a velocity varying from 
iSOD to 2400 feet per minute. In high buildings used 



J 



164 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

for heavy and coarse work, where most of the em- 
ployees stand or move about considerably, the veloc4 i 
ity can be much higher than in shops divided inta ^ 
several stories, or those in which the work is more 
or less sedentary, like the manufacture of shirts^; 
gloves, etc., where the employees sit all day, simply- 
feeding the material into machines. .'i 

Air currents or drafts are of not material momeiii 
in the former shops, while in the latter they will pro- 
duce great discomfort, if not sickness. Therefore, 
the latter class should have the main ducts of suffi- 
cient area to keep the velocity down to 1200 to 1800 
feet per minute and the branches should be propor- 
tioned to a velocity of 600 to 1200 feet. ' ' 

Another advantage the blower system possesses, 
infrequently brought to notice, is the cooling and 
comforting effect it has in oppressively warm weather 
in the summer time. Simply running the fan will, of 
itself, greatly relieve the oppressiveness, and when 
cold water is circulated through the coils the differ- 
ence is very noticeable. 

To sum up: The proper heating of factory build- 
ings is of as much importance and involves as many 
problems as anything the manager has to decide. It 
is as essential as the transmission, tools or light, and 
very much more complex. It should be considered 
with the plans of the building and made an integral 
part of the construction, having in mind all the time 
the equipment best suited to the type of building and 
the purpose; for which it is built. 

, Fresh air is essential to life. Man can clothe him- 
;S:elf to withstand cold, but he cannot get along with- 
fcmt air. The purer it is, the better health he has and 
the faster and better he can work. Therefore, any 
heating system which does not provide for, fresh air 
should have no consideration. r 

Something in the way of a ventilating plant is re- 
quired where manufacturing -processes generate 
steam, smoke and gases. Cold air only makes bad 
matters worse, so the ventilation necessarily becomes 
a part of the heating system. 

The subject of the proper temperature to maintain 
in shops is one that does not receiv.e the careful at- 
■ tentipn it should. It, is,' if anjthin^, worse to over- 
heat a shop tlhair to UhdefhreatVrt.^ A fair average tern- 



• JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 165 

peifature should be arrived ^tatid the heating system 
be flexible enough to keep the shop comfortable 
when the temperature outside is above and below 
•average. 

The distributioH of the heat is very important and 
must be varied with the nature of the building and 
the work done within. its walls. Consideration must 
also be given* to tiie air velocities, for the purpose of 
ventilation. 

While the cooling of a l>uilding is not of the utmost 
importance, it certainly has -great advantages in many 
ways, and if a system makes it possible of accom- 
plishment without complication or great expense, it 
becomes a valuat)le asset to any plant. . 

These advantages, more or less amplified in the 
foregoing, as well as many others which have been 
covered by various writers, all point to but one sys- 
tem of heating as best adapted to manufacturing 
plants, and that one is the blower system. While it 
is quite generally recognized as the best, the proper 
way to install is not so generally understood, and to 
give some superficial ideas along this line was what 
prompted the foregoing. 

The ventilation of public buildings, assembly halls, 
churches, schools, etc., require special study to adapt 
the system to the plans of the building in a way that 
will be least offensive architecturally and stillprovide 
the proper distribution of fresh air. 
' The velocities must be much lower in such build- 
ings than is allowable in factories,- to avoid noise, 
drafts, etc. It has become quite the common practice 
to allow the following velocities to prevail in various 
parts of the plant: < 

Heater and tempering coils. . .. 800 to 1200 ft. per rain. 
Main distributing ducts. ., .... . .600 to 900 ft. per min. 

Vertical flues.. .'. .400 to 600 ft. per min. 

Registers or grilles. .30,0 to 450 ft. per min. 

: The velocity of air through the fan discharge can 
he anywhere from 1500 to 2500 feet per minute. The 
velocity of the tips of the fan blades should never ex- 
ceed 4000 feet for absolutely noiseless operation. 

The amount of air required in public buildings is 
usually dependent upon the number oi occupants, 
and this is generally far in excess of the amount 
which would be required to heat it, if considered 
strictly as a heating problem. 



166 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Space ^erein available will not permit covering 
jpublic buildings in detail. Volumes have been pub- 
lished on the ventilation of buildings under this classi- 
fication, to which the inexperienced should refer for 
ta broader knowledge of the subject, as this article is 
intended to cover the practical side and not the theo- 
srgtical aspect of the subject. 

Ventilation, Gravity System. 

When the amount of air required per hour is 
known, the following rules may be used for low- 
pressure steam systems: r, ■ ,- 
.02056 H. U. required to heat 1 cu. ft. of air 1°. 
1.439 H. U. required to heat 1 cu. ft. of air 70°. 
Total H. U. required -^- 350 = sq. ft. indirect steam 

radiation, for 1st floor. 
Total H. U. required -f- 325 = sq. ft, indirect steam 

radiation for 2d floor. ' 

Total. H. U. required -^ 500 = sq. ft. indirect steam 

radiation i'or 3d floor. 
Velocity at all registers 3 to 4 feet per second. 
Velocity in heat flues 1st floor 3 to 4 ft. per second. ' 
Velocity in heat flues 2d floor 5 ft. per second. 
Velocity in heat flues 3d floor 6 ft. per second. 
Velocity in heat flues 4th floor 7 ft. per second. ,; 
Velocity in vent, flues 1st floor 6 ft. pet second. 
Velocity in vent, flues 2d floor 5 ft. per second; 
Velocity in vent, flues 3d floor 4 ft. per second. \,, 
Velocity in vent, fl.ues 4th floor 3 ft. per second;' '"■ ' 

The cubic feet of air per hour divided by velocity 
per hour = area of flue in square feet; 

When the temperature of steam is 216°, cold air 
enters at 0°, the total heat-units given off, per square 
foot indirect steam radiation per hour = 486. 

The above rules are based on what may be ex- 
;iifected at registers in rooms in which they are located. 
'If a velocity of 6 feet per second is maintained, a 
square foot of indirect radiation emits 3.25 heat- 
units per hour per degree difference between the 
temperature of steam and surrounding air. at radia- 
tor. This may be taken as the limit of work for a 
square, foot of indirect steam radiation with natural 
(draft. ."/^ ; ■ ■ "-■/ '-■ : .''"■ ■'" ■ ' ' ■ : -,' " 

To deterrhine boiler capacity divide the total heat- 
units required for all work by 280; the result will be 
the work equivalent iti direct steam radiation, as 
per the conditions on whichboilers are rated iby the 
manufacturer. . uloiq ^/riUfiait £ hg xliomc 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 167 

«9vod£ bsnoiinf^m sijs 8£ einiot dovs id-gli 9:ABm oi 

-Eoq 8B ^ilbiioa as lodio-^^oi irf^nc^d sd Jaurrr noii sdJ 

Amount of Air Used for a Blower System f or i 

■^^-"'■^ bn/: ,rT-,l.. ,■ . •:.,^. ■ . • ^ ' - / , 

.mboBuainiczv':!.::.'-] i, Cubic feet pei^ hour. 

Hospitals \ 3,600 per Bed. 

Legislative Assembly Halls. 3,600 per Seat. 

Barracks, Bedrooms and Workshops .... -3,000 per Person. 

Schools and Churches. 2,400 per Person* 

Theaters and Ordinary Halls of Audience, 2,000 per Seat. 

Office Rooms ....... 1,800 per Person. 

Dining Rooms .1 ,800 per Person.^ 

Toilet and Bath Rooms. . .2,400 per Fixture. 

.. ,-?-t7(I :t\\niy,hx^l '■'- . - ... 

JrAin^zz::) icn arv; ;,■ .. . _.; 

' ■ ■' :: ;-•■■. - ".■ .-■ jdi oJ 

Making Tight Screwed Joints for Very Hi^j^^^^jj 

..-: . •: . Pressure-, . .;;; n-,^.^ h::o-idi ^d* 

If the-'^bpdtnarystearn fitter] #ai# c^lkd W^lkTto 
piit up: piping that should stand '200 or 300: pound;s 

of steam pressure, I think he would feel that he was 
taking a very large responsibility, and if he was 
called upon to do a job that should stand 1,000 pounds 
of air 'pressure he would not feel like taking this re- 
sponsibility, and- any one taking -this resp6n«ibitity 
SKOuld feel that he was obliged to resort to very 
j^xtraordinary means in order to accomplish such .a 
result, and if .called, upon to do such work with the 
ordinary material that is rnanufactured and supplied 
in the .general market, he would say that it was an 
impossibility to -do: ifc^ o^ ^v/ '.I tLociaisbniJ -.tjU^ii 

, Friction is due to the large amount of surface, espe- 
cially-when the joints are corning up close to a bear- 
ing! Any grit or gummy material in the joint also 
tefids very largely to. produce, irictiori. Friction pror 
duces expansion, and as the pipe is lighter than the 
coupling it expands more than the coupling, and then 
when both again become cool the pipe shrinks more 
than the coupling, thus causing a tendency to leak. 

It is of course evident to anyone who has given 
any thought whatever to this subject, that in order 



188 JOHNSON'S . HANDY MANUAL. 

to make tight such joints as are mentioned above, 
the iron must be brought together as solidly as pos- 
sible. '■ ■ ■ •--■■■:■■ ■^■^- -. - '■ - : •■■• ■■:':.'•, 

To get such results it is imperatively necessary 
that the iron should be absolutely clean, and then it 
is essential that the very best lubricant is used in 
order. to reduce the friction. ; .■: 

Would also add, that we. have discovered .that^ in 
order to produce good joints, it is not necessary that 
the threads should be absolutely perfect, nor is i 
taper essential nor is a large amount of bearing 
necessary; in fact, we made one ioint with a thread 
reduced to three-fourths of an inch in width, and 
this joint was tight at 1,500 pounds. hydraulic pres^ 
sure, which proves that the bearing was not essential 
to the making of a tight joint, and that the length of 
thread was not essential to prevent stripping of 
the thread from the coiipling or the pipe. 

This, I think, also proves another point that is not 
understood, and that is that it is not essential, irj 
order to do good work, to have especially long 
threads. In fact, we are satisfied that especially 
long. threads are a detriment in making a good joint, 
for it stands to reason that such long threads tend 
to produce friction, which prevents the iron from 
coming tfp closely together, and the irregularity of 
the thread on the pipe tends to prevent the iron 
coming up in the closest contact. This will be 
better understood, if we go to a great extreme in 
the matter. For instance, should we undertake to 
make a joint on eight-inch pipe, with a thread six 
inches long, the irregularities and friction would be 
so great that it would be impossible to get this 
thread contact. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Typical Layout of Power Plant Showing Combination 

Boiler, Water Tube, and Tubular, and all 

"Necessary Piping. 



170 JOHNSON S HANDY MANUAL. 

Superheated Steam. 

The subject of superheated steam has appeared in 
the forefront of engineering literature during the 
last few years as one of the most important factors 
in reaching the high degree of economy shown by 
some of our modern large power stations. Much 
has been said and written about the subject, but 
stated in simple words superheated steam is steam 
which has been heated above the boiling tem- 
perature without increasing the pressure at which 
it was boiled. 

This is accomplished by passing it through the 
so-called super-heater just as the steam leaves the 
boiler proper, to go into the steam mains. 

The superheater is composed of a number of tubes 
spaced closely (generally smaller than the boil.er 
tubes proper), and exposed to the gases of combus- 
tion at a point when the gases are about half way 
on their passage from the furnace to the stack or 
breeching. The superheater may or not be con- 
structed as an integral part of the boiler and must 
not be confused with the economizer which is some- 
times installed in large plants, and which is located 
in a different place and used for an entirely differ- 
ent purpose. 

The economizer is used for heating feed water and 
is usually placed between the boiler and the stack 
and utilizes the heat left in the gases after they 
pass. 

The use of superheated steath in securing better 
economy in the operation of power plants has oc- 
cupied the attention of engineers for a number of 
years, but owing to the serious difficulties ac- 
companying its use it has been adopted generally 
only in the larger plants, where the fine points of 
design are looked after more carefully. 

Superheated steam when used in the steam engine 
has brought about a remarkable improvement in the 
steam consumption by reducing the cylinder con- 
densation. (By cylinder condensation is meant that 
steam when admitted to one end of a cylinder which 
has just been opened to the exhaust, the walls of 



JOHNSON S HANDY MANUAL. 171 

which are comparatively cool, a part of this steam 
is then condensed to water and is therefore lost as 
far as useful work is concerned.) 

On the other hand the troubles experienced in 
handling steam at such high temperatures have in 
many cases more than offset the advantages gained. 

For example: Gaskets have leaked and blown 
out packings have deteriorated and cylinders have 
been scored under the sudden and wide variations 
of temperatures which are thus met with. But many 
of these troubles have now been overcome and the 
success of the steam turbine as a prime mover has 
established the use of superheated steam more firm- 
5y than ever. 

With the steam turbine one of the main advant- 
ages in superheating lies in the decreased friction 
of the steam on the blades of the turbine. Further- 
more, the erosion of the blades is reduced to a mini- 
mum. The exact gain in economy due to super- 
heating the steam used in steam turbines is as yet 
not fully determined, but the saving is approxi- 
mately 1 per cent for each 12^ degrees F. of super 
heat. After" taking into account the increased cost 
of boiler plant with superheaters, and after allow- 
ing for increased cost of maintenance of the plant 
as a whole, the saving due to the use of superheated 
steam is beyond question an established fact. 



172 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

The Blast Unit System of Steam Heating. 

In many ways the modern industrial building presents 
a problem in heating different from any other type of 
building. The period of occupancy, due to the tendency 
toward short hours of labor, is probably less than any , 
other type of building. The necessity for a heating 
plant which will quickly respond is therefore very great. 
Industrial buildings are usually constructed of glass, 
through which the heat loss is tremendous. The clear 
height from floor to roof is usually great, presenting a 
problem in holding the heat at the lower levels. 

In the past, two distinct types of heating apparatus 
were used for industrial buildings. The most com- 
monly known is the direct steam system. Radiators 
and pipe coils are usually placed along the exposed 
walls and roof of the building. This system is ad- 
vantageous primarily because of its simplicity. Re- 
sults are largely a matter of sufficient surface, and a 
system of piping which will carry steam to the diflferent 
units of radiation. The chief disadvantage of the 
direct system lies in the fact that the operating cost 
is excessive because of the tremendous loss by radia- 
tion through exposed surfaces. Authorities generally 
agree that not less than 25 per cent of the total heat 
generated is lost in this manner. The direct system is 
also very slow to respond, and in most instances neceS' 
sitates heat supply over the full twenty-four hours in 
order to maintain a comfortable temperature through 
the working hours. 

The direct system does not readily lend itself to tem- 
perature control. Because of the length of time re- 
quired to heat up a radiator or coil, and the correspond- 
ing length of time required for the sam.e unit to cool, 
control of temperature by the operation of steam valves 
is unsatisfactory. In practice the temperature is usually 
controlled by opening and closing the windows, which is 
obviously an expensive, wasteful method. . 

The other type of system is v/hat is commonly known 
as the blast or indirect system of steam heating. The 
heating surface is located at one or possibly two points 
in the building, and the air in the room is circulated 
over the heating surface by means of a blower. Heated 
air is distributed throughout the building by means of 
a system of sheet metal piping. This system overcomes 
a great many of the disadvantages of the direct system. 
It eliminates to a great extent the losses by radiation. 
It readily lends itself to temperature control by means 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



173 



off the control of air temperature leaving the heating 
surface. 

The disadvantages are that the initial cost of the blast 
system is considerably greater than the direct system. 
The cost of motive power for driving the blower is. high 
by reason of the friction to the flow of air in an ex- 
tended system of air piping. The blast system of this 
type must he designed for the particular building in 
which it is placed. This applies to every part of the 
system. The design of a blast system necessitates the 
very best of engineering, knowledge along these lines. 
Stxch factors as the resistance to the flow of air, the 
probable loss in temperature by connection and radiation 
from the air piping, must be determined with a reason- 
able degree of accuracy. The fact that a large per- 
centage of blast systems are faulty. is evidence of the 
care that. must be given to the design of such a system. 
.liBecause of the large volume of air which must be 



TXM Wv«R.B.U_ 



m 



>^-A>s;?*] 



£l 




-cTasi^cH 



.izlq s n'l bsljsiips 



174 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

handled in a building of any size, the air ducts necessary 
are correspondingly large, and it is sometimes very 
difficult to design a blast system so that these ducts do 
not obstruct light and interfere with shafting, ma- 
chinery, etCi 

The past few years have witnessed the development 
of a heating system for industrial buildings which, to 
a very great extent, incorporates the advantages of both 
the direct and blast systems, with but very few of the 
objectionable features of either. This system is gen- 
erally known as the blast unit system of steam heating. 

It consists of a number of units of varying size and 
number to meet the individual requirements. Each unit 
contains a group of steam coils, together with a motor 
and fans for distributing the heated air. The units are 
usually located near the center of the building, and are 
arranged to discharge heated air towards the exposed 
walls. Each unit is a complete heating machine in itself, 
entirely independent of other units in the same building. 

In common with the blast system, the unit system 
eliminates the losses by radiant heat, one of the chief 
sources of loss with the direct system. The unit system 
uses power for circulating the air over the heating sur- 
face only. No air piping is necessary. For this reason 
the cost of power is usually one-fourth to one-fifth of 
the cost with the blast system. 

The unit system is perfectly adapted to temperature 
control. The system is operated with steam in the 
coils at all times during the heating season. A supply 
of heat is available instantly by starting the fans, and 
may be shut as quickly as it is started. The fact that 
heat supply is instantaneous makes it certain that the 
temperature will be controlled by cutting off the heat 
supply instead of opening the windows. 

The initial cost of the unit system is invariably less 
than the cost of the blast system, and is usually less 
than the cost of the direct system. 

A feature of prime importance is that the nature of 
the unit system is such that results are absolutely cer- 
tain. The capacity of a unit is definitely known. Every 
part of a properly designed unit is in perfect proportion, 
which makes possible a mechanical efficiency very seldom 
equaled in a plant designed for an individual require- 
ment. The heating problem with the unit system re- 
solves itself to the common problem of determining the 
quantity of heat necessary. Knowing definitely the 
quantity of heat which will be delivered by a given 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAI,. 













Simplified Heating Plamt 



176 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

unit, it is a very simple matter to determine the size 
and number of units necessary for any building. 

Like any mechanical device, the construction of a 
unit heater, to be highly efficient, is a matter of con- 
siderable thought and expert knowledge of both heating 
and mechanical engineering. The success or failure of 
a heating unit is dependent upori a great number of 
factors. Among these are the proper air velocities 
through the heating coils, and from the outlets, the 
type, size and pitch of fans, the accurate determination 
of the power requirement, the application of a. motor 
of maximum efficiency for the duty, the arrangement of 
the heating coils, fans, etc., so as to properly proportion 
the machine and reduce friction to a minimum. 

The unit illustrated is the Twinfan unit manufactured 
by the <jillespie-Dwyer Company of Chicago. This unit 
is made in two types, so that it may be set on the 
floor or suspended from above as required. The heat- 
ing coils in this unit are laid flat in the housing and are 
set so that the air intake is relatively close to the floor. 
In this way air temperature entering the unit is at the 
lowest point. This unit is equipped with two fan wheels 
direct connected to an electric motor. The fans dis- 
charge air in opposite directions from the unit. The 
.unit housing is arranged so that the motor is not ex- 
posedto^ the heated air currents. 

The -fans are carried oh dustproof ball bearings, which 
are the only bearing surface inside the unit. Each outlet 
is provided with a set of deflector plates individually 
pivoted. This arrangement makes possible spreading or 
confining of the heated air as required. 

The units are made in a number of sizes with a 
capacity from 150,000 to 650,000 B. T, U, per hour. 



JOHNSON S HANDY MANUAL. 171 

How^ to Construct Long Horizontal Flow Mains in 
Hot Water Heating Plants. 




Fig. A. 



^,.;In constructing hot water heating plants for scat- 
tered buildings, where all radiatior is supplied from 
one boiler or a group of boilers coupled together, 
Inhere must be some careful calculations made ni the 
laying out of pipe v/ork in order to secure a good 
circulation at all points throughout the plant. And, 
"forthe purpose of showing how >his can be done in 
^^ successful mariner, >ve make use .of plate Fig. A, 

f''1hich is the working drawing of a large hot water 
e:ating plant now in operatitori and .giving the most 
S.atisfactory results, 

V,"VVe merely show in plate Fig. A. the cellar mains 
jc'onnected to the boiler, but branches are taken from 
;to'p of flow lines to. the various radiators and risers 
with returns carried back to side of same flow lines. 



178 Johnson's handy manual. 

Referring to the plan, it will be observed that the 
main flow from boiler connects with a Tee which 
separates the flow water to each side of the boiler 
as it is located. This Tee is the highest point in 
the cellar system of main pipes. We will now fol- 
low the flow line of the right, marked (A). The 
direction of the arrow will show the direction in 
which the water moves. The first Tee over the 
boiler being the highest point, we begin to pitch 
down from this point, and, as will be noticed, in a 
distance of 5 feet we have a fall of ^ inch to the 
first angle or elbow. We have now a run of 48 feet, 
and in this distance we pitch down 4 inches. We 
now come to a bend in the line which is 5 feet 6 
inches long and we give this a Y^ inch pitch. The 
next long stretch is 18 feet, which is given 1^ inch 
pitch. At this point we place a Tee on the line 
with the outlet looking up, with the end of this Tee 
connecting by a 6 foot piece of main pipe to the side 
of the return, as shown. This offset is pitched J^ 
inch, which practically completes the first circuit. 

It will now be noticed as far as we have gone with 
this main flow line to the first Tee looking up, we 
dropped 6^ inches, and to continue further hori- 
zontally we rise from top of Tee just described, the 
same distance which we pitched down from boiler, 
6^ inches, then extending the main flow line, as will 
be noticed, a distance of 46 feet more, with a pitch 
in this distance of 4J^ inches, connecting with an- 
other Tee, we rise again the distance which we 
dropped in the last run, which is 4^ inches, and, 
connecting the end of Tee to the side of return 
pipe, thus completing a second circuit in the. main 
lines. 

The main flow line is pitched down again from 
the last 43^ inch rise as indicated, making the last 
circuit on the extreme end of the system and grad- 
ually pitching back to the return .cdnnectiton of 
boiler. (B) represents the main return pipe in the 
system, and, referring again to the pipe work on the 
left of boiler, the sarne general method is carried 
out, forming separate circuits according to the dis- 
tance and conditions of the building yet with only- 
one flow and one return pipe connecting with the 
boiler. It is advisable \|0^ place ; air valy.es or air 



JOHNSON S HANDY MANUAL. 179 

pipes at all high points on main flow lines, so that 
any air that may accumulate at such points, can be 
drawn or allowed to escape. 

, , This system of dividing the main flow line into 
various circuits gives a more uniform distribution 
of the hot water to the radiation, and allows the 
coldest water in the system to move back more 
rapidly to the boiler, by not having to travel the 
entire distance of the flow line. 

^ In pipe systems as shown in Fig. A, the propor- 
tioning of the size of the pipes at the various points 
for the work to be performed, is also an important 
matter, and long sweep fittings only should be used. 



Rapid Circulation of Hot Water 



1 



IjJ 



1^'i^I F?\g^ 




n^5 



Fig. B. 



JOHNSON S HANDY MANUAL. 



Rapid Circulation of Hot Water. 

A simple manner of illustrating friction in the 
flow of water' through pipes at various angles is 
shown in the accompanying illustration, which rep- 
resents 5 pipes standing on end/ If we drop a 
marble into each pipe, and tak.e notice of the time 
tl>at it take the mar-ble to travel through each pipe 
we will find that the marble dropped into the 
straight pip_e will reach the bottom in the shortest 
time. The marble dropped into the quarter bend 
pipe, Fig. 5, will require the longest time. If 
these pipes were of glass we would notice — we will 
say for illustrating it — that the marble dropped into 
the straight pipe, marked Fig. 1, would travel 
through this straight and perpendicular ,pipe without 
touching the wall of the pipe — as shown by arrows 
in illustration — consequently no friction. In Figure 
Fig. 2 it would drop at a great velocity through the 
straight part, which is about ^ of the whole length 
of the pipe, but as soon :s it reaches the bent part 
it would roll on the wall of the pipe, causing a 
friction which would retard its motion. In Figure 
3 the straight and perpendicular part of the pipe is 
less than in Fig. 2, and in Fig. 4 it is less than, in 
Fig. 3, therefore the marble will be under frictional 
contact of t?he pipe for a longer ' time in Fig. 3 than 
it is in Fig. 2, and in Fig. 4 far more than it is in 

^.Fig. 3." Fig. 5 being a quarter bend, the marble will 
come in contact with'the pipe from the very starting 
point. Consequently be under friction through its 
whole journey through the pipe, and requiring the 
longest time -to pass through it. This might repre- 
sent an elbow in a hot water heating plant. Short 

•Elbows and Bends, therefore, for such work are 
great obstacles to rapid movement o( water in any 
heating apparatus. Long Bends , should be "used 
where angles are necessary, in branches as weH as 
in elbows. 



Johnson's handy manual. isi 



/^^d> 




^gua/f^tsr 



Fig. C. 

Typical Connection for Steam Heating 



JOHNSON b HANDY MANUAL. 



Fig. C shows the proper way to connect up a cast 
iron boiler for steam illustration shows both one 
and two-pipe system. Follow these rules and you 
will not have any trouble with water in the radia- 
tors. 

Always take the supply pipe off the top of the 
Equalizing pipe; nipple should be long enough to 
give water a fair chance to get back into the boiler, 
thereby getting dry steam through the entire system. 

Fig. D shows a system of overhead force circula- 
tion of hot water laid out and done by the author 
of this book in a foreign country where 18 to 20 
inches was the depth on account of surface water. 
The illustration is just a small sketch showing just 
how the system was installed, using two pumps 
operated by electricity, and had twelve thousand 
square feet of radiation. 



JOHNSON S HANDY MANUAL. 




t4 



/o'-^6*S T 



JOHNSON S HANDY MANUAL. 

/o'^€>'*-S'T. 




iQ-*y*s~r 



Fig. E. 

3 




Fig. F. 

Z^i- £.v/^T/o/^ o^ Top //i£-/7/D£ /^ . 




Figf^^r-^^^f^ 



Fig. E is a plain view of a couple of Hot Water 
Heaters, — twin connection. The size of pipes, 
valves and fittings are given merely to illustrate the 
difference in sizes. Actual sizes of pipes, etc, are, 
of course, governed by size of heaters. As there is 
not much expansion in water the header should be 
of an area equivalent to the area of the connections 



JOHNSON S HANDY MANUAL. 185 

to -the heaters. For the same reason the return 
header and coirnections to heaters should -be of the 
same size as the supply. The illustration shows 
headers to be 10" diam. with four 5" connections to 
heaters. Area of one 10" pipe being equal to the 
area of four 5" pipes. The illustration is so plain 
that any steamfitter will readily understand it. 

Where steam for heating purposes is taken from a 
power boiler, we must employ a reducing valve. 
Boiler pressure might be from 80 to 120 pounds. To 
reduce and admit steam to the heating main at any 
pressure wanted, the apparatus shown in the illustra- 
tion, Fig. F, is employed. 

A is a throttle valve, B diaphragm, C Connection 
between low pressure main and diaphragm--D and 
E are counter weights. By moving D towards or 
away from the diaphragm and taking off or putting 
on weights at D, the pressure in low pressure main 
can be reduced to any pressure wanted. The work- 
ing is as follows: Steam is admitted through the 
throttle valve to the low pressure main until the 
pressure in the main -is of the number of pounds to 
which the apparatus is set. Then the steam from 
the low pressure main acts on the diaphragm and, 
through the levers, partly closes the throttle valve. 
A diaphragm, being very sensitive, keeps steam in 
the heating main at the pressure wanted, at all 
times. '■ 

Fig. H is a plain view of a couple of steam gen- 
erators, — twin connection. The size . of pipes and 
fittings are given merely to illustrate the difference 
in sizes. Actual sizes of pipes are, of corrse, gov- 
erned by the size of generators required. Fig I is a 
side elevation, on larger scale, showing steam and 
return pipes — from the 6" Tee, Fig. H, with outlet 
looking up, connection is made to one or more 
loops of the supply line. Return to boilers is made 
at the 6"x6" Tees. Close to the Tees, for the supply 
as well as for the return connections, flange unions 
should be inserted so that disconnection of boilers 
can be made without breaking a fitting. 

The advantage of two boilers is: that in Spring 
and Fall, when just a little heat is required, one 
boiler only needs to be in use, thereby saving in 
fuel. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Fig. H 




Fig. I. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 







High Pressure Work 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




High Pressure Work 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



a^ **-'"—'-» a -fi- 












bEliT. 



Z3 




High Pressure Work 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



High Pressure Lubricating System.—Fig. 40. 



An oil storage tank is placed at a convenient loca- 
tion above the engines and piping from the storage 
tank run to all bearings which it is desired to oil. 
A system of piping is also run from pans : or bed 
frames under bearings of engines which catch oil 
from bearings back to a combined oil filter and 
storage tank. This latter may be any good make. 
There are several on the market. 

From the outlet opening in this filter and storage 
tank run a delivery pipe to the first storage tank, 
placing a small pump on this pipe which will pull oil 
from the filter and deliver it into the storage tank. 

A very satisfactory pump is a hydraulic duplex 
pump run by city water pressure instead of steam. 

The manufacturers of the filters and pumps will 
give proper sizes and capacities for various sized 
engines, etc:, so -that any steam fitter can put in 
such a system. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUA: 



c52-'= 



t-^AfiHrr^r^c.-/ urr^ar 6f,7cA. 7-^'/>^/^s, 



f—/'7/y^'-ri^ CO// t/y7a!rf ^ 



/^,^>v^ee// t»r/^^ A^.fcA. ^-^'jrtafs. S-'V-Q-Ar' ^£7' 









""•^'•"^--O'/^ 



^'^9 Took 



O^^^^ryr Ohjno .3y:3TS^, 



Hi^h 



An oil s 
tion abov 
tank run 
A system- 
frames ur 
from bea 
storage t; 
There are 

From t 
tank run 
placing a 
from the 

A very 
pump rui 

The m 
give piro] 
engines, 
such a s; 




Heat/ng Plan or O?£rnv/^oass 






JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 1S3 

Greenhouse Heating System. 




Fig. 41. 






JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Heat/ng Plan or Gpcenhouss 






JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Greenhouse Heating. 

A glass structure for horticultural purposes (ow- 
ing to the manner of its construction and the ma- 
terials employed)' offers -less resistance to the pene- 
tration of frost and cold winds than any other iorm 
of building, and necessarily requires a proportional 
greater amount of heat and its more even distribu- 
tion. To warm such a structure properly, without 
imparing the quality of the air, the heat must be 
produced by direct radiation from an extended sur- 
face heated to a moderate degree. The heating 
apparatus must be so arranged as to diffuse an eve:i 
heat throughout every part of the house, and must 
be of sufficient heating power to increase the heat 
quickly in case of sudden changes in the weather, 
and to maintain the d€sired temperature during the/ 
nights, when the- fires- are unattended. Of the va- 
rious systems that have been advanced to meet these 
requirements, there are but three that have met with 
approval in general use; these I name in their order 
of excellence. First in the order of efficiency and 
economy is the system of heatmg by the circulation 
of hot water through iron pipes ranged round the 
house; these pipes are connected to a boiler 
or water heater, which heats the water and 
maintains the circulation through, the .'pipes; the 
radiation frbm the pipes supplies the. warmth to the 
house. This is the best method known for the pur- 
pose; the facility with, which' water absorbs the heat 
produced at the boiler, and by circulation, rapidly 
conveys it to the most distant points in the line of 
heating pipes, renders it W most efficient agent and 
affords the means of maintaining a uniform, 
even temperattire of any required degree 
throughout all parts of the house; with a mild and 



JOHNSON'S HANDY JVIANUAL. 195 

Kumid atmosphere, which is congenial to the healthy 
growth and perfection of plants, flowers and fruits, 
while the substantial, enduring and reliable qualities 
of the apparatus, the easy managements and perfect 
control of heat in the house, or in several houses 
heated by the same fire, the number of hours it may 
be left without attention, and the entire freedom 
>f,roni .deleterious gases, dust and smoke, are among 
; the advantages fairly claimed for the system. 

It is so universal in its application, and offers so 
' many advantages over every other system, that it is 
generally adopted, both here and in Europe, for 
heating plant houses of every size and description, 
from the small home conservatory to the largest 
botanical structures, and will be found in use, to the 
exclusion of all other methods, in the establishments 
of the most prominent aMvsujfcepsftil horticulturists 
throughout the countriri. '^^-^^ ^^^«5S^- 



How to Figure Heating Surface of a 
Greenhouse. 

'tn figuring a greenhouse we have to deal entirely 
with exposed surface, cubic contents, rarely, if ever, 
being taken into account; therefore, the entire 
amount of glass exposed and its equivalent should be 
determined, and in doing this the ends and side walls 
should be figured just as surely as the overhead and 
end glass. The sides and end walls, if of wood, 
sheathed and papered good and tight, should be fig- 
ured in the following proportions, viz: Five square 
feet of wall to one square foot of glass. 

After obtaining the number of square feet of glass 
and equivalent, the next point is the proper amount 
,of heating surface necessary, and this is . dependant 
upon the temperature required in the greenhouse. 
The following proportions of glass to heating sur- 
face will be found fully accurate. 



196 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Toa temperature of 40° divide No. sq. ft of glass by. 9* 6 * 

To a temperature of 45° divide No. sq. ft. of glass by 

To a temperature of 50° divide No. sq. ft. of glass by 

To a temperature of 55° divide No. sq. ft. of glass by 

To a temperature of 60° divide No. sq. ft. of glass by 

To a temperature of 65° divide No. sq. ft. of glass by 

To a temperature of 70° divide No. sq. ft. of glass by 

The above is based on an outside temperature df 
zero. 



8 


5 


7 


4 


6K 


3K 


6 


3K 


51^ 


3K 


5 


3 ; 



Lubricating System. 




b3i^*>39.o ■:).- 


•■{'■n.oJ odi aoqu 


1 3 io ?.tio' 


: 7/oIIot arfT 


$i£lUO0Si -{. 


od iliw ^o&'i 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



197 



Expansion and Contraction. 

Scarcely anything can withstand the expansion of 
iron. It expands from 32° to 212°, about 1-900 of its 
length, which in 100 feet equals 1^ inches. The ex- 
panding power of a 2" pipe -when heated to a temper- 
ature of 100 pounds steam, or 338°, exerts a force 
sufficient to move 25 tons. 

Cast iron expands 1/162000 of its length for each 
degree Fahr. It is subjected to within ordinary limits 
while in its solid state. 

Wrought iron expands 1/150000 of its length for 
each degree Fahr. To find the expansion of a line of 
pipe, multiply its length in inches by the number of 
degrees of temperature applied and divide the prod- 
uct by 150,000 for required expansion in inches; 
thus 100' X 13" = 1200 X 338° = 405600 -^ 150000 = 2.7 
inches. 

Special attention, then, must be given to the ex- 
pansion and contraction of pipes and allowance made 
for it. 

, Expansion joints should not be used if the expan- 
sion can be compensated for in any other way. 





PRESSURE STAND PIPE 


Allow for thread 


Size of opening- 


' Bursting 


Working pres- 


to screw tight 


for tapping- 


pressure 


sure factor Safety 


in fitting 


(inches) 


(pounds) 


6 (pounds) 


^^6 nb 


bru^ ^V32 


25,182 


4,197 




^r,.:. 2%4 


24,174 


4,029 


% 


1%2 


18,420 


3,070 


%6 


2%2 


17.490 


2,915 


%6 


1%6 


13,704 


2,284 


% 


1%6 


12,780 


2,130 


% 


IVz 


10,140 


1,690 


% 


m 


9,000 


1,500 




2%6 


7,000 


1^0 


% 


2iyi6 


8,262 


1,377 


'A 


3%6 


7,080 


1,180 


Vi 


3i%« 


6,366 


1,061 




45^6 


5,880 


980 




4^ 


5,460 


910 


1% 


5%6 


5,130 


855 


IVs 


6%6 


4.614 


7^ 


lU 


7% 


4,290 


715 




8% 


4,926 


671 


IJ^' 


QVs 


3,846 


641 


1% 


WAe 


3,648 


608 


IH 


121%3 


3,120 


520 



138 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Useful Information 

Steam. 

A cubic inch of water evaporated under ordinary 
atmospheric pressure is converted into 1 cubic foot 
of steam (approximately). 

The specific gravity of steam (at atmospheric pres- 
sure) is .411 that of air at 34 Fahrenheit, and .0006 
that of water at same temperature. 

27,222 cubic feet of steam weigh 1 pound; 13,817 
cubic feet of air weigh 1 pound. 

Locomotives average a consumption of 3,000 gal- 
lons of water per 100 miles run. : 

The best designed boilers, well set, with good dra,ft, 
and skillful firing, will evaporate from 7 to 10 lbs. 
of water per pound of first-class coal. 

In calculating horse-power of tubular or flue boil- 
ers, consider 15 square feet of heating surface equiva- 
lent to one nominal horse-power. 

On one square foot of grate can be burned on 5n 
average from 10 to 12 lbs. of hard coal, or 18 to 20 lbs, 
soft coal, per hour, with natural draft. With forced 
draft nearly double this amount can be burned. 

Steam engines, in economy, vary from 14 to 60 lbs. 
of feed water and from IJ^ to 7 lbs. of coal per hour 
per indicated H. P. ■» 

Rules for Calculating Speed of Pulleys. 

1. The diameter of the driver and driven being 
given, to find the number of revolutions of the driven: 

Rule. Multiply the diameter of the driver by its 
number of revolutions, and divide the product by the 
diameter of the driven; the quotient will be the num- 
ber of Tevolutiohs. 

2. The diameter and the revolutions of the driver 
being given to find the diameter of the driven, that 
shall make any given number of revolutions in the 
same time: 

Rule. Multiply the diameter of the driver by its 
iiurnber of revolutions, and divide the product by the 
nurhber of revolutions of the driven; the quotient will 
be its diameter. 

3. To ascertain the size t)f th-e driver: 

Rule. Multiply the diameter of the driven by the 
number of revolutions you wish to make, and divide 
the product by the revolutions of the driyer; the 
quotient will be the :size of the drivier. j ^^i 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 199 

A gallon of water (U. S. Standard) weighs SVs 
pounds, and contains 231 cubic inches. 



1 A cubic foot of water weights 62>^ pounds, and 

t contains 1,728 cubic inches, or 7^^ gallons. 



Each Nominal Horse-Power of boilers requires 1 
cubic foot of water per hour. 



In calculating horse-power of steam boilers, con- 
sider for tubular or flue boilers 15 square feet of heat- 
ing surface equivalent to 1 horse-power. 



Condensing engines require from 20 to 25 gallons 
of water to condense the steam evaporated from one 
gallon of water. 



To find the pressure in pounds per square inch of 
a column of water, multiply the height of the column 
in feet by .434. (Approximately, every foot elevation 
is called equal to one-half pound per square inch.) 



To find the capacity of a cylinder in gallons. Multi- 
ply the area in inches by the length of stroke in inches 
will give the total number of cubic inches; divide 
the amount by 231 (which is the cubical contents of 
a gallon in inches), and the product is the capacity in 
gallons. 



Ordinar}'- speed to run pumps is 100 feet of piston 
per minute. 



200 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

To find quantity of water elevated in one minute 
running at 100 feet of piston per minute. Square 
the diameter of water cylinder in inches and multiply 
by 4. Example: Capacity of a five-inch cylinder is 
desired; the square of the diameter (5 inches) is 25, 
which, multiplied by 4, gives 100, which is gallons 
per minute, (approximately). 



To find the diameter of a pump cylinder to move a 
given quantity of water per minute (100 feet of piston 
being the speed), divide the number of gallons by 4, 
then extract the square root, and the result will be 
the diameter in inches. 



To find the velocity in feet per minute necessary 
to discharge a given volume of water in a given time, 
multiply the number of cubic feet of water by 144, 
and divide the product by the area of the pipe in 
inches. 



To find the area of a required pipe, the volume and 
velocity of water being given, multiply the number 
of cubic feet of water by 144, and divide the product 
by the velocity in feet per minute. The area being 
found, it is easy to get the diameter of pipe necessary. 



The area of the steam piston multiplied by tfie 
steam pressure, gives the total amount of pressure 
exerted. The area of the water piston, multiplied 
by the pressure of water per square inch, gives the 
resistance. A margin must be made between the 
power and the resistance, to move the pistons at the 
required speed; usually reckoned at about 50 per cent. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 201 

Every pound of coal requires a definite amount of 
air to burn it. It therefore requires ten times as 
much air to burn properly one hundred pounds of 
coal as it does to burn ten, and so on. Don't try to 
do what is impossible; a boy may sometimes be made 
to do a man's work, but a small chimney cannot pos- 
sibly do the work of a large one. 



btvi 



The Boiling Point of Water. -^'^^ 



—Ml ' 



"^' 'Water boils at different temperatures, acdording ta 
the elevation above the sea level. In New York 
water boils practically at 212 degrees Fahrenheit; in 
Munich, Germany, at 209]^ degrees; in the City of 
Mexico, at 200 degrees, and in the Himalayas, at an 
elevation of 18,000 feet above the level of the sea, 
at 180 degrees. These differences are caused by the 
varying pressure of the atmosphere at these points. 
In New York the whole weight of the air has to be 
overcome. 

In Mexico, 7,000 feet above the sea, there is 7,000 
feet less of atmosphere to be resisted; consequently 
less heat is required and boiling takes place at a lower 
temperature. 

Under no consideration should ^-inch pipe be used 
in any kind of hot water heating systems. Use 1-inch 
or larger in all cases. 

Condensed Rules for Calculating Boiler 
Horse-Power. 

Under Favorable Conditions. A flue boiler will evapo- 
rate 2 lbs. of water per hour per square foot of heating- 
surface. Now, as the evaporation of 30 lbs. of water 
per hour into steam of 70 lbs. gauge pressure, when feed 
water has a temperature of 100° F., constitutes a horse- 
power, then each 15 square feet of heating surface in 
this type of boiler, with good coal and good draft, will 
generate a horse-power. 

Tubular and water tube boilers can be made to furnish 
a horse-power for each 12 feet of heating surface. Lo- 
comotive boilers will develop 1 horse-power for each 8 
square feet of heating surface. Under average condi- 
tions, with feed water at 100° F;, and steam at 70 lbs. 
gauge pressure, and 3,000 lbs. of water be evaporated in 
one hour in any boiler above mentioned, then 3,000 -^ 
30 = 100 horse-power developed by that boiler. In 



202 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

actual practice, however, the conditions must be reduced 
to the standard given, as follows: -f ; 

Rule — Multiply the total heat of steam at pressure 
carried (minus temperature of feed water) by the Ibsv 
of water evaporated per hour and divide by 1400 
(British thermal unit), the quotient will be the lbs. o£ ; 
water evaporated with feed water at 100° F. and a steaht 
pressure of 70 lbs. Now -^ again by 30 = the horse- ■ 
power developed. 

Problem — The steam pressure being 90 lbs. and feed 
water 210° F., and 3,400 lbs. of water being evaporated 
per hour, what is the horse-power? Referring to steam 
table we find that 90 lbs. gauge pressure (or 105 Ibs/ 
absolute pressure) contains 1,182° above 32° or 1,182 ri^ 
32 = 1,214. Then 1,215 — 210 = 1,004°, and .1,004 X 
3,400 = 3,413,600. This -^ 1,100 = 3,075 lbs., which 
would have been evaporated under standard conditions; 
with the same amount of heat, and 3,075 -^ 30 = 102 
horse-power developed. 

The horse-power of boilers is best defined by the 
heating surface of a boiler, and is different according 
to their construction. A tubular boiler will give one 
horse-power to every 15 square feet of heating surface; 
a flue boiler every 12 square feet, and a cylinder boiler 
10 square feet gives one horse-power. There is no 
standard law governing the horse-power of steam 
boilers, but this rule is adopted by most experts as a 
fair rating. 

One cubic foot of water evaporated per hour = 2 
nominal horse-power. 

7y2 pounds of coal consumed per hour will evaporate 
about 1 cubic foot of water = 2 horse-power. 

1 square foot of grate will consume on average 12 
pounds of coal per hour = 1^ horse-power. 

Engine Horse-Power. 

All calculations to find the horse-power of an engine 
are necessarily only approximate, as they are modified 
more or less by the factors or friction in the moving 
parts, condensation, quality of lubricants, amount ;of 
load, etc. 

The unit of power is the horse-power, and was fii*st 
calculated by Watt, that prince of inventors in steatn - 
enginery ; and after numerous experiments. Watt esti-^ 
mated the power of a good, average draught horse to 
be that which could lift 33,000 lbs. one foot high in a 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL.. 203 

minute, 550 lbs. in one second, or 1,980,000 lbs. in an 
hour. Hence we have the horse-power factor, 33,000 
lbs. 

Rule to. Find Horse-Power of an Engine. 

Area of piston iri inches, multiply by pressure per 
square inch, multiply by speed of piston in feet per 
minute, and that product divided by 33,000. 

P-L-A-N 
H. P. = - 



33,000 



P — Pounds pressure per square inch. 
L — Length of stroke in feet. 
A — Area of piston in square inches. 
N— Number revolutions per minute. 

The pressure per square inch should be^ the mean 
pressure throughout the stroke exerted on the piston, 
which can be found by attaching an indicator to the 
engine. The result will be what engineers term, indi- 
cated horse-power. 

For the net effective horse-power, dedtict from the 
above about one-quarter for friction of the working 
parts. 

When the indicator is not used, and in the calculation 
the boiler pressure is substituted for the mean effective 
pressure, deduct from the result obtained from 40 to 60 
per cent for loss by condensation and friction of steam 
in pipes and passages, decrease of pressure in cylinder 
due to expansion, back pressure of exhaust, and friction 
of the -working parts. 

For engines from 20 to 60 horse-power, an average of 
50 per cent may be deducted ; for smaller engines more. 

The mean pressure in the cylinder when cutting off at 
yi stroke equals boiler pressure multiplied by .597 
Yz stroke equals boiler pressure multiplied by .670 
Ys stroke equals boiler pressure multiplied by .743 
Yi stroke equals boiler pressure multiplied by ,847 
% stroke equals boiler pressure multiplied by .919 
Yz stroke equals boiler pressure multiplied by .937 
Yr stroke equals boiler pressure multiplied by .966 
Ys stroke equals boiler pressure multiplied by .992 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Number of threads to the inch of screw on Ameri- 
can standard wrought iron, steam, gas and water 
pipe, from J^ to 10 inches. 



•1 






tP,f;-J-!q ^ 



vs/vwvwwvv^ 



Fig. 42. 



Size of pipe 

Number of threads per inch... 

Size of pipe . 

Number of threads per inch . . . 

Size of pipe 

Number of threads per inch... 

Size of pipe 

Number of threads per inch... 



^7 


H 


18 


% 
14 


1 




IM 
1U4 


2 
11^ 


I 


r 


4 
8 


AH 
8 


6 
8 


7 
8 


8 
8 


9 

8 



Difference Between. Tonnage and Horse-Power. 

Locomotives and steamships are always rated as 
tonnage in figuring horse-power and tonnage; the 
difference is 16/35 of a horse-power equals a ton. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 205 

A square foot, otuiicovered pipe, filled with steam 
at 100 pounds pressure, will radiate and dissipate in 
a year the heat put into 3,716 pounds of steam by the 
economic combustion of 398 pounds of coal. Thus, 
10 square feet of bare pipe corresponds approxi- 
mately to the waste of two tons of coal per annmn. 

To Remove Stains From Marble. 

Take two parts of soda, one of pumice and one of 
finely powdered chalk. Sift through a fine sieve and 
mix into a paste with water. Rub this composition 
all over the marble and the stain will be removed. 
Wash it with soap and water, and a beautiful bright 
polish will be produced. 

To Clean Marble. 

Mix up a quaritity of the strongest soaplees and 
quicklime to the consistency of milk; lay it on the 
stone for 24 hours; clean it and it will appear as 
new. To further improve, rub with fine putty 
powder and olive oil. 

- To determine necessary surface in square feet for 
aspirating coil in ventilating flue divide air to be 
moved per hour by .950 for steam radiation, and .600 
for water radiation. 

To reduce Fahrenheit temperature to centigrade 
subtract 32 from Fahrenheit reading, multiply by 
5 and divide by 9. 

To reduce centigrade to Fahrenheit multiply centi- 
grade reading by 9, divide by 5 and add 32. 

Liquid Measure. - 

4 gills make 1 pint. ■':^ '^^^^^ :' 

2 pints make 1 quart. '' '^"'^. 

4 quarts make 1 gallon. 
315^ gallons make 1 barrel. 



206 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

; u a rir ! Boiling Points of Varices 'Ffiiida/ 

^'^Water in Vacuum . , . /^J^^ji^^fj^, 98° 

'li^ater, Atmospheric Pressure. . ...'.?,..,, ._.-.. . . .213° 

Alcohol ?' ^.'^!.l.'....173° 

Sulphuric Acid ."240° 

Refined Petroleum 316° 

Turpentine ;, . . . ., 315° 

Sulphur : . ..■.\..^.. . ..570° 

Linseed Oil . .wji-Q-ii^dl" 

Melting Points of Different Meitals.' - 

Aluminum ^ .....,.....,, , . 1400° 

Antimony .,. . . 1150° 

Bismuth . . r .- . .. i507° 

Brass 1900° 

Bronze .' 1692° 

Copper 1996° 

Glass . . . .2377° 

Gold (pure) 2066° 

Iron (cast) 2786° 

Iron (wrouq-ht) 2912° 

Lead 617° 

Platinum 3080° 

Silver (pure) .1873° 

Steel 2500° 

Tin 446° 

Zinc 773*' 

Weights and Measures, ^'^'^'^f 

Measure of Length. of 

4 inches make 1 hand. ' ai)f,^s 

7.92 inches make 1 link. 

18 inches make 1 cubit. 

12 inches make 1 foot. . 
6 feet make 1 fathom. 

3 feet make 1 yard. ' .^ - 

5J^ yards make 1 rod or pole. " l^ IE 



r 

i 

JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 207 

/•Vj f.rrr; ; ^ Measure of Length— Continued. 

4Cr poles make 1 furlong, 
a furlongs make 1 piile. 
69*/e miles make 1 degree. 
6G geographical miles niake 1 degree. 

V 1760 yards / a,;., ;: -• ^ ^, .' 

^ } 1 mile 

5280 feet ■)"' - ^ -f- i'^^ 'n-i-^ '■ 

'• — ■ - ■ • _ _ , - - :'rr6b -latiiov/ isaj^ 

Measure of Surface, j r . 

144 square inches make 1 square foot. 

9 square feet make 1 square yard. 
30^square yards make 1 rod, perch or pole. 

40^ square rods make 1 square rood. 

»4 square roods make 1 square acre. 

10 square chains make 1 square acre. 
640 square acres make 1 square mile. 
Gunter's chain equal to 23 yards or 1T)0 links. 
273]^ square feet make 1 square rod. 
43,560 square feet make 1 acre. 

Measure of Solidity. 
1728 cubic inches make 1 cubic foot. 
27 cubic feet make 1 cubic yard. 

Firing. 

Steam. 

Experience teaches us that in many cases where 
the water leaves the boiler and goes into the radia- 
tion the trouble is caused by improper firing. 

The steam gets low either from neglect or over 
night, and the fireman, desiring to get the steam up 
as soon as possible, opens the ash-pit door, and with 
a strong draft in chimney flue urges up the fire to an 



208 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

intensity far beyond what the boiler needs, and this 
causes the water to boil so furiously that it lifts out 
of the boiler. The ash-pit door is only made to gam 
access to the pit to take out the ashes, and should ' 
be used for this purpose only, and not to create 
draft, as the draft door is made sufficiently large 
to admit all the air necessary for combustion. In 
other words, don't put a Ig-horse power fire under a 
4-horse power boiler. '^^ *<> 5-m..«^M 

Caution. 

If the water should disappear from the gauge glass, 
do not draw the fire, but cover it with wet ashes, 
and allow the boiler to cool before refilling with 
water. 

When connecting damper regulator adjust the 
chains so that both the draft door and check draft 
door will be closed when the regulator lever is level, 
and there is no steam in the boiler. In this position 
chain should be tight. „ 

Metal That Expands in Coolmg. 

Lead, 75; antimony, 16.7; and bismuth, 18.3. 
Expansion of solids from 33° to 212°, at 32° being 
equal to 1. 

Brass 1.00191 

Common brick 1.00055 

Cast iron .1.00111 

Cement .•"i^^. !Jf^^:i.00144 

Copper '^ '.'/;!'; .;'V1.00175 

Fire brick -. . . ........... .1.0175 

Glass .1.00085 

Granite 1.00079 

Water expands .1 of its bulk in freezing. 
A column of water 2.3 ft. high equals 1 lb. per sq. 
in. pressure. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANdAL. 209 

Ordinary atmosphere wifl sustain 33,9 ft. of water 

in height. 
35.84 cu. ft of water=l ton. ;., ,.,^.. 

39.84 cu. ft. of ice==l ton. rm sJiBiJ 

1 cu. ft. of sea Water=:64.3 tb. .rrr j;r J 

Sea water contains 4 to 5 oz. of salt per gallon. 

Weights of Different Metals. 

Lead ,. .1 foot square, inch thick=59.a6r 

Copper . . .......... 1 foot square, inch thick=45.3 ; u 

Wrought-iron ......1 foot square, inch thiek=40.5 '•'' 

Cast-iron 1 foot square, inch thick=37.54 

Castrsteel 1 foot square, inch thick=40.83 

Under no consideration should lead be used in fit- 
tings as lead has a tendency to stop the circulation' 
in. tiine...A good practical man will always lead on 
the threads. '^ 

Pipe and Fittings. 'J, 

Use aniple-sized pipe. If one or two sizes large 
it will not be detrimental to the successful circula- 
tion of the steam or water, but if too srhall will in'; 
all probability cause failure. Pipes of ample size 
are the most satisfactory and economical in the long 
run. Use fittings which will allow of the free and 
rapid circulation of the steam or water, connecting 
theni in such a manner as to permit proper expan- , 
sion and contraction of the, pipe. 



Shrinkage of Castings. 

Pattern-makers' rule for Cast-iron . .1/8 1 of an inchg 

"" Brass 3/16 longer pep? 

" " Lead 1/8 ^,. J_ ^ ,d 

" " Tin 1/12 ''''^^'^ .;U 

" " Zinc ...,....3/16j..fo9^-.; ...r!j 

' >dt jET 'ad 1* . 
.'Diiaij 3<i ; : 



210 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

PLUMBING. 

Method of Wiping Joints. . -"^ 

Watching somebody wipe joints, a clear descrip- 
tion of how it is done, and acquaintance with the-^' 
traits and qualities of materials used, are essentiaUig 
but practice in the art of wiping joints has more toj- 
do with it making one proficient than ha» mere prac-p ' 
tice to do with proficiency in any other line of work.*'' 
One may give the closest attention to the manual op- 
eration of making a thousand joints when the cloth 
and ladle are in the hands of some one-else and ye^T 
fail to remember the how and wherefore for the hun- 
dred movements necessary to success. 

Before commencing to wipe a joint, one should be 
positive that the pipe is firmly set, that the cleaning 
' is well done and of proper length, that the junction 
of the -ends is well made, so that solder will not rnn 
through into the pipe, that the edges are well paste^";^ 
or otherwise protected, so that the solder will npf''. 
adhere except at the cleaning, that no undue current?' 
of air are passing through it, that there is enough 
solder in the pot to get up the heat and do the work 
and that the cloth is in good condition. 

The beginner should keep the solder hot, leaving 
the pot in the furnace while practicing, so that he can 
put back and remelt ,the cold solder from time to 
time. He can do no better than to try to imitate the 
motions of those who know how. Practice will soon 
teach him a few points which words cannot explain 
to the inexperienced. Let the novice take the cloth 
in his left hand, holding it forward, so as to cover the 
tips of his fingers and take a ladle of solder in his : 
right hand, hold the cloth under the cleaning and 
drop the solder, drop by drop, upon the different 
parts where the joint is to be made. A single drop 
of solder too hot will melt a hole through a pipe very 
quickly. Keep the ladle moving, so that the drops 
will fall in different places. When sorne solder gath- 
ers on the cloth put it up on top again and drop the 
solder on it and continue this operation until you 
have got the required amount of heat on the pipe so 
that your solder and the pipe is of the same heat and 
then form and wipe your joint. 

Solder is a metal or alloy used to unite adjacent 
metallic edges or surfaces. 

It must be rather more fusible than the metal or 
metals to be united, and with this object the compo- 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 211 

nents. and their relative amounts are varied to suit 
the character of the work. 

As the melting point of lead is 617° to 626° accord-/, 
ing to the purity of the lead, solder must melt at a ,, 
lower temperature. 

The solder depends very much upon the nature and 
quality of both tin and lead. 

No definite rule can be made for the melting points 

of plumbers' solder, although the following table is" 

said to be nearly correct: '^^ 

3 parts lead to 1 of tin, coarse' melts at. . . . .480° F.' 

60 parts lead to 40 of tin, plumbers melts at . .440° F. 
1 part kad to 1 of tin, fine rhelts at . . . . . . .370° F. 

1 part lead to IJ^ of tin, tin pipe melts at. . . .330° F. 

It often happens that solder will become spoiled 
by getting zinc or other ingredients into it, which 
causes the solder to harden or crystallize contrary to 
its nature. , . - 

This is shown by the solder quickiy setting or work- 
ing badly, while if disturbed when cooling it is a kind 
of gray blue. 

This is often caused by dipping brass or copper 
work into the pot for tinning, and also when solder- 
ing brass or copper to lead. 

If too hot the zinc leaves the copper, and the tin 
takes it up, because the tin and zinc readily mix. A 
small portion of zinc will also cause the lead and tin 
to separate. 

If there is zinc in solder, heat it to about 900"" or 
nearly red hot, throw in a small quantity of sulphur 
(brimstone), which melts at 226° F. This high tem- 
perature is needed to melt the zinc, which melts at 
773° F., and being lighter than lead or tin, has a ten- 
dency to float with the help of sulphur. 

The sulphur mixes with the zinc and brings up all 
foreign substances to the surface. 

Skim the solder well and after the heat is reduced 
to about the melting point of solder, add resin or 
tallow, to free the sulphur, and the solder should be 
clean. 

Lead and tin can be separated by one rising above 
the other, so always stir before taking out a ladleful 
for use. 

Never stir solder when red hot or burnt. 

If allowed to burn, the nutriment or binding quali- 
ties are gone, and the pliable property which makes 
the solder work like butter, deducts from the ductility 
always needed in good working solder. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 
Some solder will work well for several h^kt^ ^n'd 



'ii.; 



then become coarse; its appearance will be black and 

[< 



dull, become very porous and unreliable without 
more tin. ^^'' 



This is due to the fact that poor tin has been .em- 
ployed or some foreign substance, such as antimony, ^^ 
has been mixed with it. It will form teats or drojxs ' 
on the bottom of the joint and it will be difficult to. . 
make the joint. When this occurs, clean the solder 
with sulphur and resin andx add tin to replace the 
deficiency caused by cleaning. . ,,.^ 

When solder hangs to the. cloth it is too fine an<i[ 
needs a little lead, and when it sets too quickly or tobr 
coarse add tin. ; ; r .• . . • t.; 

Never leave sulphur in ladle or solder pot,* iEts. it 
cannot be cleaned without considerable trouble. . b. 

The fluxes generally employed for soldering, af,^-^^ 
for iron, borax or sal-ammoniac; for zinc, brass .or 
copper, sal-ammoniac or zinc chloride; fot lead oif^f 
tin pipe, resin or tallow. ■ '-}.}'^* 

A liquid for use in fine solder is made by dropping, 
small pieces of zinc into two ounces of muriatic acid,'- 
until bubbles cease to rise, then dilute by adding'' 
water. / ', ^ 

In tinning metals, the object is to prepare the sujPr^p; 
faces that they may readily unite with the: melteq-^j 
solder. j ' 

The tinning operation is best performed at a modan 
erate heat. When overheated, the coating of solder^i) 
or the tinning as it is called, is reduced to a yellQWjq 
powder and is destroyed. The tinning must be re-' 7 
stored before it can be used. '..jn-jb 

Resin is recommended as a flux for tinning cop^dr 
bits which are to be used for soldering lead and for ^ 
tinning all brass and copper work upon which sof 
solder joints are to be wiped. ;. -•. u., ol 

Articles composed of brass or copper, siich asfafM'J 
cets, nipples, etc., should' be .tinned, filing to rembvi^ -^ 
the coating or oxides, leaving the metal surface cleaii, 
then coating with a flux. Solder is then applied with 
a bit entirely covering the filed surface. 

It is bad practice to dip brass articles into ^. pot 
of molten solder which is to be used for wiping pur- 
poses, because some of the zinc, of which the brass 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 218 

is partly composed, will melt out and alloy with the 
solder, thus spoiling it. Articles composed wholly of 
copper, provided they are perfectly clean and free 
from filings, will do no injury to the solder. 

Iron articles may be tinned by thoroughly cleaning 
the surfaces and treating them with sal-ammoniac 
before applying the solder. 

Great care must be taken, when filing brass or 
other metals preparatory to tinning them, that the 
filings do not fall on the bench or such places, that 
solder falling from wiped joints will pick them up. 
As a precaution, filing sjjould not be done near the 
place where the wiping is to be done. . 

Solder flows better at high temperatures, provided 
the temperature is not so high as to oxidize it. 

Solder will flow into a joint until it is chilled, there- 
fore, it flows farthest when it possesses a large ex- 
cess of heat above that which is necessary to main- 
tain it .in the fluid condition. 

The heat necessary for making wiped joints is sup- 
plied wholly by the molten solder, thus, it is essen- 
tial that the solder should possess a considerable sur- 
plus of heat. The temperature is limited, however, 
by the tendency of the solder to oxidize. 

The strength of a joint not only depends upon the 
quantity, but the quality of the solder. 

Too long manipulation spoils the solder and weak- 
ens the lead, the first joint made, if the metals are 
thoroughly fused, will be the most reliable, even if 
the shape is not perfect. 

In making wiped joints, the metals to be joined 
should be heated to a temperature nearly equal to 
the fusing point of the solder. 

Care should be taken that they are not heated be- 
yond this temperature. 

Fit ends of pipe tightly to prevent solder entering 
the interior, thoroughly clean all surfaces to be 
wiped, and immediately cover this cleaned surface 
with grease or oily matter, to prevent tarnishing. 

In shaving, do not dig out the lead, as it is weak- 
ened and the joint cracks at the edges much sooner 
than it otherwise would. 

It is of great importance that all wiped joints 
should be sound and reliable. 



214 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Patient practice until one can make a perfect -joint 
is necessary. No wiped joint is perfect unless strong 
in body, perfectly fused, clean at the edges, true in 
form and free from solder inside. 

In all joints the sojder should be well mix^d, and 
so fuse with the pipe that the metals will be perfectly 
united. 

Wiped joints, properly made, are the strongest 
known to the trade, and generally recognized in the,'_* 
plumbing industry as one method of proving a'^ 
plumber's status. 

What is a metal? 

An elementary mineral substance possessing con- 
siderable specific gravity, hardness and cohesion and 
requiring a high degree of heat to liquefy. 

Give the symbol, ore and composition of the metals 
of interest to plumbers. 

Lead 
Tin 
Zinc 
Copper 
Iron 
Pb 
Sn 
Zn 
Cu 
Fe 

Galena 
Tinstone 
Blende 
Glance 
Pyrites Iron 
Magnetite 
Hematite Iron and Oxygen 

Lead and Sulphur 
Tin and Oxygen 
Zinc and Sulphur 
Copper and Sulphur 
Copper and Sulphur 




J0HNS0N''S handy manual. 215 

Give the relative tenacity 6i the above metals. 
' Lead 1 , or lowest. 

Tin : 1 1-3 times that of "lead. 
Zinc 2 times that of ' iea.d. 
Copper 18 times that of lead. 
Iron 27^^ times that of lead. 
Give the relative malleability of the five metals. 
Copper, tin, lead, zinc and iron? 
What does tenacity denote? . 
The relative power of resistance the metals have, 
to being torn apart. . 

On what does the malleability of a metal depend? 
A great deal on its tenacity, coupled with softness. 
What is the melting point of iron and some of its 
properties? . 

lo Melts at 2786° F., is very ductile and malleable and 
; appears in three forms, malleable, or wrought, in its 
purest state, or cast, when containing carbon in dif- 
ferent proportions. 

At what temperature will zinc melt and what are its 
•peculiarities? 

Melts at 773° F., is somewhat brittle and fairly-per- 
*tnaneht in air. It is a protecting coating for iron un- 
der the name of galvanized iron, and dissolves easily 
in acids. 

What are the peculiarities of tin and its melting 
point? 
.» Melts at 428°, is a brilliant white metal in the pure 
-state and produces a peculiar crackling noise when, 
;. rbent, called the "cry" of tin. It is very malleable, but 
? also slightly ductile. 

What is copper, its melting point and some of its 
uses? L 

-> : An elementary metallic substance of a pale, red 
color, moderately hard, malleable and ductile. Cop- 
- per fuses at 1742° F. It is the most useful of all the 
metals for alloy. Mixed with tin it forms bronze; 
with zinc it forms brass; is. a good conductor of heat 
and electricity and one of the most useful of metals. 
What is brass, its uses and melting point? ^ . . 
It is composeii of copper and zinc of different pro- 
portions and has no certain temperature for fusing, 
as the component parts vary; about 1100° F. It is 



216 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

one of the most useful of alloys, more fusible than 
copper and not so apt to tarnish. It is malleable 
when cold, but not so when heated. 

Describe the properties of lead, its melting point 
and some of its uses? 

Lead is of a bluish gray color, very soft and of 
slight tenacity. Its proper name is galena or sul- 
phide of lead. It melts at 612° to 617° F., according 
to its purity. It is used in the arts and sciences, and 
combines with other metals in various alloys. 

What are alloys and some of their properties? 

An alloy is a combination by fusion of two or more 
metals. AH alloys are opaque, have a metallic luster, 
are more or less ductile, elastic and malleable, also 
good conductors of heat and electricity. 

What is solder, and of what is plumbers* solder 
composed? 

A metal or alloy to unite adjacent metallic edges or 
surfaces and is composed of lead and tin in different 
proportions. 

What are the proportions of lead and tin in plumb- 
ers' solders, and their melting points? 

Coarse mixture 3 lead 1 tin, melts 480° 

Plumbers' mixture 60 lead 40 tin, melts 440° 

Fine mixture Head 1 tin, melts 370° 

Tin pipe mixture ,. 1 lead 1^ tin, melts 330° 

What spoils solder and how should it be cleaned? 

Allowing zinc or antimony to mix with it and by 
burning it. 

Clean it by heating the solder to 900° or more, in- 
troducing sulphur, which helps impurities to rise. 
When this is skimmed, put in resin, and the mixture 
should be purified. This high temperature is needed 
to melt antimony which fuses at 834°, and zinc at 773°. 

Why should solder never be allowed to burn? .' 

Because the pliable property and nutriment are ex- 
tracted. . i 

What are some of the fluxes used in soldering dif- 
ferent metals? 

For iron, borax or sal-ammoniac. For zinc, copper 
or brass, — sal-ammoniac or zinc chloride. For lead 
or tin pipes, — -tallow or resin. Also, for iron and 
zinc, drop small pieces of zinc into two ounces of 
muriatic acid until bubbles cease to rise; then add a 
little water. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 217 

Sewage. 

,g Sewage is composed of waste water carrying in 

>^; suspension organic and inorganic wastes. The or- 

-; ganic wastes contain both animal and vegetable mat- 
ter, such as urine and excreta and wastes from 
kitchen sinks,- slaughtering, rendering and packing 
establishments, etc. Inorganic wastes are from man- 
ufacturing establishments, as for inistance paper mills, 
foundries, gasworks and tar or asphalt plants. The 
decomposition of the organic wastes produces men- 
'^thane or marsh gas according to the best authorities. 

... This is a poisonous gas, but not so virulent as car- 
bon-monoxide, which is a deadly poison, producing 

^•^.,?ilmost instant death. 

.gv Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide gases are 
probably produced in sewage by inorganic wastes. 

-; Invariably it will be found that the presence of such 
gases in public sewers carrying sewage is due to leaks 

<>^: in gas mains. 

^J^ All brick sewers are porous, nearly all tile sewers 

"^'I'eak at points where connections have been made 
and thereby absorb the leaking gas from mains. Such 

-gases are poisonous and cause many of the fatal acci- 
dents which sometimes happen in sewer manholes, 
catch basins and excavations. These gases must be 
kept out of houses for the same reason, hence we 
have traps, vents, etc., in our modern plumbing sys- 
tems. 

The treatment of raw sewage by means of septic 
tanks and filter beds, or by dilution, renders it harm- 
less. 

The action of animalculae in septic tanks is being 
studied by engineers and chemists to the end that 
sanitary disposal of sewage may be accomplished in 
a manner suitable to inland towns. 

The dilution method of disposal is more suitable to 
towns and cities on tide water or on large rivers, pro- 
vided the volume of water in the rivers is sufficient 
and other towns do not use such water for domestic 
purposes. 



218 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Ventilation of Sewer. 

Sewers and drains, together with plumbing sys- 
tems, are ventilated in order to carry off the gases 
mentioned and to protect the inhabitantsof. build- 
ings from gas poison and infection. . 

Sewers are ventilated by manholes in- the street, 
having perforated iron covers. 

Drains are ventilated in the same manner and by 
the vent pip'es in a plumbing system. 

Plumbing systems are ventilated by the extension 
of soil and waste pipes through the roof of a .build- 
ing. Vent pipes are connected into these soil and 
waste pipes above the highest waste connection,, or 
extended separately through the roof. 

Vent pipes are designed to safeguard trap seals and 
provide for a circulation of air in the plumbing sys- 
tem. ■ : 

Trap seals are necessary to prevent the entrance 
of sewer gas to the living rooms. .... 

If there were no vent pipes the accumulated gases 
would eventually pass through the water seal, or the 
latter would be lost by reason of air compression or 
vacuum. 

The installation of plumbing appears to be very 
simple. There is a reason for simple things. Igno- 
rance of that reason may produce very serious con- 
sequences. 






JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



'^-^~Wh\ 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 221 

Drainage Plan, Fig. 104. 

A gravity system for sewage and subsoil waters 
flowing directly to public sewer. Clean-out Y branch 
fittings, Fig. 10, back water gate valves. Fig. 2, sub- 
soil drain basin, Fig. 31, and water jacket grease ba- 
sin. Fig. 27 or Fig. 29, for receiving waste from sinks 
are used as indicated on plans. Also gravel basin, 
Fig. 31, is shown near rear wall to which down spouts 
may be attached. 

Plans, Figs. 102, 103 and 104, give an idea where 
best to install Wade clean-out fittings, back water 
gate valves, catch basins, bilge pumping outfit, etc. 
In connection with lines of sewer and sub-soil drains. 
Each accessible flushing clean-out back water gate 
valve and clean-out fitting is provided with an iron 
inspection manhole which reaches from the sewer in 
the ground to the surface of cellar floor and is also 
provided with a tight iron cover which is easily re- 
moved when necessary and permits direct access to 
the back water gate valves, clean-out fittings and in- 
terior of house drains without removing any floors 
or concrete. The Wade accessible sewer flushing 
clean-out system, back water gate valves, catch ba- 
sins and bilge pumping outfit as shown and illus- 
trated in this book guarantee cleanliness in the house 
drains, accessibility for inspection and easiness by 
which they can be flushed and cleaned. They give 
knowledge to the owner or occupant of the building 
of the exact, location and condition of the sewer and 
access to the straight lines of drains and lateral 
branches and obviate the danger of clogged sewers, 
flooded basements and sewer gas. If, therefore, you 
are erecting new or remodeling old residences or 
business structures, install Wade Accessible House 
Drainage Systems — since correct house drains pre- 
vent disease, preserve life, health and welfare of hu- 
manity. 

Drainage Plan, Fig. 103. 

Consists of an extra heavy cast iron pipe, as shown 
in double dotted lines, hung from the basement ceil- 
ing. By gravity it discharges direct to the public 
sewer. Gravel basin, Fig. 31 or Fig, 49^, is shown 
near rear wall to which down spout is connected. 
Sink grease basin, Fig. 27 or Fig. 29, is also shown on 
plan and is intended for use at the foot of sink waste 
pipe. The above system embraces all pipes leading 
from fixtures located above the basemenL 



JOHNSON'S , SANDY, MANUAL. 



donjyfil 







JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 22S 

Ice Box. 

A great deal of attention has of late been given to 
the sanitary connection of the waste from a refrig- 
erator to the soil pipe. This is especially true when 
planning for two, three or more stories apartment 
buildings where the refrigerators on the different 
floors are located directly over one another. 

The drawing on the following page shows the 
latest connection of two refrigerators. Here a spe- 
cial drum trap is located under the floor. The trap 
is connected to the waste by means of a union. By 
simply disconnecting this union, the refrigerator can 
easily be moved. The traps should be from 6 to 8 
inches in diameter and 8 inches deep. 

In the center of the trap is a partition wall divid- 
ing it in two parts. This partition extends to within 
two inches of the top. Waste is connected to the 
bottom of one compartment and as the waste water 
must reach a level on line with the top of the parti- 
tion before it can overflow into the other compart- 
ment, which is connected to the soil stack, a perfect 
water seal is created. Trap has a threaded brass 
cover which allows the trap to be easily cleaned. 

Refrigerators connected in this manner have been 
found to be great ice savers. It prevents hot air 
from entering the boxes, as it does when a pan is 
placed under the waste pipe of the refrigerator, as 
the waste pipe does not come within several inches 
of the top of the pan. Soil stack is usually of two 
or three-inch galvanized pipe with galvanized fittings. 
Stack should vent to the atmosphere and before it is 
connected to the soil pipe, a trap should be inserted. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



iJOD x'lBfrnfis s 










JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



22§_ 



r 



Propef Way of Draining an Ice Box. 

I There are rnany ways of draining ice boxes, but 
the manner as 'shown in Fig. 69 is the most sanitary 
and simple .way that has been brought to the writer's 
notice. > 

End of waste pipe from ice box must be under 
water in pan as shown. Place on brackets, under 
floor of basement, a sheet lead lined box 8x8x10. 
Run waste from there to sink in basement. Waste 
should be at least 1^ inch pipe to assure free drain- 
age of ice box. _ 



@ 


|o- 







V///////////UW//////1 



Tank 



1 



m': 



. ng'd fiV/Oi'i« no. 

OOi} B 156 

^>qNIT/\RY CONNE-CTION v'^^ '^ro. 

For Ice-box wajte--! 

Fig. 69. , 






JOHNSON'S PIANDY MANUAL. 




Beer Pump and Piping 

Illustration shown here is beer pumps and piping 
connection. Different makes of beer pumips ; this will 
give a plumber a good knowledge of this kind of work. 
These cuts show hydraulic beer pump and catbon gas 
pump outfits. 

Janette Automatic Electric Beer Pump. The prin- 
cipal feature of this pump is, that it is automatic in its 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




7?ft 

oOo 

m 

<? 



Operating and can be set to operate at any pressure 
from 10 to 50 pounds, and when connected to a 
storage tank the air can be regulated. - 

The automatic cut-off is very simple,: with the posi- 
tive knock out never failing to start or stop the 
pump at the pressure desired. The connections as 
shown here are very simple to make if the sketch is 
followed outright. There is nothing to get out of 
order in the Janette Beer Pump. 



228 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



A Plea for Correct Sewerage. 

The close of the century witnessed a most re- 
markable development in the construction of plumb- 
ing and house drainage. Heretofore many earnest, 
well-meaning individuals not appreciating the im- 
portance of correct drainage, were inclined to sacri- 
fice this vital factor in their buildings, to the adorn- 
ment of their reception, dining and other rooms, not 
realizing that the very decorative feature on which 
so much time and expense were spent, might conceal 
a lurking enemy in the disguise of DEADLY 
SEWER GAS. 

The presence of drain diseases, such as typhoid and 
scarlet fevers, dysentery, etc., coming frequently from 
no apparent cause led inquiring minds to investigate 
and as a result of their investigation, we attribute 
much of the improvement now noted in modern edi- 
fices. The same art which was heretofore employed 
for the embellishment of the more favored portion of 
a dwelling is now applied to bath and toilet rooms 
and their accompanying accessories, and knowledge 
and refinement have superseded ignorance and neg- 
lect. While all of this is a laudable step in the right 
direction, still it must be borne in mind that attract- 
ive fixtures may he attached to defective drains and 
a state of corruption may exist amidst the daintiest 
surroundings. 

House drains convey from the house the liquid and 
solid refuse which animal life rejects. Waste is a 
necessary accompaniment in all conditions of life. 
The accumulated waste from food, clothing, bathing 
and other simple acts of daily existence tends to de- 
cay, which naturally becomes offensive and must be 
removed, or disease will ensue. 

The drain therefore which encircles the abode and 
conveys the matter from dwellings must be abso- 
lutely perfect, even the slightest imperfection creates 
a chronic state of ill health or puzzling anaemia and 
oftentimes death. Every builder should weigh these 
facts well, he should familiarize himself with the 
drainage system of his house and adopt only that 
which is convincingly trustworthy in every respect. 

There is another danger which must not be over- 
looked. Many families having closed up their homes 
during a period of travel, perceive on their return an 
offensive -odor perrneating the different apartments. 



J 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 229 

The difficulty is simply this— The water which stands 
in the traps of house pipes and which shuts off gases 
from the sewer when wash basins, etc., are in use, 
not receiving its customary supply, evaporates during 
the absence of occupants, and gases from the main 
sewer are permitted to enter. 

For weeks, perhaps, there has been no water seailj 
in the traps, the ascent of sewer air has been con-, 
tinuous, so that not only the air is utterly unfit to live 
in but curtains, carpets and other absorbing furnish- 
ings have become saturated with the pollution tl^^^^ 
acquired. ' - , 

: Let it be remembered, that when lavatories, sinks 
and other fixtures are not in use they are gradually 
losing by evaporation the trapped water seal, and 
authorities have declared that sewer gas or sul- 
phurated hydrogen is the most poisonous of all the 
gases of known composition, that it is heavier than 
the ordinary atmospheric air, that experiments have 
been made with it by chemical authorities which 
show that one part of the gas and two of the air 
will kill animal life. This gas therefore must be re- 
moved so far away from us that it cannot return in 
the form of dangerous invisible gases of decomposi- 
tion. 

^ It must then be obvious to any person that a thor- 
ough system of house drainage and plumbing is nec- 
essary in order. that the building may be kept free 
from the pollution' in public sewer and its poisonous 

air. ■ ■ .•-..■ ■..'.- ■ 

The remedy for this evil is not so y!^Ty.j2iffi^^.a.y but 
what it can be very easily reached. 

At the proceedings of the International Congress 
of Hygiene and Demography held at Washington, 
D. C, by the most eminent architects and sanitary 
engineers in the world, the most important subject 
discussed was the sanitation of the interiors of houses 
connected with the public sewers, and it v/as unani- 
mously adopted that the end and object of the system- 
atic drainage of a house is to endow it with a good 
system of water supply and discharge for waste 
water and to regularly flush the interior of the drains 
1*1 by clean pressure water, it being 



230 JOHNSON S HANDY MANUAL. 

Resolved, that, the object will be the most cei 
tainly attained where the following essential rules are 
strictly observed: To exclude from the interior of 
our houses all sewer gas, to avoid pollution of the 
soil by fecal matter or waste water, to prevent thti 
generation of deleterious gases in the soil and in the 
air below and around our houses, to discharge as rap- 
idly as possible into the public sewer all fecal mat- 
ter and waste matter produced. ' 

The application of these essential rules necessitates 
an intercepting flushing, FRESH AIR INLET 
TRAP IN THE HOUSE DRAIN, inside main wall 
of cellar for THE EXCLUSION FROM THE 
HOUSE OF POLLUTIONS, AND SEWER GAS 
IN THE PUBLIC SEWERS, a proper' system o|- 
yentilation, pipes that are air tight and water tight,! 
the employment of proper materials for the pipes, 
proper dimensions and thicknesses for all pipes, 
FLUSHING AND CLEANSING JUNCTIONS. 
WITH VERY OBTUSE ANGLES, proper construc- 
tion of water closets, baths and other sanitary appli-j 
ances, FACILITY OF ACCESS TO ALL HOUSE. 
DRAIN PIPES FOR FLUSHING, INSPECTION 
AND TESTING THEM, sufficient CLEAN-OUT 
CONNECTIONS, periodical visitation and cleansing 
when necessary. 

Every city, town or village in the United States has 
a plumbing ordinance of their own, and each thinks 
they have the best. 

The plumbing that is shown in this book is the 
latest and best that can be done, and the illustrations 
can be followed successfully. 

We show crown venting, also continual venting. 



JOHNSON'S HAN 




Sewage Dispoi 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




DY MANUAL. 








SEWf\G£ Disposal System 

AND/f£WSSrE£L SEPTtCTAmf^OCESS 
A/^Disetvs Me/^T/A/s co. 

A-r/A/A/eA/OOi. I S^ /V/A//V. 



sal System. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 233 

This installation shows one of the latest sanitary- 
installations, as used in one of the large public build- 
ings. - . :/ ^ ■■ 
... We start from the main stack 5" and then branch 

' both ways to 4" with 45° Ys, and nipple into a*45° ell 
and then raise with the nipple to 90° closet ell, which 
is grooved and has a 2" top vent opening. The closet 

:?-. cast iron yoke is then attached to this grooved ell by 

-, chilled steel bolts which rest into the groove. 

. ;j , Into this grooved ell is then screwed a brass iron 
...pipe threaded wall flange with a bell recess for gas- 

! ket. The closet is then fastened to the yoke by two 
long holding bolts. The recessed horn of the closet 
• -slips into the gasket and brass wall flange. The 

.. closet does not receive any support from the wall at 

; ,a41. The three stud bolts, two on the top and one on 
.the bottom, having hole cut out through wall and 
heing screwed from the yoke and rest against the 

'back of the wall, making it tbereby, absolutely im- 

•• possible to break the marble or wall at any time. 

The vent is taken from the stack of 4" and branches 
both ways as a tee and with 2" drops into the top of 

.-.the 4x2x4 grooved closet ell. The supplies are taken 

^ 'from the main riser of a three-inch into heads of 
25^"," where they drop down to 1^" into an elbow 

'into the stop of the closet valve. 

IiH; This is based on a battery of twenty closets, as the 

d'jsize of batteries increase or diminish, the supply is 
reduced in proportion. On the soil waste this size 
-ig reduced according to the size of the number of 
closely in the battery. 

,''' .This is one of the new installations for wall closets 
land also is adapted to wall urinals. The construc- 

^'■tion being so that the closetcan be removed by just 
unfastening of the two holding bolts. On account of 

,,jits construction of the two studs on the top and the 

J,, one on the bottom, the breaking strength has never 
been fully determined, although tests have been made 

^t^iip to 1700 lbs. actual weight. 

•*^" .Another test being made, which is more severe on 
^'closets of this description, is not to see how much 
8£ dead weight the closet will stand, but to see what 
3»>eonditions the joints are in, after subjecting the 
closet to a test of jumping on same. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Sewage Disposal System. 



234 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

■ • ■■'rr;j-;> • V ..{p noftRf'. 

Sewage Disposal System .g^ni 

Ainong the various methods of disposing of sewage ^wrastes 
in a sanitary manner, the septic tank system operated in 
conjunction with a sub-surface system of irrigation is the most I 
easily adapted for a wide range of conditions. There are 
many modified forms of septic tank systems, which operate 
more or less satisfactorily in proportion to how closely the 
designer has followed the principles involved in the reduction 
of sewage wastes by this process. Present day practice and 
experience show that a septic tank sewage disposal system 
should possess the following features. There must be a 
reservoir or tank of suitable proportion to the number of 
persons to be served for retaining the sewage for a definite 
period, an automatic discharging device which empties the 
tank at definite intervals of time, a filter bed or irrigation field 
of suitable proportions and materials for final treatment of 
the liquids. > 

The accompanying illustration shows such a sew&,ge dis- , 
posal system with an Andrews steel septic tank designed for j 
use in dwelling houses, school and public buildings. The 
tank is divided into two compartments called the intake and 
dosing chambers and is constructed of boiler plate }^. inch 
thick, has riveted heads, hand-holes, automatic siphon, intake 
fitting and is made absolutely air tight. The location of* the 
tank is shown for three dififerent conditions, the one most 
frequently used being shown in Figure 1. Where the ground 
is level and there is no basement to drain, the locations shown 
in Figures 2 and 3 are desirable. As shown in Figure 1 
ordinary 4-inch glazed sewer tile is laid with cemented joints, 
having a pitch of 1 inch in 20 feet between the house and the 
tank and from the tank ta the disposal or filter bed. At the 
disposal bed ordinary Y branches are used with 4-inch porous 
drain tile laid with % inch open joints for branches. Pieces 
of tile should be laid above and underneath the joints, so as 
to prevent dirt from getting into the branch pipes. These 
drain tiles are laid with a pitch of 1 inch in 25 feet. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 235 

Converting sewage into harmless liquids is a biological 
process and operates in the system as follows: All domestic 
sewage contains a certain percentage of bacteria, which under 
suitable conditions, which are present in the septic tank with 
the exclusion of air and light, will start up an active fer- 
mentation process which results in a decomposition of organic 
matters contained in the sewage. Organic solid matters are 
thereby reduced to liquids, gases and humus materials. A 
period of twelve to twenty-four hours is about as long as is 
required for this action to take place, after which the contents 
of the dosing chamber should be discharged to the filter or 
disposal bed. Here further bacterial action takes place due 
to organisms present at the surface of the soU, completing the 
reduction process. These organisms depend upon oxygen, 
consequently it is important to have the filter or- disposal bed 
well aerated. 

For the ordinary suburban or country home it is usual to 
allow about 20 gallons of water per occupant to get the capac- 
ity of the tank; 1 foot of drain tile per gallon of liquid dis- 
charged per twenty-four hours and 3 sq. ft. of area for the 
filter bed. Where the soil is of an open, porous condition, 
a special prepared filter bed is not necessary. It is customary 
to dig furrows and embed the tile below the surface about 
12 inches. Where the ground is of an impervious nature, it 
is necessary to dig trenches 4 feet or 5 feet deep and 24 inches 
wide and fill in with gravel, sand or cinders to within 1 foot 
of the surface and embed the tUe. 



JOHNSON'S HANEtY M^l^U^L. 




Drainage of New Depot 

Drinking fountains are supplied with filtered water and cooled 
by an ice machine and pumped through a circulating system. 

The fountains are distributed through the station, beneath 
the train shed and to the power house, covering a distance of 
four city blocks. 

It requires 63 9-inch drain pipe connections to city mains 
to drain the entire plant. Four 4-inch water mains are provided. 

A series of cast iron settling basins are' placed in the imder- 
ground sewers which serves the down spouts and track drains. 
They are placed about 75 feet apart, one emptying into an- 
other. In this manner all the cinders and track rubbish is 
collected. 

Women emigrants have a special arrangement providing a 
laundry equipped with 12 porcelain wash trays and a steam 
dryer, so that while waiting for trains, laundry work can be done. 



^i 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



237 



There are also porcelain bath tubs for the use of the patrons 
of the C. & N. W. R. R. Co. 

The women's toilet room of this station has accommodations 
for 3500 persons per day. 




Sections 1, 2 and 3 that are shown in this book are 
something out of the ordinary. Typical layout shows 
down spouts and its workings of the Chicago & 
North-Western train sheds. These sheds are the 
largest in the world, being 1200 feet long. There 
are 304 trains every 24 hours, in and out. Every one 
of these locomotives has to blow off steam, more or 
less. You will notice here in Section 2 that there 
is used in this work expansion joints made out of 
pipe. These expansion joints take care of expansion 
and contraction in case the down spouts get hot, as 
they naturally will, from high pressure steam from 
the locomotives. 

/ This plumbing work was done by Hulbert & 
J Dearsey, Chicago, 111. 



238 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



-ACT/CW N".^ — 



y 




\^7^^rx 



The perfect system of the Northwest«ii deserves your 
patronage. 

Plumbing Railroad Station 

Of late years special attention has been given to the ' 
sanitary equipment of toilet rooms in railroad stations, 
public buildings and factories of all kinds, and public 
comfort stations are established at different parts of 
all our large cities. 

All fixtures in these places are of the latest arid 
most sanitary kind. Soil pipes, inside of buildings, 
are all extra strong C, I. soil pipe. Figures 1 and 2 
show a plan view and cross section, respectively, of 
an up-to-date arrangement of the different fixtures in 
toilet rooms of this kind. Here a 2' 6" wide work- 
ing and vent space is arranged. Walls for this work- 
ing space are 4 inches thick of a light colored salt 
glazed brick. In the ceiling of, this working space 
are located two ^24-inch diameter ventilators. ' On 
either side of these walls are, in this case, a battery of 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




ten closets. In the walls, at the center-of each closet, 
is located a 254-inch high by 16>4-inch long opening 
with a vent hood in the rear of the closet and a de- 
flector in the working space. Through the large ven- 
tilators in the ceiling of the work room a draught or 
circulation is created which draws the foul air out of 
the stafls. The deflectors force the foul air upwards 
along the walls. , — -. 

At each end wall of the room are located five 
urinals and four lavatories. Lavatories are supplied 
with hot and cold water. Automatic closets and urinals 
should always be used. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 
I, 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Arrangement of Single Battery Urinals 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 






B 




r--- 


..,.4^.,.. 


^^ 




i:.;ir::j. 


It"' 


: i^ : 




^*riv 


'^''^^""""' 
.,-.- 


-^- 




awwriTTrnGS-roffPouBii si/ojiUaMffl,. 




Urinal Fittings for Double and Single Stalls 



JOHNSON'S HANDY:MANUAL. 243 



K 




"Tte OfewcB 




V 



^ 



Typical Vent Connections 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




TmcfiL LjirouT Fbn Or£/j/Y)\5HfP Pnjtiiwne. 



Shows the WATROUS "AQUAMETER" system in ship plumbbg. Qosets are ihowi 
above and below the water line supplied by direct pump connecfiort. without die use of storage or « 
tanks. Hie pump used for this purpose is of the usual form employed to maintain a unifoim piessui 
when connected to the "AQUAMETER" system as shown will automatically start and stop by the 
tion of any one of the closets. 

Where closet» are placed below the water line, tfie sewage dierefrom is automatically 
by means of a steatn ejector, which is opened and closed by the increase and decrease of the water : 
in the supply pipes to which it is. connected. The instant the pressure is reduced by the flushipg.of i 
«6e ejector opens and allows the steam to escape into the .4-inch waste pipe, effectually- diaichvging 
-tents .and closing the iostaqt the water stops flo\^dng to the closets 

I To provide against accident or possible failure of the ejector, a second startmg mews it 

within Ae'vent j>ipe and it arranged to operate independently of the fiitf wbn the water has rii 
certain ho^tJn the waste pipe. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Installation of Control Apparatus for Administering 
Hydrotherapeutic Treatment 

After the selection of apparatus and fixtures that are essen- 
tial for complete Hydrotherapeutic Equipment is made, same 
should be located as indicated in room marked "]," sectional 
view showing interior medical bath establishment, on opposite 
page. 

To insure absolute control of the temperatures in order that 
the treatment may be administered in a scientific manner, 
equal pressures or both hot and cold are essential, and an 
adequate supply of hot water furnished, delivered to this 
apparatus at a regulated temperature that may be maintained 
at 140 degrees Fahrenheit. 

The most satisfactory method is to use a separate heater 
automatically controlled as shown in room marked "M." 
The addition of a storage tank to the heater indicated will 
ad*:^ greatly to the accuracy; with this the control table will 
opei-ate at times when a small particle is lodged temporarily 
under the seat of the valve which controls the steam leading 
to the heater. The maximum pressure used on both hot and 
cold is 40 pounds. Assuming that the pressure in the build- 
ing indicated in the drawing would be greater than 40 pounds, 
the installation of a pressure reducing valve in the corridor, 
underneath room marked "K" with branch leading from same 
on the cold side to the apparatus, also through the heater and 
out again to furnish the hot water will give ideal conditions. 

It is not intended that the patient should be submitted to 
direct application of ice water. The cooling chest shown in 
room marked "M" should be of ample size to furnish sufficient 
ice water to reduce the temperature of the cold for a few 
seconds in order that a cold dash at a temperature not lower 
than 54 degrees be given. The supply of hot and cold lead- 
ing-to the control apparatus should not be less than 1}/^ inches 
for hot, and 13^ inches for cold water. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 







Vcn «*^•«K 



Plumbing for Flat Building 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL, 




JOHNSON'S ,HjAN.^Y MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 






^ 




'B^ 










Proper Connection for Kitchen Sink 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 251 




Proper Connection for Slop Sink 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Lavatory Connection 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Ijnuiiij?,!'. 



[ 










Wtpt.© 40\T>t« 



Bath Tub Connection 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Installation of Sanitary Plumbing 

In the pages following is shown by simple i 
sketches, the proper method of installing perfectly 
sanitary work in accordance with the ideas of the 
best sanitary experts in this, country. 

Each of our large cities has its own distinctive 
health ordinances, to govern the installation of 
plumbing and sewerage, but all these ordinances can 
be placed under two general heads: The first being; 
those that specify a house trap inside the foundation 
wall, and do not specify a catch oasin. The second; 
those that specify that sinks must waste into a catch | 
basin, and do not allow the use of house traps. 

These sketches show proper installations for eacli 
of these general systems. 

As it is impracticable to show sketches which will 
comply with every ordinance, sketches are given | 
showing correct and sanitary installations in the two 
general classes. 

In Fig. 43 is shown the waste and vent connections 1 
pertaining to the plumbing in an ordinary dwelling, \ 
in accordance with the general run of plumbing or- 
dinances, which specify that the waste from sinks 
must be carried to a catch basin before entering 
sewer. 

A. 2" extra heavy soil pipe from catch basii^i in yard . 
to a point about 12" below roof. 

B. 2" galv. iron, or extra heavy soil revent pipe, 
from increaser F. near roof, to a point in soil pipe, C. . 
below lowest fixture revented. The revent from each • 
individual trap should be carried up to a point atj 
least 3 feet above floor before making connection! 
with vent line. This is to prevent the fixture f romi 
wasting through the vent pipe, in case of stoppage 
in waste or soil pipe. In some cities the ordinances 



JOHNSON'.S HANDY MANUAL. 




256 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




J<DHNSON'S HAnDY MANUAL. 257 

allow the connection of revent "B" to stack "C at 
any point above the highest fixture wasting into 
stack. 

C.4" extra heavy soil pipe stack, from sewer in 
basement to a point about 12" below roof. 

D. House sewer of 4" extra heavy soil pipe from 
catch basin to a point about 10 feet outside of foun- 
dation wall. From this point to sewer in street, the 
sewer may be 6" salt glazed sewer pipe. 

E. 2x4 extra heavy increaser 30" long. 

F. 4x5 extra heavy increaser 30" long with 2* side 
outlet for revent pipe. 

G. V/i" galv. revent pipe to lavatory trap and bath 
trap. 

H. 2" galv. revent pipe to 4" lead bend or to crown 
of closet trap. Some cities compel the use of ex- 
tra heavy soil pipe for "G" and "H." In cases where 
but one fixture wastes into stack, the revent is un^ 
necessary. For instance, note that sink trap in 
sketch is. not revented as the sink is the only fixture 
wasting into slack "A." In cases of this kind, the 
fixture should not be more than 5 ft. from stack. 

J. 4" lead bend for closet waste. 

K. and L. IH" lead pipe, 3 lbs. per ft from bath 
tub to drum trap, and from drum trap to lead bend. 

M. 4" lead drum trap. 

N. connection of revent to 4" main stack. 

Fig. 44 is practically the same as Fig. 43, except that 
dt shows the work done in accordance with ordi- 
nances which do not compel the use of the catch 
basin. 

In Fig 45 is shown the correct method of install- 
ing the plumbing in a flat building in cases where 
catch basins are used. The descriptions are same 
as given for Fig. 43 and this sketch will apply equal- 
ly well to flat buildings of three and four stories. 
For buildings of a greater height than four stories it 
is only necessary to increase the size of the sewer 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 







Fig. 4S 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 259 




cCn ■ 'y-Tj—r^ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 





^ 



H 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 261 

"D," the main stack, "C," the sink stack "A" and 
the revent stack "B." 

Fig. 46 is practically the same as Fig. 45, except 
that it shows the work done in accordance with or- 
dinances which do not compel the use of the catch 
jasin. 

Fig. 47. In this sketch is shown the proper 
method of placing a house^'trap with fresh air inlet. 
As fresh air inlets are frequently more of a menace 
than a benefit to health, it is advisable to use the 
Ayres inlet, as this fitting will prevent the escape 
of, sewer gas. from the fresh air inlet in case of a., 
down draft in the soil pipe. As the house trap pre:-4 
vents the ventilation of the street sewer through the' 
roofs of dwellings, the sewer gas naturally escapes 
at the street level. To obviate this, it is advisable to 
run a 4" extra heavy soil pipe stack from the street 
side of trap, directly through roof. 

B. Cleanout. 

C. 4" main stack. 

D. 4" house sewer. 

E. Ayres fresh air inlet. 

F. 4" extra heavy soil pipe, connecting with salt 
~ ^glazed' sewer, 10 ft. outside of foundation wall. 

G. 4" extra heavy fresh air inlet pipe. 
H. 4" extra heavy vent through 'rpoi. 

Fig. 48. In this- figure is shown the general con- 
struction of the' catch basin. It should be made with 
hard burned brick laid in cement with a stone or ce- 
ment cover, and a removable iron cover. It'siiould 
be at least 3 ft. in diameter, have a depth of at least 
3 ft. below the water line, and carried up to grade. 
The trap should be built of brick, or can, be made 
^y using a quart r bend turned down from the 
sewer pipe. The inlets from the sink and from the 
down spouts should be at least 6" above the water 
line. Catch basins should be placed not nearer than 
10 ft. from the foundation wall, and the water level 
in the catch basin should be belov*' the line of the 



262 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



^ WZZ^ 



YiATER LINE. 



Fig. 48. 




Fig. 49. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 283 



CT^^ 




Fig. 50. 




Fig. 51. 



264 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

basement floor. In the sketch, "A" represents the 
sink waste, "B" the stone cover, "C" the removable 
iron cover, and "D" the house sewer. 

Fig. 49. In cases where the catch basin is placed 
at the side of the house the connection should be 
made as shown in Fig. 49. ^ : 

Fig. 50. In this sketch is shown the proper riiethod 
of connecting the waste and vent of a laundry tub. 
The pipes and trap should not be less than 1^". 
The trap is connected as shown to the house sewer 
or sink waste to catch basin, as the case may be. 
The revent should be connected to the revent stack 
"B." In branching into the trap it is advisable to 
make connection below the water level of trap, to 
prevent circulation of air in the waste pipe between 
the tubs. 

Fig. 51. In this sketch is shown a simple and 
sanitary method of setting a closet. The lead bend 
should be cut off on a level with the top of brass 
floor flange. Cut out the floor to allow for the 
square end of closet bolts. Place the closet flange 
with the bolts over the lead bend after tinning the 
concave surface of the flang,^, and shaving the out- 
side of thfe bend. Now place your closet bowl on the 
flange to be sure you are right. Remove the closet 
bowl and screw the flange to the floor. Fill the space 
between the flange and lead bend v/ith solder and 
make it perfectly tight. Then place litharge or red 
lead on the brass floor flange, set the closet, and 
screw heads on bolts. Putty should never be used, 
except to level up the closet, or to fill in the space 
between the base and the floor. f - 

In Figs. 52, 53, 54, and 55 is shown'ffie'plair^a^^ 
piping for a factory, school or public toilet room. 
Fig. 52 shows the floor plan of the toilet room. Fig. 
53 is a cross section showing the waste and vent pip- 
ing for the closets and urinals. Fig. 54 shows the 
waste and vent piping for the wash and slop sinks. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



V 




Fig. 52. 



266 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 267 



^^^-^^..^^s^^X-/! 



3 e 



^ 



3 I' 



VI m 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




rW^ — 1 




Fig. 55. 



Fig. 55 shows method of connecting vent for closets 
and ; wash sink. For work of this kind it is always 
advisable and should be compulsory to use individ- 
ual automatic closets and urinals. For schools, urinal 
stalls may be used, but they should be of the type 
known as ventilated urinals in which the water is 
continually running. The wash sink should be omitted 
in schools, but in place of this a long drinking foun- 
tain is installed in the basement, in some room other 
than the toilet room. Range closets are not sani- 
tary fixtures, and should in, no cases be used. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL.. 



269E 




T?:^ 



® 










tf 



The above cut shows complete installation. 

A movement is now spreading over the whole cotin^ 
try for the abolition of the bath tub because it is 
considered unsanitary. 

The only satisfactory arrangement for the bath is 
the modern sanitary shower. 



A 



270 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



The Johnson Way of Testing Plumbing After All 
Fixtures Are Installed. 








J3^££r/^s^7: 



Full Instructions on Following Page 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 271 

This test is the most severe test that the plumbing 
can get, as there is no way for the peppermint to get 
out unless there is some defect in joints, traps or con- 
nections. It is very simple as the test can be left on 
for any length of time without the plumber's presence.^ 

Operation is simple and as follows: 

; Insert and secure the test plug on the increaser at 
ropf- After the peppermint retainer is screwed into 
the soil stack, close doors and windows. Place the 
peppermint bottle in the retainer and screw down the 
cover tight; then turn the screw, breaking the pepper- 
mint bottle. Let hot water run slowly in the bath tub. 

-Any plumber is enough of a mechanic to make one 
of these containers himself out of pipe and malleable 
fittings. Container is to hold a three (3) ounce bottle. 

Swimming Pools. 

Swimming pools are one of the most popular recrea- 
tions in connection with clubs, hotels and even private 
homes. They have become so numerous in the past few 
years that a great deal of attention is being given to 
the method of heating and purifying the water. 

Besides the material used in the construction of the 
tank itself, which is white porcelain tile, the equip- 
ment of some of the swimming pools is almost a 
gymnasium erected over the water; trapeze, swinging 
rings extending a good portion over the length of the 
pool, toboggan slides, etc., are only a few of the 
amusements which make the swimming pool popular 
and healthful as a recreation with exercise combined. 

The standard size pool contains approximately 56,000 
gallons of water; the bottom graduated from 2 feet to 
8 feet in depth, which gives ample allowance for diving, 
plunging and swimming requirements. The width is 
approximately 24 feet, while the length is about 60 feet, 
this being the regulation size and which permits a large 
number of bathers to be accommodated at one time. 

It is, nevertheless, a very important matter that the 
condition of the water should be given serious con- 
sideration — many bathers soon contaminate a water 
supply. Besides this fact, the water which is originally 
supplied to the pool (city water supply or river water 
supply as the case may be) should be filtered so that 
when the pool is filled to the brim you will be able to 
recognize a 10 cent piece lying flat on the bottom in 
the deepest place. 



272 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

During the last few years, before cleaning the water 
in -the pool was given much consideration, a person div-r..^ 
ing-was not visible below the surface, which condition.^ 
was responsible for a number of deaths either by accir^,, 
dent or cramps, as the case might be, and when the.i 
body remained on the bottom of the pool it was not 
missed, in some instances from 12 to 18 hoUrs.' The 
possibility of this condition is entirely eliminated wh^ 
a proper method of filtration is used. After the podP'^ 
is first filled with clean, sparkling water, it should be'' 
circulated through the filter and back into the pool' by I 
using a pump and motor, which remain - in' constant'^ 
duty when the pool is in service, thereby eliminating' * 
from the water in the pool all of the impurities accumu- 
lated, which will be caught in the filter and eventually'.* 
washed to the sewer. The vacuum system used in con- '^ 
nection with the sarne pump and motor is frequently 
used with the view of eliminating heavy suspension 
and cuticle which may adhere to the bottom of the. 
pool and not be readily carried ofif by the general^-, 
circulation. In many cases the hot water tank is- 
eHminated and an automatic water heater is used with ^ 
automatic gas attachment. .'.-.'/ 

The systems which we have made a thorough ati<l 
complete investigation on have been equipped with a' 
most thorough and up-to-date apparatus, which is the 
Everson filter equipment. Illustrations of the pool 
shown herein has the very finest equipment possible to • 
obtain. The water is filtered so thoroughly that it willn 
magnify to such an extent that the pool does not look-'^ 
to be more than a foot deep, whereas in reiality'^ft ^^-^ 
over 8 feet in depth. ^. t>HT 

-jv i-t anoIlBS: 
'ifplj ni_i33l %: 
bnn -gcti-gnnhi 

■ '■■'■ "' ■'; '■''■ ^-'- ; ;^-'-- ■■■■■' ^'ir;/; ,:;*-H^ i -J vlgj/jmixoiq 

iisi £ sjirnisq rbinV bos 5sx2 noilBlugsi adj ■gm3(} ;'' 



^ :... Dii.u:i. . O'-i "<:--i -3i.-> ^m.. iii vQ^f^ 
QHX «"«iT"d ddj rjtxb^Hft gi fooq 3di norf- 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



. Elevation and Drainage of Swimming Pools 




These Illustrations Also Show Construction of Filters. 
May Circulate Through the Filter or Direct 
from Mains to Swimming Pool 



A 



274 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAI.. 




Finished Installation 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAI,. 275 

fjrrr*^ Heating Liquids by Steam. 

In the design of a heater for water and other liquids, 
the two principal factors are the proper admission of 
steam and the rapid elimination of the condensation. 

On the opposite page I call your attention to the 
Russell instantaneous heater for the heating of water 
for all kinds of commercial purposes. These heaters 
are made in the single compound and storage type. The 
shell and heads are of the best cast gray iron; the heat- 
ing tubes are of wrought iron or seamless brass. The 
admission of the cold water and the delivery of the 
heated water are so arranged that same must come in 
contact with the entire tube surface. 

In the compound heater, as illustrated, and which was 
designed for 10,000 gallons of water per hour from an 
initial temperature of 50 degrees to a terminal tempera- 
ture of 185 degrees, 1^-inch seamless brass tubes were 
used. Each tube had a separate ^-inch steam supply 
which delivered the steam to the extreme end of tubes 
before delivery to the l^^-inch tubes. By this arrange- 
ment the water of condensation has but 6 feet to travel 
to reach condensation chamber provided in the heater. 

The rapid delivery of the condensed water from the 
tubes renders the tube surface 96 per cent efficient. This 
construction gives the high heat transmission claimed 
and delivered by the Russell design. 

So little is known by the average engineer and users 
of heaters regarding the amount of heating surface re- 
quired; the B. T._ U. transmission per square foot of 
surface'; the pounds of steam condensed and other 
factors, that I insert a chart on an adjoining page which 
will enable engineers, heating contractors and users of 
heaters to figure out requirements. 

The accompanying chart shows the relative efficiency 
of iron and brass pipe when used in storage heaters.- 

The following explains how to use the chart: First 
determine the number of pounds of steam required 
per hour to transmit the necessary number of heat 
units to raise the water to desired temperature. 

For example: The temperature of steam in pipes is 
220 degrees' the initial temperature of the water is 50 
degrees; the terminal temperature of the water, is 190 
degrees; thus the mean temperature of the water is 
120 degrees. The difference in temperature of steam 
and water is 100 degrees. 

On the bottom of chart you will note the difference 



276 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Heating Power of Brass and Iron Pipe 

For Water Storage Tanks 

for use with Low Pressure Steam, up to 10 pounds by gauge. A 
"factor of safety" of 50% is incluaed, to allow for foulmg of pipe. 



J3 

'o. 



n, ^ 



tOOOOO[-p 














T^t 


s* 


60000-- 
BOOOO- - 














^^^ = 


^-■.6 


40000 —>- 












-t 


t -' 


" ■■ -4 














f 


'^ 
















/ 


















^ / 


















7 




■' 


JOOOO 










IJ- 
























C " " 












( 








6000 -- 
















- -■ :] 


5000 -- 








4--\\ 








t- -■ ■ 


40X - - 






^ 


r,^l'-- 








--■ * 








.^ 


Ju. ' 
















^/i 


fj 
















li^/^ 


/ 
















M/ 


















^ 










|r 












































z: 


















tz 












500 = = 




-'// 












:±v 


























































... ^_ 


/ 












■' 




' / 
















100 



















Temperature difference in Fahr degrees between steam in 5^ 
and mean or average temp, of water in tank 

in temperature, in Fahr. degrees, between the steam 
in the coil and the average temperature of water in 
the tank. 

Follow the line marked 100 degrees upward to 
where it intersects with iron pipe line, then to the 
right to edge of chart marked 15. This indicates that 
15 pounds of steam is condensed per hour per square 
foot of pipe. The required quantity of heating sur- 
face in square feet is determined by dividing the 
number of pounds of steam which must be condensed 
per hour by the number of pounds one square foot of 
pipe or heating surface will condense in one hour. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 








I Www VH W W WW i ilt/ 



w 




iiT'ob^ 



M 



The best type of heater ever invented for heating 
water to a high temperature in an economical manner 
for boiler feed and domestic use. 



278 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Thus: (Iron pipe) 1,000, which is the number of 
pounds of steam to be condensed per hour, divided 
by 15 equals Q^Vs, or the number of square feet of 
pipe or heating surface required. On the same line 
of the chart at left margin you will note that 15,000 ' 
is the number of B. T. U. transmitted per square feet 
of pipe or heating surface per hour. 

Hot Water for Domestic Purposes. 

In the accompanying sketches is .shown the cor- 
rect method of installing the piping for hot water for 
domestic uses. In work of this kind, the pipes must 
always have a general upward pitch to the boiler, 
or tank. Care must be taken that there are no 
dips or traps, as this will cause hammering and 
pounding in the system. Sediment or draw off cocks 
must be placed at the lowest point, in order to 
thoroughly drain the system. Stops and check 
valves should not be used at all in this work, ex- 
cepting, of course, the stop and waste on the cold 
water supply to the boiler. A vent should always be 
provided to allow for the expansion, in all cases 
where the expansion cannot "blow back" into the 
water main. In cases where the supply is taken 
from a tank in the attic, an expansion pipe should 
be run above the tank as shown in Fig. 64. Fig. 56 
shows connection between gas range and boiler, and 
Fig. 57 connection between coal range and boiler. 
Fig. 58 shows range boiler connected to two ranges 
in the kitchen, and to two heaters in th« basement. 
In work of this kind, care should be taken to place 
the boiler above the source of heat; for instance: a 
boiler in the basement should never be connected to 
a range on the first floor, because were the water to 
be shut off, the water front would drain. If the 



•i h^:tr,.ovm -f^r/ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Fig. 57. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAX.. 




cotu 



1 



I 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL.-. 281 

water were tlien tufned"oii, the cold water entering 
the hot water front, would generate steam so quick- 
ly, that it would in all probability blow up the water 
front. With the boiler in its proper place, that is. 
above the source of heat, the shutting off of the 
water would kave no effect on the boiler- or water 
front, as water would still remain in the boiler to 
within six inches of the topy Figs. 59, 60, jand 61, 
show the connections between tanks and tank heal- 
ers. Fig. 62 shows the method of installing the hot 
water giping to the fixtures jn an ordinary dwelling, 
the hot water being taken from a hot water tank in 



i 



^ 



! 



COLO, 



•'■^-Uc 




Th 




n 


.• A^.':;-.i, J'st". 


--K» 




(1 


-1J 


li 


\ 




J 




y 



Fig. 59.. 



.-the basement, and a circulating pipe brought back 
to the heater. The hot water is taken from the top of 
the tank and carried to the highest fixture^- A return 
pipe is carried from this point and connection made 
to cold water supply to heater, as close to heater as 
possible. The hot water for all fixtures, except the 
highest, is taken from the return pipe, as shown in 
sketch. For hotel work, it is a good plan to carry 
the hot water direct to the attic, and from there dis- 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Hta 



Q 



■•■'■' tilQW 

I I 






=* n try KM \\. 

\ ""I 






smuiH cocH. 



2 5 ,i.. 



jP/?/9C-r/CAA CONHECTtONB OF WflTEf9 

tie/ir£R FOm jDom£st/c use. 



VERTICAL rf\NK. 

Figr. 60. 



.•"I 




% 



OP WA T£ff Hs/t re/9 FOR 

DOMCSr/C USE. 

hOfifZONTAL T^NK. 
DRAIN COCK. 



Fig. 61. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 283 




Fife- 62. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



P^flCTlCAl 

.conntCTJonofRflnoi 
eoiitRfORoonuTic 

U5t 




Fig. 63. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 285 

tribute it to the fixtures through the return risers. In 
Fig. 63 is shown the connection between range and 
boiler in cases where a door or window intervenes 
between boiler and range. A great deal of trouble 
is often caused from work installed as shown in 
Fig. 64. The hot water pipe is taken from the 
boiler and carried under the floor to a sink on the 
same floor, this sink being the highest fixture from 
which hot water is drawn. At times, the hot water 
•will run freely from the sink faucet, then suddenly 
stop, although the faucet remains open. The 
trouble will be found at the point marked "X." To 
prevent this trouble, a vent must be carried as shown 
in the dotted line. This vent may be of ^" galv. 
pipe, and should be carried above the tank, and 
turned down, the end remaining open above the 
water line. In cases where this vent or expansion 
pipe cannot be installed, put a small pet cock at the 
point marked "X."' In case of stoppage of the hot 
water, this pet cock should be opened for a few mo- 
ments and trouble will cease. 



Pump Systems. 

In Fig. 65 is shown the complete hot and cold 
piping for a dwelling, in which the supply is pumped 
to a tank in the attic. The supply to tank from pump 
is also used for the cold supply to all fixtures. This 
supply enters the tank at the bottom, and at this 
point, in the tank, is placed a Tee with a check 
valve to prevent the water from entering the tank. 
The ball cock should be connected to the top of the 
Tee. An overflow should be taken from the tank 
and discharged to the nearest convenient place. A 
pressure gauge should be placed near the pump to 
show when system is filled. 

In Fig. 66. is shown the method of installing a 
soft water system, using the city pressure for power 
to run the water lift. In work of this kind a faucet 



J|^HNSON'S HANDY MANuAk*. 



-^ 



^ 



£ 



fig. 64. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 287 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



./ 




Fig. 66 



JOHNSON'S I 




JOHNSON'S HANDY 



i' iVlANUAI.. 




lANDY MANUAL. 




Fig. 67 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 291 

for city water for drinking purposes is generally 
placed at each fixture, and the city water also sup- 
plies the water closet tanks. In this way the water 
used for power to ruii the water lift, is used instead 
of being wasted into the sewer. A storage tank 
should be placed in the attic with an over-flow, 
either directly back to the cistern, or out through the 
roof. The pipes in the basement should be so cross- 
connected as to by-pass the city water into the sys- 
tem in case of shortage of soft water. 

Pneumatic Water Supply Systems. 

In Fig. 67 is shown the method of installing the 
pneumatic water system which is coming into gen- 
eral use for farm houses, and in fact, is now being 
used to maintain pressure in municipal water plants. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Fig. 67 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




ri hsQBiq 3d bir/orfa 
-•■1 A'^d x.^lo^iib laritis 
■ < -^ ?.:5qiq sdT .loo T 

§ 10 3?,&o ni ms? 



'.f 



a-iui^Q^. 



K k 



.'.ri ^TV??t T-.^ Asy !pt-j 
5bO 




This is the proper way to build a coil to be installed 
in a tank, for domestic use 









A. 







arc/.. Oi/r r~} \ 



2^/xoe/R 







SI 









[~~->>^^l^ ^^ T. iLoiS, 








JB»St&yxj&t>/T 






J^Gk^Jt 










,/.--0 



:^ 



IV 



?^' 



ID 



\f*j,t^^ / 




294 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 295 

Combination Vent and Drainage. Connections 

During the last decade or two, great advance- 
ments have been made in plumbing and drainage. 
In fact, what was considered perfection only a few 
years ago, is now obsolete. 

Amongst all the improvements, the so-called F & 
W Combination Vent, Re-vent and Drainage fittings 
easily take the lead. As all re-vent connections to 
the soil stack are connected by means of 45° and all 
so-called pockets are done away with. It absolute- 
ly prevents any rust or sediment to lodge in the 
bends and thereby, after a few years, close up the 
re-vent as was the case in the old style fittings. 
The F & W system is now considered the perfec- 
tion and is compulsory in several of the largest 
cities in both the east and west. 

"Fig. A" shows the customary way of roughing 
in for a two-story and basement residence having 
one water-closet and stationary laundry tub in the 
basement, kitchen sink on the first floor, water- 
closet, bath tub, and lavatory on second floor. 

"Fig. B" shows roughing in for a two, or more, 
stories flat building. Here, of course, kitchen sink, 
bath tub, water-closet and lavatory are on one floor 
and roughing in repeated for as many stories as the 
building contains. The dotted lines, where marked 
"Plan of fixtures," shows a partition wall and the 
different fixtures. 

"Fig. C" is an elevation of roughing in for a bat- 
tery of double water-closets as used in schools, 
office buildings, factories and public buildings. 

For houses in towns and country places, where 
there are no sewers, the soil from a full line of fix- 
tures can be taken care of in a perfectly sanitary 
way by building a cess pool of either brick or wood, 
25 feet or more from the rear of the building. If the 
cess pool is of wood, holes of 15^" or 2" diameter 
should be drilled on about 4" or 6" centres all the 
way around and for a height of three to four feet. 
If of brick, use good hydraulic cement mortar and 
leave a 2" opening at frequent intervals and to a 
height slightly below the soil pipe. A run from the 
cess pool can be made to distribute the water ov.er 
a larger area. If such-a run is made, lay the pip'es 
without any cement joints, thereby letting the 
water run out at every joint. 



296 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

For an ordinary residence having two water- 
closets, laundry tub, sinks, two lavatories and a bath 
tub, a cess pool eight feet in diameter has been 
found ample. Wall should not be less than 8J/^" 
thick. A good way to make the top is to place %" 
W T pipes about 6" apart, but leaving a space about 
2' 6" in the middle. Then lay another course, at 
right angles to the first course, leaving also an 
opening 2' 6". You have now a skeleton cover look- 
ing like the wires of a sieve, with a 2' 6" square hole 
in the middle. On this framing lay, in cement, a 
course of brick, flat ways, and when set finish with 
a 6" to 8" thick course of concrete of the following 
proportions: One part Portland cement, two parts 
Torpedo sand, and three parts of coarse gravel. 
After a day or two, when the concrete is thorough- 
ly &et, build up with brick laid in cement, a 2' 6" 
round extension to within 4" of the surface. On 
top of this, place a 4" thick cement or stone ring 
with cast iron manhole cover. 



"JOHNSO]S:.S HANDY MANUAL. 297 



^ 



$1 



\& 



to 



b 



v=^ 



A ^ 'o 4; 



^ 



^]l=3qj:>^ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 299 

The Aft of Soldering. 

The term "soldering" is generally applied when 
f:usible alloys of lead and tin are employed for uniting 
metals. When hard metals, which melt only above 
a red heat, such as copper, brass or silver are used, 
the term "brazing" is sometimes used. 

Hard soldering is the art of soldering or uniting 
two (2) metals or two (2) pieces of the same metal 
together by means of a metal or solder that is al- 
most as hard and infusible as the metal to be united 
In some cases the metals to be united are heated and 
their surface united without solder by fluxing the 
surface of the metals. This process is then termed 
"burning together." 

Some of the hard soldering processes are often 
termed "brazing." Both brazing and hard soldering 
are usually done in the open fire or with a brazing 
torch. A soldering joint is more perfect and more 
tenacious as the point of fusion of the Solder rises. 

Thus: Tin, which greatly increases the fusibility 
of its alloys, should not be used for solder, except 
when a very easy running solder is wanted. Solder 
made with tin is not so malleable and tenacious as 
those prepared without it. The Egyptians soldered 
»vith lead as long ago as B. C. 1490, the time of 
Moses. 

Pliny refers to the art, and says it requires the ad- 
dition of tin to use as solder. 

Another solder, a very odd but very good one for 
f.ome purposes, called "Cold Solder" is as follows: 

Steel Filings .2 oz. 

Brass Filings 2 oz. 

Fluric Acid 1^ oz. • 

Dissolve the filings in the acid, apply to the parts 
to be soldered, having first cleaned the parts to be 
connected, keep the acid in a lead vessel only. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



-Advantage may be taken of the varying degrees of 
fusibility of solders to make several joints in the 
same piece of work. Thus, if the first joint has been 
made with the fine tinner's solder, there would be 
no danger of melting it in making a joint near it with 
bismuth solder. 

The fusibility of soft solder is increased by adding 
bismuth to the composition. An alloy of lead, 4 
parts, tin 4 parts and bismuth 1 part, is easily 
melted, but this alloy may itself be soldered with 
an alloy of lead 2 parts, bismuth 2 parts, and tin 1, 
part. By adding mercury with 2 parts of tin will 
make a composition which melts at 122 degrees 
Fahr., or taken in this order for the same wor"k. 

First Itin . ..2 lead 

Head 

.4 lead . . .1 bismuth 
1 tin . . .2 bismuth 

1 bismuth ... 1 mercury. . .2 tin 
,3 bismuth . . .5 tin 
8 bismuth . . .3 tin 



Next 1 tin . 

Next 4 tin , 

Next 2 lead. 

Next 1 lead. 

Next 3 lead. 

Next 5 lead. 



Solders. 

To solder lead , 1 tin. . . . . .2 lead 

To solder tin.... Itin Head 

To solder pewter 2 tin 1 lead 



Spelters. 

for brazing: 

Spelter ....Hardest ...3 copper . . . 1 zinc 

Spelter ....Hard ... 1 copper . , . 1 zinc 

Spelter ....Soft ...4 copper . . .3 zinc. . . 1 tin 

Spelter ... .Very Soft. . .1 antimony. . . ...2 tin 

Spelter ....For Platina is Gold. 

Spelter for gold; 2 parts gold, 1 part silver, 1 part 
copper. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 301 

Spelter for silver; 4 parts silver, 3 parts brass, 1/16 
part zinc. 

Spelter for iron (hard); silver solder, 7 parts brass, 
1 part zinc. 

Spelter for iron (soft); 1 part tin, 1 part lead. 

Spelter for brass and copper (hard); brass mixed 
with y2 to 1/5 or l4 of zinc. 

Spelter for brass and copper (soft); 1 part tin, 1 
part lead. 

Spelter for pure tin; 4 parts pewter, 1 tin, 1 bismuth. 

Spelter for very soft solder; 3 parts bismuth, 3 lead, 
5 tin. ^ 

Metal which melts at a heat not exceeding boiling 
water is 8 parts bismuth, 5 lead and 3 of tin. 

An Old but Exceedingly Good Method of Lead 
Burning. 

The apparatus required is a cast-iron furnace, two 
or three ladles, and some moulding sand. Burning 
is resorted to by plumbers generally for purposes 
where soldering will not stand. 

- Cast a sheet of lead of the proper thickness, and 
cut the proper length and width, turn it up round 
like a hoop, bringing the two ends well together to 
form a good joint on the outside, and firmly tack 
them together on the inside; roll it over to see that 
the joint is close on the outside, and paste a piece 
of stout brown paper about 4 inches wide over the 
whole length of the joint. 

The sand must be well tempered, not to have any 
wet lumps in it; make a level bed with the sand about 
5 or 6 inches thick; roll the hoop on the sand so 
that the joint will come under, be careful not to shift 
it backwards or forwards, but well ram up under both 
sides. Have a strip of wood rather longer than the 
joint, and ^-inch thick, to form the runner with, 
place it along on edge on the top of the joint; now 
place some sand both sides and ram it well together. 



302 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

adding sand until there is a good bank on the top of 
the work; smooth it off with a trowel, cut it down 
towards the strip, so as to form a sort of funnel, 
leaving about 2 inches of the strip buried; draw out 
the strip endways, being careful not to break the 
sand, leaving one end stopped up, the other end 
stopped up about one inch high. At this end make 
a bay or pond for the overflow metal to run into. 
Have the metal red hot, be careful that the runner is 
free from loose sand, shake a little powdered rosin 
along the runner. Now begin to pour the metal, hold- 
ing the ladle at least one foot above the runner so aj; 
to give weight and force to the burning metal; pour 
plenty, not minding what is running off, as the metal 
that is pouring in has to melt the part which is in the 
cold sand. When the joint is burned through try it 
by drawing the trying stick along in the runner; if 
it feels smooth along the bottom it is burned, if not 
pour some more until it is, then stop up the end 
where the metal has been running off, and fill up 
about two inches high, and watch for shrinkage, hav- 
ing some hot metal ready to fill up as it shrinks down 
in cooling, or else the joint will not be round. When 
set, remove it from the sand, and cut off the runner 
with a mallet and chisel, finishing off with a piece of 
card wire, the paper on the outside will strip off, leav- 
ing it bright and clean. 

, Having now completed this part and set it up, 
round in shape, proceed with burning in. the bottom; 
having a hole or pit in the floor, deep enough for the 
hoop to go down level with the floor, placing it in 
perfectly level. Fill up with the sand inside and out 
rather slackly. When filled up within four or five 
inches from the top, ram it down for the other part 
quite hard on the outside, leaving the sand rather 
higher than the edge; then with a straightedge scrape: 
off level with the edge of the lead. Now with a scribe 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



303 



take out the sand the thickness of the required bot- 
tom, plane the sand off with a trowel, and the work 
will turn out clean. The sand on the outside being 
up level with the edge, smooth off, and cut a bay all 
around to take the overflow^ shake a little rosin 
around the edge; having the metal red hot, begin to 
pour as before, only this is a work for two or three 
persons if it is any size, as it must be done quickly, 
pouring the metal along the edge until it is properly 
burned down; when it is burned deep enough, pour 
a few ladlefuls all over the bottom, so as to get in a 
thoroughly fluid state; then with the edge of the 
trowel clean off the dross, leaving a perfectly bright 
surface. Let it remain to set. This will not require 
any filling up, as it is open to the air and shrinks; 
when set it may be removed, and if well burned it will 
be perfectly solid. 



Useful Information 

Minimum Sizes of Local Vent Pipe Stacks 

Maximum Number of Closets vented 

Size of developed length Main 

Pipe in feet Vent Vertical 

Mains Branches Vent 

2 inches 400 1 1 

3 inches 100 3 6 

4 inches 150 6 12 

5 inches 200 10 20 

6 inches 250 16 32 

7 inches 30O 23 46 

8 inches ■. 350 32 64 

9 inches 400 42 84 

10 inches 450 56 112 

11 inches 500 72 144 

12 inches 550 90 180 



304 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Check Valves Should Never be Used on Circulation. 

While this is true as a general proposition, there 
are some cases where a check valve is necessary, to 
prevent the water from reversing in the circulating 
pipe. In cases of this kind use a horizontal check 
valve and place it as near the boiler as possible. The 
check valve should be installed so that the water 
cannot flow through check valve from boiler. 



Size of Pipe 

2 inches 

3 inches 

4 inches 8 16 

5 inches 18 36 

6 inches 36 73 

7 inches 63 126 

8 inches 105 210 



Minimum Sizes of Soil and Waste Pipes. 

Branch Waste Main Waste 

and Connecting and Connecting 

,'^oil Pipe. Soil Pipe. 

Size of Pipe. Fixtures. Fixtures. 

2 inches 3 4 

S inches 4 8 

4 inches 32 64 

5 inches 72 ■ 144 

6 inches 144 ' 288 

7 inches 252 504' 

8 inches 420 840 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 305 

Hammering or jarring in the pipes may be caused 
by a loose part of one of the faucets or ball cocks. 
A loose Fuller ball or washer will. cause a rattling 
in pipes that can be heard throughout the house. 



Doubling the size of pipes increases the capacity 
rour times, because capacities of pipes are to each 
other as the ratio of their squares. Thus the capac- 
ity of 4" pipe is 4 times as great as the capacity of 
2'* pipe. The capacity of 6" pipe is 9 times as great 
as the capacity of 2" pipe. The method of reaching 
these conclusions is as follows: The large pipe 4" 
multiplied by itself, 4X4=16. The small pipe, 2" 
multiplied by itself 2X2=4. 16^4=4: Therefore 
the capacity of 4" pipe is 4 times as great as the ca- 
pacity of 2". 6X6=36. 2X3=4. 36^4=9. There- 
fore the capacity of 6" pipe is 9 times as great as the 
capacity of 2". 



To multiply feet and inches by feet and inches, 
without reducing to inches. This is useful to the 
plumber in figuring marble. ^ 

For example take 4 ft. 6 in. by 6 ft 3 in. 

-4 — 6 4ft.x6ft.= 24 ft, 

6 — 3 6 in.x6 ft.=36 in. or . 3.ft. . 



24 iy2 4 ft.x3 in.=12 in. or 1ft. 

3 6in.x3in.=18/12:iii.a9rioii ; 1^ in. 

1 , ■ - i;g?9iQ— t^f— — 

■: :: : Total;^,xkJsmft. 1^ in. 



28 — ly^ 



J A#'insertablev Joint' will save time and trouble in 
;ases where it is necessary to break into a, stack. 



306 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Things We All Should Know. 

If back outlet closets and graduated fittings are 
used when installing a battery of closets, it will be 
unnecessary to put in a raised floor. These closets 
and fittings are carried in stock by the leading sup- 
ply houses, and the fittings are of sufficient length 
to allow one to each closet without t,hg nep.e.ssity of 
using pieces of soil pipe between <thJg^ifittiJigSw '( . 

In estimatifig water for factory supply, allow 100 
gallons per day per capita. 



Soft water cisterns must be ventilated to prevent 
stagnation. 



Storage tanks should have an extra large sediment 
draw off cock to be used solely for cleaning tank. 
It is a regretable fact that the majority of storage 
tanks are seldom cleaned. 



Hammering, rumbling or snapping in the range 
boiler or hot water pipes is caused from sagging of 
the pipes, causing traps or dips or from stoppage 
in the water front. 



Water fronts should never be connected directly 
to the city pressure. The cold water supplj^ to the 
water front should be taken from the bottom of the 
range boiler. 



Use a small offset between sink and sink trap as shown in 
Fig. 43, page 255. This wUl prevent the annoying constant 
dripping noise in the sink. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 307 

Very often it will be found economical to waste 
all,. the fixtures but -the closet, into the 2" sink stack. 
In cases of yhis kind the closet need not be revented 
as it is the' oiify ^xture wasting into the 4" stack. 



JHouse sewers should have a pitch of %" to the 
foot. 

Automatic closets and urinals should always be 
used in schools and factories. 



In cities where the water pressure is increased in 
case of fire, a pressure regulator should be used, or 
the; house should be supplied from a tank in the at- 
tic. If the tank'system is used, the extra fire pres- 
sure does not affect the fixtures or piping. 



It is poor practice to connect sediment pipe from 
range boiler to the sink trap. It is far better to 
use a compression bibb, as this precludes the possi- 
bility of waste, and the plumber knows for certain- 
ty that the system is drained. 



File or drill a small hole in boiler tube about 6" 
from the top to prevent syphonage of boiler. 



The circulating pipe should be of the same size 
as the flow pipe, and to insure best results, take sup- 
ply to fixtures from return or circulating pipe. 



Hot water faucets should be at the left hand when 
facing the fixture. 

Stops should never be used on range boiler supply. 
Always use stop with waste to give vent to boiler 
when water is shut off. 



Coils in furnaces should be placed above the bed 
of fire,. not in it. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 




The Sanitary - perfect ScreV Connection 

As Manufactured and Furnished by 

The J. L. Matt Iron Works 

of New York 

In tiiese days of al- 
most perfection in sani- 
tary science, the connec- 
■tibn of the water closet 
to the soil pipe is the 
one weak spot in an 
otherwise admirable sy;s- 
tem of house plumbinig, 
the one connection that 
cannot be relied upon 
under all conditions. 
Plate 5001-A That absolute security 

is assured, and the 
question of careless or un- 
skilful work disposed of by 
the sanitary-perfect screw 
connection, must be ad- 
mitted by all; moreover, 
tliose who have seen and 
used this devise do not 
hesitate to say that it solves 
the question of water closet 
connection, and state, fur- 
thermore, that knowing such device to exist they would feel in 
duty bound to recommend the same to their clients as the only 
perfect connection which they could guarantee under all 
conditions. 

Note. — All ordinary connections require bolts through, 
the base of the cbset. The sanitary-perfect is a screw con-' 
nection, hence is absolutely and permanently reliable and 
furthermore it dispenses with unsightly bolts. '• 

Plate 50023/^-A shows closet wich the sanitary-perfect^ 
screw connection and the threaded floor coupling which it. 
connected to soil pipe. . _t - 

The section of the sanitary-perfect screw; corniectidii 
tion {Plate 5001-A) shows how the threaded brass screw 
connection is secured into thebase of the closet. The joint thus 
formed, makes the brass connection equivalent to an integral 
part of the closet which is impossible to loosen or disturb in 
the slightest degree, the taper thread insuring against leakage. 




Plate 50023^-A 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 309 

Modern Factory Toilet Systems 

The sanitary arrangements and toliet facilities of 
a modern up-to-date factory are entirely different 
from what they were ten years ago. At that time 
all that was expected for the comfort and cleanli- 
ness of the help were a couple of wooden or, perhaps, 
black cast iron troughs with a steam coil in the 
trough to temper the cold water. Here in the same 
water, a dozen or niore had to wash. As for 
water closets, two or three were considered sufficient 
even for a force of a hundred men. Showers were 
things unheard of. ' ' 

In a modern factory you will find as a rule,- 30"- 
x6'-0" enameled wash sinks with six combination hot 
and cold water faucets to each sink, and the men 
wash their, hands and faces in water coming directly 
from the faucets. "For the women it is customary to 
arrange individual enameled cast iron lavatories with 
combination hot and cold water faucet?. 

As a rule water closets in up-to-date factories are 
installed to a number corresponding with one closet 
for every 15 to 20 persons. Another great improve- 
ment is that nearly all new factories now have a 
good sized rest room for the women help in which 
are settees, chairs, tables, and in most cases, a cot, 
to be used if someone su<fdenly becomes ill. There 
is also a first aid set. Ventilated steel lockers 12"- 
xl2"x5'-0" high for men and 15"xl5"x5'-0" high for 
women are also installed. 

The accompanying drawing shows a very complete 
arrangement of toilet, locker and rest rooms and 
will give the reader a very clear idea of how toilets, 
etc. are arranged by modern up-to-date industrial 
engineers, Vr^; 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




• JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 311 

Plumbing for Barrack Buildings 

The plan on pages 312-313 is a layout for Plumb- 
ing on the Barrack Building which was built at the 
Great Lake^ Naval Training Station. This building 
was built by Paschen Brothers and the plumbing 
was installed by Kohlbry, Hewlett Company of 
Chicago, Illinois. 

In the Aviation Camp there was nine of these 
barracks as a:bove and each building was equipped 
with- thirty-two low down water closets with vitreous 
tanks, open front seats, eight six foot enamel iron 
urinals with enamel iron tanks and thirty-two enamel 
lavatories set in batteries of four, each battery 
equipped with bubbling cup, thirty two showers and 
eight wash sinks. These wash sinks were used by 
the sailors to wash out their clothes. Each building 
was equipped with hot and cold water. The hot 
vfati^r being furnished from the Central Power House 
,^nd return pipes back to same. 



JOHNSON'S HAND^ MANUAL 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 313 



^ qTWW^ 



^^ife^- 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



V-4 ^^ 






i.^.u 






t-^-^ 



Ml 



IM' 






u 


.,.^Jiu-^ -• ■ 




/^- ....*.. 






JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 




^•1 



The above plan and plan on preeeeding page 
is a layout of piping for plumbing work . in 
Barracks Building located at Great Lakes Naval 
Training Station. There was one hundred and 
three of these buildings put up in the Isolation 
and Detention Camps. Each building was equipped 
with eight water closets with open front seats 
operated by Sloan Valves, four three foot enameled 
lipped urinals and enamel iron tank and twelve 
enamel iron lavatories set in batteries of three, each 
battery equipped with hot and cold water and one 
bubbling cup for each battery. Twelve showers and 
four double Galvanized iron sinks. One side of 
the sink was for sterilizing purposes and the other 
side for rinsing. Thirty-five of these buildings were 
equipped with hot water from Central Power House 
and sixty eight of them had individual hot water 
tanks. 











EIGHT HOUR DAY WAGES TABL»-rf8 Hours Per Week 






$5 


m 


$6 


-m 


$7 


$7h 


$8 J 


^er Week IS 


\ $9 


$10 


$10| 


$11 


$12 


$13 


$13^ 


"^-i 


83 
05 


92 
06 


loo 

07 


108 
07 


117 
07 


125 
08 


133 


Per Day. |o 


8 150 
1 09 


167 
10 


175 
11 


183 
11 


200 
13 


217 
14 


225 
14 


233 


08 


? ^ 


^ " 


10 


11 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


i 1 


^ 


1 19 


21 


22 


23 


25 


27 


28 


2 


21 


23 


25 


27 


29 


31 


33 


2 2 


H"' 


2 38 


42 


44 


46 


50 


54 


56 


S 


31 


34 


38 


41 


44 


47 


60 


3 





3 66 


63 


66 


69 


76 


81 


84 


8 


42 


46 


50 


64 


58 


63 


67 


4 


M 


4 75 


83 


88 


92 


100 


108 


113 


11 


62 


57 


63 


68 


73 


78 


83 


5 





5 94 


104 


109 


115 


125 


135 


141 


14 


63 


69 


75 


81 


88 


94 


loo 


6 


H 


6 ll3 


125 


131 


138 


115 


0l63 


169 


17 


73 


80 


88 


95 


102 


109 


117 


7 





7 131 


146 


153 


160 


175 


190 


197 


20 


83 

94 


92 
103 


loo 

113 


los 

122 


117 


125 


133 
150 


8 
9 


1 



8 150 

9 169 


167 
188 


175 
197 


183 
206 


200 
225 


217 
244 


225 
253 


23 
26 


131 


141 


104 


115 


125 


135 


146 


156 


167 


10 


IM 1 


188 


208 


219 


229 


250 


271 


281 


2S 


125 


138 


150 


163 


175 


188 


200 


12 


13^ 1 


3 225 


250 


263 


275 


300 


325 


338 


3^1 


167 


183 


200 


217 


233 


260 


267 


16 


2 1 


7 330 


333 


350 


367 


400 


433 


460 


46 


208 


229 


250 


271 


292 


313 


333 


20 


2^ 2 


1 375 


417 


438 


468 


500 


542 


563 


68 


250 


275 


300 


32£ 


350 


375 


400 


24 


3 2 


5 450 


500 


525 


550 


600 


650 


676 


70 


292 


321 


350 


37C 


408 


438 


467 


28 


33^ 2 


9 525 


583 


613 


642 


700 


758 


788 


81 


313 


344 


375 


40€ 


438 


469 


500 


30 


ZH 3 


1 563 


625 


656 


688 


750 


813 


844 


87 i 


333 


367 


400 


433 


467 


500 


533 


32 


4 3 


3 600 


667 


700 


733 


800 


867 


900 


93; 


354 


390 


425 


46C 


496 


531 


567 


34 


iH 3 


5 638 


708 


744 


779 


860 


921 


966 


92 


375 


413 


450 


48^ 


525 


563 


600 


36 


4H 3 


8 676 


750 


788 


825 


900 


976 


1013 


IOj 


396 
406 


435 
447 


475 
488 


51. 

52S 


554 
569 


594 
609 


633 
650 


38 
39 


4% 4 


e 7l3 


792 


831 
853 


87L 
894 


960 
975 


1029 
1056 


1069 
1097 


lie 

113 


1 731 


813 


417 


458 


500 


54S 


583 


625 


667 


40 


5 4 


2 750 


833 


875 


917 


1000 


1083 


1125 


lie 


427 


470 


513 


55J 


598 


641 


683 


41 




3 769 


854 


897 


940 


1025 


UlO 


1153 


lis 


438 


481 


525 


56C 


613 


656 


7oo 


42 


5H '■ 


4 788 


875 


919 


963 


105O 


1138 


1181 


122I 


448 


493 


538 


585 


627 


672 


7l7 


43 




5 8O6 


896 


940 


985 


1075 


1165 


1209 


Vll 


458 


504 


550 


59e 


642 


688 


733 


44 


5H ^ 


6 825 


917 


963 


IOO8 


lloo 


1192 


1238 


12? 


469 


516 


563 


QOi 


656 


703 


750 


45 




7 844 


938 


984 


1031 


1125 


1219 


1266 


131 


479 


027 


575 


62C 


671 


7l9 


767 


46 


5M j 


8 863 


958 


IOO6 


1054 


1150 


1246 


1294 


134 


490 


539 


588 


63e 


685 


734 


783 


47 




9 881 


979 


1028 


1077 


1175 


1273 


1322 


131 


500 


550 


600 


65C 


700 


750 


800 


48 


6 5 


900 


$10 


105O 


lloo 


1200 


1300 


1350 


14( 


il 


$15 


«16 


I16i 


$17 


$18 


$19i 


Per Week 


$20 


$21 


$22 


$22i 


$24 


$25 


$27 


m 


250 
16 


267 
17 


275 
17 


283 

;8 


300 
19 


325 


Per Day 


333 
21 


350 
22 


367 
23 


375 
23 


400 
25 


417 
26 


450 
28 


_5{ 

3' 


20 


KM 


^ 


31 


33 


34 


35 


38 


41 


§ 1 


^ 


42 


44 


46 


47 


50 


52 


66 


e: 


63 


67 


69 


71 


75 


81 


3 2 


M" 


83 


88 


92 


94 


loo 


104 


113 


12 


94 


loo 


103 


106 


ll3 


122 


3 




125 


131 


138 


l41 


150 


l56 


169 


Is 


125 


133 


138 


142 


150 


163 


4 


3^ 


167 


175 


183 


188 


200 


208 


225 


2£ 


156 


167 


172 


177 


188 


203 


5 




208 


219 


229 


234 


250 


260 


281 


31 


188 


200 


206 


213 


225 


244 


6 


M 


250 


263 


276 


281 


300 


313 


338 


37 


219 


233 


241 


248 


263 


284 


7 




292 


306 


321 


328 


350 


365 


394 


43 


250 


267 


275 


283 


300 


325 


8 


1 


333 


350 


367 


375 


400 


417 


450 


5C 


281 


300 


309 


319 


338 


366 


9 




375 


394 


413 


422 


450 


469 


506 


5e 


313 


333 


344 


354 


375 


406 


10 


IH 


417 


438 


458 


469 


500 


521 


563 


62 


375 


400 


413 


425 


550 


488 


12 


^Vi 


500 


525 


550 


563 


600 


625 


675 


7f 


500 


533 


550 


567 


600 


650 


16 


2 


687 


7oo 


733 


750 


800 


833 


900 


10( 


625 


667 


688 


708 


750 


813 


20 


23^ 


833 


875 


917 


938 


1000 


1042 


1125 


12£ 


750 


800 


825 


850 


900 


975 


24 


3 


lOoo 


105O 


Moo 


1125 


1200 


1250 


1350 


15( 


875 


933 


963 


992 


1050 


1138 


2S 


334 


1167 


1225 


1283 


1313 


1400 


1458 


1575 


17f 


938 


lOOO 


1031 


1063 


1125 


1219 


30 


W^. 


1250 


1313 


1375 


1406 


loOO 


1563 


1688 


181 


lOoo 


1067 


lloo 


1133 


1200 


1300 


32 


4 


1333 


1400 


1467 


1500 


1600 


1667 


I800 


20( 


1063 


1133 


1169 


1204 


1275 


1381 


34 


43€ 


1417 


1488 


1558 


1594 


1700 


1771 


1913 


215 


1125 


1200 


1238 


1275 


1350 


1463 


36 


4V2 


1500 


1575 


1650 


1688 


1800 


1875 


2025 


22f 


1188 


1267 


1306 


1346 


1425 


1544 


38 


434 


1583 


1663 


1742 


1781 


1900 


1979 


2138 


23'. 


1219 


1300 


1341 


138f 


1463 


1584 


39 




1625 


1706 


1788 


1828 


1950 


2031 


2194 


245 


1250 


1333 


1375 


1417 


1500 


1625 


40 


J 


1667 


1750 


1833 


1875 


2000- 


2083 


2250 


25( 


1281 


1367 


1409 


1452 


1538 


1666 


41 




1708 


1794 


1879 


1922 


2050 


2135 


2306 


25( 


1313 


1400 


1444 


1488 


1575 


1706 


42 


534 


1750 


1838 


1925 


1969 


2 loo 


2188 


2363 


26i 


1344 


1433 


1478 


1523 


1616 


1747 


43 




1792 


1881 


1971 


2016 


2150 


'2240 


2419 


26} 


1375 


1467 


1513 


1558 


1650 


1788 


44 


Wi 


1833 


1925 


2017 


2063 


2200 


2262 


2475 


27i 


1406 


1500 


1547 


1594 


1688 


1828 


45 




1875 


1969 


2063 


2109 


2250 


,2344 


2531 


28] 


1438 


1533 


1581 


1629 


1725 


1869 


46 


5M 


1917 


2013 


2108 


2156 


2300 


2396 


2588 


28', 


1469 


1567 


1616 


1665 


1763 


1909 


47 




1958 


2056 


2154 


2203 


2350 


2448 


2644 


29i 


1500 


1600 


1650 


1700 


ISoo 


1950 


48 


6 


2000 


2100 


2200 


2250 


2400 


2500 


2700 


30( 


At $9 per Week ($1.50 per Day), the Wages for 46 Hou 


Ts (5^ Days) amount to $8.63. 






















33 


6 










■. ;,; 







Table showing EQUIVALENT of several Discounts; Proceeds on $; Profit on Cost. 5 



A 


H 


c 


P 


E 




A 


B 


c 


D 


E 


i 


1 % 


> 0%off 


= i%off 


99 9 


1 01"? 


60 % 


> 0%off 


=60%oS 


40? 


150 


2 " 


g. " 


= 2 " 


98 1 


2 04- 


60 " 


I 21/2" 


=61 " 


39 1 


156 41 




3 " 


" 


= 3 " 


97 f 


3 09O 


60 " 


5 " 


= 62 " 


38 » 


163 16 


g" 


4 " 


" 


= 4 " 


96 p 


4 17| 


60 " 


71/2" 


= 63 " 


37§ 


170 27 


^ 


5 " 


" 


= 5 " 


95? 


5 26^^ 


60 " 


10 " 


= 64 " 


36 Hi 


177 78 


%■ 


6 " 


" 


= 6 " 


94 « 


6 383 


60 " 


121/2" 


=65 " 


35 S^ 


185 71 


S" 


7 " 


" 


= 7 " 


930 


7 53? 


60 " 


15 " 


= 66 " 


34 


194 12 




8 " 


" 


= 8 " 


92 1 


8 70^ 


60 " 


171/2" 


= 67 " 


33 i: 


203 03 


g 


10 " 


" 


= 10 " 


90^ 


11 lis 


60 " 


20 " 


=68 « 


32 ^ 


212 50 


1 


10 " 


21/2" 


=12^/," 


873/, 


13 96 r 


60 " 


221/2" 


= 69 " 


31 


222 58 




10 " 


5 " 


= 2^1/2" 


851/2 


16 963. 


60 " 


25 " 


= 70 " 


30 


233 33 


B 


12V2" 


" 


=121/2" 


871/2 


14 298 


60 " 


271/2" 


= 71 " 


29 


244 83 


1 


12V2" 


21/2" 


= 14Vz" 


851/3 


*17 19r 


60 " 


30 " 


= 72 " 


28 


257 14 


121/2" 


5 " 


= 16^ /i" 


831/, 


20 30" 


60 " 


331/3" 


= 751/3" 


26 


275 


4 


15 " 


" 


=15 " 


85 


17 65" 


60 " 


35 " 


= 74 " 


26V3 


284 62 


■g" 


15 " 


2V2" 


= 271/8" 


82^ 


/s 


20 66" 


60 " 


371/2" 


= 75 " 


25 


300 




15 " 


5 " 


= 231/4" 


803 


u 


23 84" 


60 " 


40 " 


= 76 " 


24 


316 67 


■g 


15 " 


10 " 


= 251/2" 


761 


l1 


30 72" 


60 " 


421/2" 


= 77 " 


23 


334 78 


I 


I6V3" 


" 


=i6yz" 


831 


Iz 


20 " 


60 " 


45 " 


=78 " 


22 


354 55 


» 


I6V3" 


21/2" 


=i8y," 


811 




23 08" 


60 " 


471/2" 


= 79 " 


21 


376 19 


5 


I6V3" 


5 " 


=20^/6" 


791 


fn 


26 32" 


60 " 


50 " 


=80 " 


20 


400 


1 


I6V3" 


10 " 


= 25 " 


75 




33 33" 


66V3" 


" 


=66'-/z" 


332/3 


200 




20 " 


" 


= 20 " 


80 




.25 " 


66V3" 


5 " 


= 68yz" 


311/3 


215 79 


c 


20 " 


21/2" 


= 22 " 


78 




28 21" 


66V3" 


10 « 


= 70 " 


30 


233 33 


» 


20 " 


5 " 


= 24 " 


76 




31 58" 


66V3" 


20 " 


= 751/3" 


26V3 


275 


g 


20 " 


10 " 


=28 " 


72 




38 89" 


66V3" 


25 " 


= 75 " 


25 


300 




20 " 


15 " 


=32 « 


68 




47 06" 


66V3" 


331/3" 


=77y," 


22V9 


350 


I 


26 " 


" 


= 25 " 


75 




33 33" 


662/3" 


40 " 


=80 " 


20 


400 


a 


25 " 


21/2" 


= 26Vs" 


731 


u 


36 75" 


66V3" 


50 " 


=551/3" 


I6V3 


500 


3 


25 " 


5 " 


= 2»^/i" 


711 


u 


40 35;" 


70 " 


" 


= 70 " 


30 


233 33 


25 " 


10 " 


=521/2" 


671 


It 


48 15" 


70 " 


5 " 


= 72i/2«. 


28V2 


250 88 


25 " 


20 " 


=40 " 


60 




66 67" 


70 « 


10 " 


^73 " 


27 


270 37 


g 


30 « 


' 


=30 " 


70 




42 86" 


70 " 


20 " 


= 76 " 


24 


316 67 


g 


30 " 


2V2" 


= 31'/*" 


681 


u 


46 52" 


70 " 


25 " 


= 771/2" 


221/2 


344 44 


sr 


30 " 


5 " 


=551/2" 


661 


/J 


50 38" 


70 " 


30 " 


= 75" 


21 


376 19 


— 


30 " 


10 " 


=37 " 


63 




58 73" 


70 " 


331/3" 


= 80 " 


20 


400 




3 


30 « 


20 * 


=44 " 


56 




78 57" 


70 " 


40 " 


=82 " 


18 


455 56 


33 Va" 


" 


=33^^" 


662y 


3 


50 " 


70 " 


50 " 


= 85 " 


15 


566 67 


!•' 


331/3" 


21/2" 


=35 " 


65 




53 85" 


75 " 


" 


= 75 " 


25 


300 




331/3" 


5 " 


=552/3" 


631/ 


'z 


57 89" 


75 " 


5 " 


= 76^/ a". 


23 V 4 


321 05 


3- 


331/3" 


10 " 


=40 " 


60 




66 67" 


75 " 


10 " 


= 771/2" 


221/2 


344 44 




331/3" 


20 " 


= 46W 


531y 




87 60" 


75 " 


20 " 


=80 " 


20 


400 


g 


331/3" 


25 " 


= 50 " 


50 




100 " 


75 " 


25 " 


=821/4" 


183/4 


433 33 


& 


35 " 


" 


=35 " 


65 




53 85" 


75 ;; 


30 " 


= 821/2" 


171/2 


471 43 


I 


371/2" 


" 


=571/2" 


62\ 




60 






331/3" 


= 851/3" 


16V 3 


500 


a. 


iO 


" 


=40 ". 


60 




66 67 




75 " 


40 " 


= 85 " 


15 


566 67 




40 " 


21/2" 


=41^/2" ^ 


581/ 


., 


70 94 




75 " 


50 " 


= 871/2"' 


121/2 


700 


r 


40 " 


5 " 


=43 " 


57 




75 44 




80 " 


" 


= 80 " 


20 , 


400, 


•' 


40 " 


10 " 


= 46 " 


54 




85 19 




SO " 


5 "■ 


= 81 " 


19 


426 32 


■g 


40 " 


15 " 


= 49 " 


51 




96 08 




80 " 


10 " 


= 82 " 


18 


455 56 




40 " 


20 " 


= 52 " 


48 


108 33 




80 " 


20 " 


=84 " 


16 


525 


? 


40 " 


25 " 


= 55 " 


45 


122 22 




80 " 


25 " 


= 85 " 


15 


566 67 




40 " 


30 " 


= 58 " 


42 


138 10 




80 " 


30 " 


= 86 " 


14 


614 29 


d 


40 " 


331/3" 


= 60 " 


40 


150 




80 " 


40 " 


= 88 " 


12 


733 33 


g- 


45 " 


" 


= 45 " 


55 


81 82 




80 '■ 


50 " 


= 90 " 


10 


900 




4 


10 " 


" 


= 50 " 


50 


100 




80 " 


60 " 


= 92 '' 


08 


1150 , 


50 " 


21/2" 


=5iy," 


483/ J 


105 13" 


90 


" 


= 90 " 


10 


900 , 


2, 


50 " 


5 " 


=521/2" 


471/2 


110 53" 


90 " 


10 "- 


= 91 " 


09 


1011 11 


■ 


50 " 


10 " 


=55 " 


45 


122 22" 


90 " 


: 20 " 


= 92 " 


08 , 


1150 


-S, 


50 " 
50 " 


15 " 
20 " 


=571/2" 


421/2 


135 29" 


90 " 


:30 " 


=93 " 


07 


1328 57 


-O 


=60 " 


40 


150 " 


90 " 


■ 40 " 


=94 ■" 


06 


1566 67 




50 " 


-25 " 


=621/2" 


371/2 


166:67" 


90 " 


50 " • 


=95 " 


05 


1900 


« 


50 « 


, 30 " 


= 65 " 


35 


185 71" 


90 " 


.60 " 


=96 " 


04 


2400 


-i 


50 « 


331/3" 


= <?<?V3" 


331/3 


200 " 


90 ". 


70 " 


=97 " 


03 


3233 33 


E' 


50 " 


40 " 


= 70 " 


30 


233 33" 


90 ;" 


80 "'■' 


=98 " 


02 


4900 


s 


55 " 


" 


= 55 " 


45 


122 22" 


90 " 


90 1" 


= 99 " 


01 


9900 




Thewh 


pie Discoui 


at ia shown i 


n Col. C, when two (A and 


B) are give 


n. Thus 40. 


% off (A) and 10% 


off rem 


amder (B), 


= 46% off ( 


C) ; which - 54c on the S 


(D. )&o .(. 


5ee Art. rg4 


. The Rules and 


Princip 


ea of Trade 


Discount a 


re dearly setiorth in Arts 


.190 to 19^ 


Vjj. 





TABLE Aiding DEALERS, MANUFACTURERS— Fixing Prices, Profits, Discounts. 



For Wholesale Trade 



For Retail Trade 



If you 
Add to 
Cost 
Price 



10 

10 

121/2' 

15 ■ 

16 V; 
20 
20 
20 
20 
25 
25 
25 
25 
SO 
30 
30 

.30 
331/3' 
331/; ' 

33V; 

331/; 
331/3' 

40 

40 
40 
40 
40 
40 
50 
50 
50 
50 
50 
50 
60 
60 
60 
60 

60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
66V3" 
66V3" 
662/3" 
66V3" 
66V3" 
662/3" 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 
75 " 
75 " 
75 " 
75 " 
75 " 
75 " 
80 " 
80 " 
80 " 
80 « 
80 " 
80 « 



21/2% 

6 ." 

5 " 

5 " 

5. " 

21/2" 

5 " 

10 " 

121/2" 

21/2" 

5 " 

10 " 

15 " 

. 21/2" 

5 " 

10 " 

15 " 

21/2" 

5 " 

10 " 

15 " 

20 ." 

21/2" 

5 " 

10 " 

15 " 

20 " 

25 " 

5 " 

10 " 

15 " 

20 " 

25 " 

30 " 

5 " 

10 " 

15 " 

20 " 

25 " 

30 " 

331/3" 

10 " 

15 " 

20 " 

25 " 

30 " 

331/3" 

10 " 

15 " 

20 " 

25 " 

30 " 

331/3" 

10 " 

15 " 

20 " 

25 " 

30 " 

331/3" 

10 " 

15 " 

20 " 

25 " 

30 " 

331/3" 



71/4% 
41/2" 
eVs" 
51/4" 

1(?V6" 

17 " 

14 " 

8 " 

5 " 

2r/s 
isVi" 
221/2" 

ffV4" 

26*3/4" 
251/2" 

17 " 

201/2" 
30 " 
26"-/ z" 
20 " 
251/3" 
6V3" 
56I/2" 
33 " 
26 " 

19 " 
12 " 

5 " 
421/2" 

35 " 
271/2" 

20 " 
221/2" 

5 " 

52 " 
44 " 

36 " 
28 " 
20 " 
12 " 

62/3'; 
50 " 

4iys" 
551/3" 

25 " 

16"' I z" 
211/9" 

53 " 

44y2" 

36 " 

27^1 1" 

19 " 

251/3" 

571/2" 

4SV4" 

40 " 

SV/a" 

22^li" 

16yz" 

62 " 

53 " 

44 " 

35 " 

26 

20 



Theae Tablea wiU 



If you 

Buy (of 

List) 

at 



10%cff 
10 " 
121/2" 
15 " 
I6V3" 
20 " 
20 " 
20 " 
20 " 



25 " 
25 " 
30 " 
30 " 
30 " 
30 " 
331/3" 
331/3" 
331/3" 
331/3" 
331/3" 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
50 " 
50 " 
50 " 
50 " 
50 " 
50 " 



60 



60 " 
66V3" 
662/3" 
662/s" 
66V3" 
66V3" 
66V3" 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 
75 " 
75 " 
75 «■ 
75 " 
75 " 
75 " 
80 " 
80 " 
80 
80 
80 
80 



And 
SeU 

List) at 



21/2%Off 

5 

5 " 

5 

5 

5 
10 

121/2 " 

15 " 

5 

10 " 

15 " 
20 
10 
15 
20 

25 " 

10 " 

15 " 

20 " 

25 " 

30 " 

10 " 

15 " 

20 " 
25 

30 " 

331/8 " 
10 

20 " 

25 " 

30 " 

331/3 « 

40 " 

20 " 

25 " 

30 " 

331/3 " 

40 " 

45 " 

SO " 

20 " 

25 « 

331/3 " 

40 " 

50 " 

60 " 

25 " 

30 " 

331/3 " 

40 " 

50 " 

60 " 

30 " 
40 

50 " 

60 " 

66V3 " 

70 " 

30 " 

40 " 

50 " 

60 " 
70 
75 



-Sl/3% 
5V9" 

8V7" 
nv/i" 
i4y," 
i8y," 

12^2" 

93/3" 
6V4" 

26^3" 
20 " 

251/3" 
6V3" 
28*/!" 
2Vh'' 

71/7" 
35 " 

27^2" 
20 " 
221/2" 
.5 " 
50 " 

41^3" 

33^/3" 
25 " 

16^3" 

11^9" 

80 " 

60 " 

50 " 

40 " 

551/3" 

20 " 

100 " 

87^1%" 

75 " 

66^3" 

50 " 

571/2" 

25 " 

140 " 

125 " 

100 " 

80 " 

50 " 

20 " 

150 " 

133^3" 

2222/9" 

100 " 

66^3" 
551/3" 

180 " 

140 " 

100 " 

60 " 
551/3" 

20 " 

250 " 

200 " 

150 " 

100 " 

50 " 
25 



10%off 
10 " 
121/2" 
15 " 
I6V3" 
20 " 
20 " 
20 " 
20 " 
25 " 
25 " 
25 " 
25 " 
30 " 
30 " 
30 " 
30 " 
331/3" 
331/3'^ 
331/3" 
331/3" 
331/3" 
40 " 
40 "■ 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
60 " 
50 " 
SO " 
50 " 
SO " 
50 " 
60 " 



60 " 
662/3" 
66V3" 
66V3" 
662/3" 
662/3" 
662/3" 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 
75 " 
75 « 
75 « 
75 « 
75 « 
75 « 
80 " 
80 " 
80 
80 
80 
80 



aave Buyers and Sellera many sbstruae -GalcuUtiona. 



And 


List 


realize 


Price 




must 


Cost 


be 


10 % 


2V9H 


20 " 


I'h^ 


20 " 


*vhl 


20 " 


nysr. 


20 " 


*2V.^ 


20 " 


21/20 


30 " 


25/8 1 


40 " 


I'/i- 


50 « 


r/s 


20 " 


23/,," 


30 " 


*23/4" 


40 " 


*2V8" 


50 " 


2 " 


20 " 


2V7" 


30 " 


2V7" 


40 " 


2 " 


50 " 


21/7" 


20 " 


2V5" 


331/3" 


2 " 


40 " 


21/10" 


50 " 


21/4" 


-60 « 


22/5" 


20 " 


2 " 


30 « 


2l/6« 


40 " 


21/3" 


50 " 


21/2« 


60 " 


22/3" 


80 " 


5 « 


331/3" 


28/3" 


40 " 


2V5" 


50 " 


5 " 


60 " 


5i/8« 


80 " 


53/5" 


100 " 


4 " 


331/3" 


51/3" 


40 " 


51/2" 


50 " 


53/4" 


60 " 


4 " 


70 " 


41/4" 


80 " 


41/2" 


100 " 


5 " 


331/3" 


4 " 


40 " 


41/5" 


50 " 


41/2" 


60 " 


4i/," 


80 " 


52/5" 


100 " 


6 " 


331/3" 


44/9" 


40 " 


42/3" 


50 « 


5 " 


60 « 


51/3" 


80 " 


6 " 


100 « 


«V3" 


331/3" 


51/3" 


40 « 


53/s« 


50 " 


6 " 


60 « 


62/s« 


80 " 


71/5" 


100 " 


8 " 


331/3" 


62/3" 


40 " 


7 " 


50 " 


71/2" 


60 " 


8 " 


80 " 


9 " 


100 " 


10 " 



t-ONC<3MU5'-<o:'-Ht>!OI>«C^-<l(i:OQO— iO-<J<t^Ot-lOtN'*t^00'-iOcDt^Oi-i^ 



oooooo 






<;<i;g<i<i^<;;<i<<i<;S<i<;;g<;<!<<<g<i<!S<i<riS-<<!<i<iS<i'ti§<ii<i<;<!<i<!<ijS<ii'»ig<;^<!<;«<<i 



<)<i<;<<i<!g<;<!<i<^<<i^<i<;S«J<i«i<ti!g^<iS<J<^<!<i<^<!<ig<!<i^<»3§<:!<iS<i<i!g<1<!<<i^ 



00000O0OO.-(,-H^,-^,-H^^^rH 









»£i- 









siiiasij^:i:i" «i^i3iigg?rs|i,g« ^rigi 112:1 Sis- 



ALU 



i:; t^^ w « ^ s.^ &tC w « o s±i t)^:: w K <j s^ t3 « w K ^ 3 " 1= 



'-i<MCO-*iOCDt^C0050'-fi^4CO-*iOCOt>COCr.OT-i(MCOrj 



" ■-' ^ r i> r*^ r^^ -^ '-' >=-l r l> r^ 



gSH^^ 



-''■■■■ ■ .-I rH T-i i^l(^^ (M (>j (M o 






g^P^E^ 






MooTt<iooi>ooa30'-i(NfOTt<iocoi>cooor- 






-I oj M eg (N pq o 



n-KNc*: 



^h^h;^ 



gSH^P 






>0005O'-i(MCCTt<iOCDt^G00iOr- 



gH^Hfac 



^Fnp^q 



Sh^^ 






5Sh^ 



o•*»oco^^ooc30I-l(^^co■^lOO^-.ooa>0'- 



■< » 1^ ^i^ t> w K 






. . C CO t^ 00 CTlO r 






rsO^iMCO-^iCCDt^OOCJC 






-. . .COOlTjIO .--it^NQO .OJiOi-Ht^MOO .0100 

O'-Hi-tC^ .COCO'^iO e:>cDt-t> .OOOOOiHi-H -<NCOrH 

— — oooooQco cocceooo cooooc^ooj oo5o» 



w>oiOTHcote.H-^c.e<iiot» 



Doooooooiai ;ooo>cn 



i-l^^t»WIOt~tO<OTi 



CO 0> iC 1-1 «0 <M 
CO CO 05C3005 



t~wiwtOrH'^tee^iot-«n» 



fOOO"* .iCr-Htf 

O O T-H . (M CO « 

oooooc 



.oooc« 



< wJ3 ^>^ d Ih t- a o o w 



ooooeoooo»05 



(M .C00>'*0 ..-it^NOO .05100CD 

o .'-H'-HNco .-rffTjiusio .cor^oooo cd oi-ic^cn 
00 .cocooooo .00000000 00000000 00 C3C50>a> 



-ib-MOO :0i>00«0 



00 ..-KNCflCO .-^ICIOO 1>I>OOCT> O ^-< i-H CQ CO t^jwwfc^-^r~g.ga.p^pj,pii 

0000 .coQoegoo .oooooooo .ooqo«qo .0 .ososmos ; .^ h»m c^m & Jh t" H u O H 



<r^4 



HtH P^kl^ b !m t) a o o w 



<< Hv^ P^fctl t3 !h f^ e U O K 



SI eg 10 b- w IP »■ 



^ ..^ &^ tD u P S O O B 



IOTHTH''j<eew«i<t-WIOiHW 



;(SS<S£ 



in»t-coioi-4eoieeqTHt~eq 









320 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Arco Wand Vacuum Cleaner. 
Wiring Chart Should Be Sent With Each Machine. 

All that is required of the trade in the matter of 
electric installation is to obtain from the local electric 
power station the information as to whether direct 
or alternating current is to be used. If it is direct 
current, ascertain the voltage; or if it is alternating 
current, the voltage, phase and cycles. When this 
information is sent to us, a correct wiring chart to 
apply exactly to the conditions is sent with the 
vacuum cleaner, making it a very easy matter for the 
electrician to make proper wiring connections. The 
wiring charts here inserted show the completeness 
of the information we furnish with each machine. 
Wiring Diagrams of Alternating Current Single- 
Phase Installations With Remote Control for 5^, 
^, 1% and 2 Horse Power Motors. 
Note. Motors are installed without starting box. 
Direct current, motors are series wound with enough 
shunt winding to prevent racing under no load con- 
ditions. 

Note A. Switches No. 1 and No. 2 are three-way 
snap switches. A control circuit of this nature con- 
sists primarily of two (2) three-way switches and if 
more control points are needed, four-way switches 
will be connected between the two three-ways, i. e., if 
four control points are wanted two (2) four-way 
switches will be connected between two (2) thrcQ- 
way switches. 

Note B. Switch No. 1 must be located not to ex- 
ceed 4 feet from vacuum cleaner relief valve so that 
both can be reached at the same time. 

Note C. If metal conduit is used draw all three 
control wires into one conduit. 

Wiring Diagrams of Alternating Current Single- 
Phase Installations With Remote Control for % 
and 34 Horse Power Motors. 

Note. Motors are installed without starting box.^ 
Direct current, motors are series wound with enough 
shunt winding to prevent racing under no load con- 
ditions. 

Be careful to connect proper switch terminals to 

motor and line leads. Failure to do this will result in 

short circuiting line if two or more switches are 

, closed at one time. One of these switches must be 

located not to exceed 4 feet from vacuum cleaner re- 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 321 

lief valve so that both can be reached at the same 
time. If motor is connected for 330 volts, ten (10) 
ampere double pole flush switches to be used. If 
motor is connected for 110 volts, twenty (30) ampere 
double pole rotary surface switches to be used. 

Sizes of Pipe. 

With Nos. 460, 461 and 463 Arco Wand Vacuum 
Cleaners, IJ^-inoh pipe can be used where distance 
from machine to most remote inlet coupling does not 
exceed 60 ft.; 3-inch pipe can be u^ed where distance 
from machine to most remote inlet coupling, with 
No. 461, does not exceed ?50 ft., and with No. 463 
does not exceed 350 ft. In such runs of 3-inch piping, 
1^-inch pipe can be used for 60 ft. from remote inlet 
couplings toward the machine, using' 3-inch pipe for 
remainder of distance. Thus, risers in any building 
less than 60 ft. in height can be made of 1^-inch pipe, 
using 3-inch pipe for horizontal mains in basement. 
The exhaust pipe for each of these machines should 
be 3-inch pipe. 

Installing Inlet Couplings. 

First. After applying lead or pipe-joint paste to 
thje male thread of the inlet coupling bushing, screw 
it into the opening of the drainage fitting as far as 
possible, using the Arco Wand wrench. 

Inlet Coupling in Place. 

Second. After applying lead or pipe-joint paste to 
the male thread of the inlet coupling, start it into 
the thread of the inlet coupling bushing, turning it 
by hand. Then insert the wrench into the opening 
of the inlet coupling and turn until the flange is 
drawn up snugly against the baseboard, stopping 
with the cover hinge at the top. 

Use Good l.ead or Pipe-Joint Paste. 

In the installation of piping for vacuum cleaning, 
always apply lead or pipe-joint paste to the male 
threads of pipe and fittings. If applied in this way 
when the threads are made up, all surplus lead or 
paste willbe forced to the outside of the fittings and 
pipe, leaving the interior free from such substances. 

Never apply lead or paste to female threads. 

Typical riser, concealed in partition, one inlet 
coupling to be located in baseboard in each story. 



322 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Section of Cleaner-Main. 

When it is necessary to drop a pipe for an inlet 
coupling located below the cleaner-main, always 
make the connection from the side of the cleaner- 
main, and never from the bottom- — as bottom con- 
nection would fill with dirt. 

Drainage Fittings, Cast Iron, Screwed for Wrought 
Iron Pipe. 

These fittings are made with a shoulder, and are 
the same size inside diameter as pipe. 

The pipe screws in up to the shoulder, making a 
continuous passage, leaving no pockets for the solid 
matter to lodge in, thus preventing choking up of the 
pipe. 





CLEANER-MAIN 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 







'/2//fCH. 







ai^c/if^ Out fj-uA ! /^ " Tvvo /VA e r Coo pi. //•« s 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




InstaU 4 wajr awitches m 

that one position conneotl 

B and C to J> 



;e for control ciiouU 
Remote control switch panel 




326 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

The American Rotary Valve Company, Chicago, 
are manufacturers of both the rotary and recipro- 
cating type vacuum cleaning machines, in which are 
embodied a number of novel features that have been 
endorsed by many of the leading architects and engi- 
neers throughout the country. 

In the construction of both types of machines, the 
separation is mechanical and does away entirely with 
screens, cloth bags and strainer plates. 

The air and collected sweepings being carried 
through the system of piping directly to the base of 
the machine, passing through the mechanical sep- 
arator, which is submerged in water, the dirt, dust 
and bacteria are mixed with the water and held in 
solution in the base of the machine. The air bubbles 
are thoroughly broken up, and the air passing through 
the water is scoured and purified before being taken 
into the pump and exhausted to the atmosphere. A 
perfect separation is thus secured and no dirt or dust 
is carried through the pump, which insures its long 
life. Screens, cloth bags and strainer plates have a 
strong tendency to become heavily coated or clogged 
with collected dirt and dust. The entire elimination 
of such devices in these machines insures the highest 
constant efficiency. 

The method of cleaning these machines is also 
mechanical and they require no hand cleaning what- 
ever at any time. The operator never comes in con- 
tact with the collected dirt. This method of clean- 
ing is accomplished by reversing the action of .the 
pump, which converts it from a vacuum producer to 
an air compressor, and the contents of the base, when 
necessary, are discharged direct to the sewer under 
force of compressed air. 

The entire operation of cleaning out these ma- 
chines and putting them in readiness for operation 
on vacuum is accomplished in less than three minutes. 

The highly sanitary method of disposing of the 
collected sweepings is worthy of the highest con- 
sideration. 

Contrast this with the systems which necessitate 
the disposal of the dirt and bacteria in a manner 
which not only exposes the one who cleans the ma- 
chine, but the entire neighborhood, to possible con- 
tagion. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



^ 



C- a'«#/»o.y^ ^ 







czn 



ce/u/77 g7<s'<y/r/>y siysfe^n?. 



328 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Another very desirable feature is that it is possible 
to utilize the compressed air for cleaning purposes. 
In a number of their installations the pipe has been 
extended to the garage, and with the compressed air 
feature, in addition to the vacuum, it has enabled the 
owners to keep their cars in much better shape than 
has heretofore been possible. The compressed air is 
also very desirable for use in blowing the collected 
dust from overhead pipe in the basement. Also for 
cleaning radiators and getting into close places which 
it is impossible to reach with a vacuum appliance. 
Once this dirt is dislodged and blown into the open, 
it can be readily taken up by means of vacuum. 

The rotary type machine, as manufactured by this 
company, is made in one and two sweeper capacities, 
suitable for schools, hospitals and small hotels and 
residences. 

The reciprocating type machine represents the best 
in vacuum cleaning machines, and is the type which 
is now being installed in the New York postoffice. 
These machines are operated with a mechanically 
moved rotary valve, which insures the highest possi- 
ble mechanical efficiency, and is the last word in 
vacuum cleaning machines. There are no valve 
springs or small internal parts to lubricate or get out 
of order. 

The oiling system of this machine is entirely auto- 
matijc, and within a few seconds after starting up, 
every moving part is being properly lubricated. The 
machine is noiseless and requires no attention during, 
the operation of sweeping. 

The regulating feature of this machine is another 
point which has been finely worked out, and engi- 
neers who have seen the machine in operation are 
unanimous in their opinion that it is a long step in 
advance of any regulating device now on the market. 
By means of this regulator, the vacuum under which 
it is deemed advisable to work to meet the various 
requirements, can be adjusted and will remain con- 
stant until readjusted. Any vacuum required up to 
20 inches can be constantly maintained. 

The displacement of air is also properly regulated, 
and at no time is there more air being pumped than 
is required by the number of sweepers in operation, 
the reduction being proportionate, and results in 2^ 
big saving in consumption of power when less sweeps 
ers than the capacity of the machine are in operation. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 329 

These reciprocating type vacuum cleaning ma- 
chines are being installed in large office buildings, 
public buildings, hotels, hospitals, mills, factories and 
theaters, and are manufactured in capacities to take 
care of buildings of any size. The New York post- 
office being a fine example, this being the largest 
vacuum cleaning machine in the world. 

We are showing here two systems of vacuum 
cleaning machines, the dry and the wet. These two 
systems have been thoroughly tried out and found 
to be the best that has been manufactured and the 
best that money can buy. Architects all over the 
country endorse these two types of machines. 



330 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

MecKanical Refrigeration 

Mechanical refrigeration is the process of reducing 
and keeping the temperature of. a body or substance 
below the temperature of the atmosphere without the 
use of ice. In order to reduce such temperature it is 
necessary to employ a medium of lower temperature, 
which will absorb the heat. Liquids having a low 
boiling point are used as refrigerants. Carbonic an- 
hydride (carbonic acid) and ammonia are used as re- 
frigerants. 

Carbonic anhydride evaporates at the low tempera- 
ture of 124 degrees below zero Fahr. under atmos- 
pheric pressure and during evaporation absorbs from 
its surroundings a quantity of heat corresponding to 
its latent heat of evaporation. In other words, while 
water boils at 212 degrees Fahr. under atmospheric 
pressure, and about 250 degrees at fifteen pounds 
pressure; liquid carbonic anhydride boils at 124 de- 
grees below zero Fahr. under atmospheric pressure 
and at 30 degrees Fahr. under a pressure of 34 atmos- 
pheres. Ammonia boils at 28 degrees Fahr. 

The boiling point of water being far above the at- 
mospheric temperature, heat must be applied to bring 
it to the boiling temperature. The boiling point of 
liquid carbonic anhydride and ammonia being very 
much lower than the temperature of the atmosphere, 
they absorb from their surroundings the necessary 
heat to cause them to boil or evaporate. 

Refrigeration is produced by the ebullition of the 
refrigerant which is circulated through the cooling 
coils and returned to the refrigerating machine. 

The cycle of operation is the compression, lique- / 
faction and evaporation of the carbonic anhydride or 
ammonia. 

The refrigerating plant comprises three parts. 

1. A compressor in which the gas is compressed. 

2. ^ A condenser in which the compressed warm 
gas imparts its heat to cold water and liquefies. 

3. Expansion coils in which the liquid re-expands 
into its original gaseous state, thereby absorbing heat 
and performing the refrigerating work. 

In order to make the operation continuous the 
three parts are connected; the charge of gas origin- 
ally put into the machine being used over and over 
again going progressively through the process of 
compression, condensation and evaporation. Thus 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 331 

only a small quantity of gas is required to replace any 
losses. 

The compressor draws the gas from the expansion 
coils, compressing it to the liquefying pressure 
(which pressure depends upon the temperature of the 
cooling water in the condenser). The compressed 
gas is discharged into the condenser where it im- 
parts its heat to the water in the condenser and be- 
comes a liquid. This liquid is then returned to the 
expansion or cooling coils, expanding through same 
and thereby absorbing heat. 

The surface of the cooling coils is so proportioned 
that all of the liquid evaporates as it passes through 
same. From there the gas again returns to the com- 
pressor to resume the cycle of operation. The pres^ 
sure of the gas in the coils is controlled by means of 
a valve. 

Direct Expansion System. 

In the direct expansion system extra heavy 
wrought iron pipe coils are placed in the rooms to 
be cooled, either on ceiling, walls or in lofts built fpr 
this purpose. Connections are made between the 
coils and liquid receiver at outlet of condenser. An 
expansion or regulating valve is placed between the 
small liquid pipe and large expansion coils. The 
liquid is fed through the expansion valve and allowed 
to expand through the coil to a gaseous state. Dur- 
ing its evaporation the carbonic anhydride or am- 
monia absorb heat from the surrounding atmosphere 
and then return to the compressor. 

For general cold storage plants, breweries, packing 
houses, candy factories and similar plants the direct 
expansion system is preferable. It is the simplest 
system, requires less machinery, is more efficient, 
needs less attention and for these reasons is used 
where possible. With carbonic anhydride the direct 
expansion system can be used in many places where 
it would not be advisable with ammonia. In case of 
a leak in the expansion coils with the carbonic an- 
hydride system no damage can result, while with the 
ammonia system the result might be disastrous. 
Brine System. 

The brine system is an indirect method of refrig- 
eration; the carbonic anhydride or ammonia do not 
evaporate in coils placed in the rooms to be cooled, 
but instead evaporate through coils placed in an in- 
sulated steel tank, or through double pipe brine 
coolers. 



332 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Brine is made by dissolving calcium chloride in 
water; in some instances common salt (sodium chlo- 
ride) is used. This brine is cooled by circulating it 
through a double pipe cooler or tank equipped with 
carbonic anhydride or ammonia coils and then 
pumped through the coils in the different refriger- 
ators and rooms. The brine absorbs heat in passing 
through the coils and upon returning to the cooler 
it imparts this heat to the carbonic anhydride or 
ammonia, 

In plants with a large number of small refrigera- 
tors, where the pipe runs are long, it is cheaper to in- 
stall the brine system, as brine piping costs less than 
direct expansion piping. When the refrigerating ma- 
chine is not operated at night and even temperatures 
are required, the brine pump may be kept running, 
circulating the brine which is still cold. 

Whether the brine or direct expansion system 
should be used, depends entirely upon conditions, 
which should be thoroughly investigated before 
either system is installed. 

The Manufacture of Ice. 

There are two methods of ice making, namely, the 
can system and the plate system, both of which offer 
special advantages under certain conditions. 

The Can System. 
In order to produce clear and pure ice by this 
method, it is necessary to distill the water used for 
freezing, so as to free it from all organic matter, air, 
disease germs, etc. The distilling apparatus which 
serves this purpose is therefore a very important fac- 
tor in an ice plant. The distilling plant comprises a 
steam separator, steam condenser, skimmer, reboiler 
and flat cooler. The steam separator is connected 
to the exhaust pipe from the steam engine. All im- 
purities, such as grease, etc., carried by the exhaust 
steam, are removed and then the vapors are passed 
through a steam condenser, over which the waste 
water from the gas condenser is allowed to flow. 
After leaving the steam condenser the condensed 
water passes through a skimmer where most of the 
impurities are removed. The condensed, distilled 
water contains air and sometimes other volatile sub- 
stances, possessing more or less objectionable odor. 
To free it from this, the water is subjected to a vig- 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 333 

orous re-boiling in a separate tank. The distilled 
and re-boiled water is then passed through a flat 
cooler, over which the cold water passes, and its tem- 
perature reduced. 

As a still further means of purification, charcoal 
filters are used, through which the water passes into 
a storage tank provided with a direct expansion coil. 
In this tank the water is cooled as near to its freez- 
ing point as possible and is then drawn off and filled 
into the ice molds or cans, which are immersed in a 
tank filled with brine. Cooling coils are submerged 
in this tank, through which the expanding gas trav- 
els, absorbing the heat from the brine and reducing 
it to the required low temperature of 12 to 15 degrees 
Fahr. The brine in the freezing tank is well agitated, 
causing an even temperature throughout and slowly 
freezing the water in the ice cans. After the ice is 
frozen solid, the can is hoisted out of the tank (by a 
hoisting apparatus, which is movable) and conveyed 
to the thawing apparatus, where the ice in the can is 
loosened from it (either by immersing the can into a 
bath of warm water, or by an automatic sprinkling 
and dumping apparatus) and discharged into the 
storage room. 



The Plate System. 

The plate ice system has an advantage in that it is 
not necessary to distill or boil the water if otherwise 
pure. The ice, which forms slowly on hollow freez- 
ing plates immersed vertically into tanks filled with 
water, purifies itself of any air or other impurities. 
On the other hand, it is an established fact that the 
plate system requires more skill to operate success- 
fully and the plant is generally more expensive to in- 
stall and keep in repair. Local conditions, price of 
coal, quality of water, etc., determine which system 
should be given the preference. 

The plate system embraces three distinct types. 
The brine plate system, in which the direct expansion 
coil is submerged in brine between two plates a few 
inches apart, the brine acting as a medium of contact 
between the direct expansion pipes and the plates, the 
ice freezing on the outside of the plates. 



334 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

In the dry plate system, the gas coil is clamped be- 
tween two plates which are rapidly cooled, by direct 
expansion coils, the ice forming on the plates. 

The third system is the block system, in which the 
water freezes directly to the bare direct expansion 
coils, from which it is harvested by cutting it into 
blocks with a vertical steam cutter. 

The freezing time required for a plate ten to twelve 
inches thick is from six to eight days. After the ice 
has formed to the required thickness it is loosened 
from the plates, hoisted out of its compartment, cut 
into blocks of proper size and discharged into the 
storage room. 

This system of ice-making is independent of the 
use of steam, except the small amount required for 
loosening the ice ends in the compartments and for 
cutting the ice plates, so that electric or water power 
can be applied wherever available at a low rate. 

The evaporation or expansion of the carboriic an- 
hydride takes place in coils of extra heavy wrought- 
iron pipe. For brine tanks, water coolers, small re- 
frigerators and rooms the pipes are welded into coils 
of continuous lengths and in large rooms the pipes 
are connected by flange unions. 



Safety. 

In connection with the high pressure side of the 
cylinder is a safety valve for the purpose of insuring 
against accidents. This safety valve is placed in the 
high pressure channel between the gas discharge 
valves and the discharge stop valve. The purpose 
of this valve is two-fold. It will relieve the cylinder 
and also the system of a pressure that has risen above 
the normal in case of a fire or through lack of con- 
denser water, and it will also guard against careless- 
ness of the operator who might attempt to start the 
machine without first opening the discharge stop 
valve. As the action of the safety valve is accom- 
panied by a loud report it will direct the attention of 
the operator to the machine. When the pressure 
again becomes normal this valve closes automatic- 
ally. This safety valve is designed to blow off at a 
pressure considerably below that at which the ma- 
chines are tested. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY- MANUAL. 335 

The time of freezing a certain cake of ice depends 
largely upon the amount of water to be frozen. 
Cakes 8 to 11 inches thick require from 38 to 54 hours, 
with brine at 14 to 15 degrees Fahr. 

All water for condensing arid cooling purposes 
goes through a series of operations. It is first used 
on the gas condenser, then on the steam condenser 
and cooling coils of the distilling outfit and finally, 
when quite warm, it is used for feeding the steam 
boiler. 

The best arrangement of an ice factory operating 
on the can system, with distilled water, is to locate 
the gas condenser high enough to allow the water 
used on same to flow by gravity to the distilling appa- 
ratus and down to the feed water heater. 

The inlet and outlet of the cylinder are provided 
with stop valves by means of which the system can 
be shut off, allowing access to the cylinder without 
loss of gas from any part of the system. 

Meat, fish and butter, zero to 10 above zero. 

Beer, 25 to 35 above zero. 

Ice manufacturing, 10 to 20 above zero. 

One ton of good coal will make 6 tons of ice. 

Ice Machine and Its Power. 

One and one-half to two H. P. will take care of a 
ton machine in the small class, such as butcher shops, 
creameries and cold storage. 

Handy Information for Mechanical Refrigeration. 
Joints. 

The way In which the piping is attached to the 
fittings is interesting. The piping of strictly wrought 
iron comes to us from the mills with plain ends, cut 
in exact lengths. Upon receiving an order in our 
shops for a stock of condensers, the pipe is carefully 
threaded to suit the fittings. A workman then grinds 
the pipe on an emery wheel about 1 inch back of the 
thread. While this is being done the fittings are al- 
lowed'to swim in a solder bath; directly next to this 
is a bath of tin, in which the threads are thoroughly 



336 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

tinned. The fitting is taken from the solder bath and 
placed in a positive position in a form. The pipe is 
then screwed into the fitting, after which the recesses 
^n the return bend and the threads exposed are thor- 
oughly solder-covered and in cooling, the pipe and 
fitting shrink into practically a homogeneous mass. 

After cooling, this pipe is fitted with a blank flange 
on one end and to the other end is attached an air 
connection, admitting from 300 to 400 pounds of air. 
The pipe is next submerged in a tank of water, when 
any leak present would be indicated by bubbles on 
the surface of the water. All pipes which do show 
leakage, are at once rejected. The result of this 
painstaking process is that leaks and the Triumph 
ammonia condenser are not found together. 

Cost of ice for cooling 2700 cubic feet, $50 per 
month. 

Cost of mechanical refrigeration in same plant, $5 
per month. , . 

The double pipe type of ammonia condenser is in 
use in far more than 50 per cent of the plants built 
today — evidence that this style of apparatus is giving 
abundant satisfaction under almost every condition 
an ammonia condenser must meet. 
The Ice Tank. 

Not many years ago, tanks of wood were consid- 
ered satisfactory for ice making service. This is no 
longer true, however, since thoroughly seasoned lum- 
ber has become more and more scarce and expensive. 
Then, too, tanks of steel offer advantages lacking in 
the wooden construction. 

The steel sheets may be easily transported and 
erecting labor is considerably reduced by using the 
metal tank. When correctly installed, the durability 
of the metal tank cannot be surpassed. 

The steel tank which is used Is usually of ^ inch 
material, from 3 to 6 feet deep, depending upon the 
size of cans. 



JOH-NSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 337 

Sulphur Dioxide 

Sulphur dioxide boils or vaporizes at 14 degrees 
Fahr. under atmospheric pressure or zero pounds gauge 
pressure. At higher pressures the temperature of 
vaporization is also higher; at lower pressures this 
temperature is reduced. The normal condensing pres- 
sure is about 50 pounds. 



Soldered Joints. 

Soldered joints may be made in a number of ways, 
one of which will be described. Muriatic acid is used, 
a few pieces of zinc having been dropped in the ves- 
sel containing it to make the acid w^ork. Powdered 
sal ammoniac is used to make the solder flow freely 
•and the tools required are: an iron spoon to distribute 
the solder, and a soldering hook made of iron or 
copper wire about % inch in diameter, with the end 
flattened and bent at an angle so that it can be placed 
in the recess of the flange to be filled^with the solder. 
Before making the joint, all oil should be. wiped off 
the threads and the pipe should be filed clean for an 
inch or more back of the threads. The flange or fit- 
ting is then screwed on tightly and, together with the 
pipe, is heated with one or more blow lamps. As 
soon as the parts are heated enough to flow sold-er, 
a little acid is poured into the recess back of the 
flange and acts to remove all grease and dirt. This 
being done, a small amount of solder is flowed into 
the recess and rubbed against the surfaces with the 
soldering hook. In this way the solder is made to 
take hold of the iron and the use of the hook elimi- 
nates the burnt acid and any particles of dirt that 
may be present. Havin'g tinned the surfaces in this 
way, the recess back of the flange is filled w-ith solder, 
a little sal ammoniac being used to keep the solder 
fluid. While 'the solder is being poured, the blow 
lamp must be used to keep it flowing so that all parts 
of the recess are filled evenly. When this has been 
accomplished and the solder has hardened, the joint 
^ is washed thoroughly to remove an}'- traces of the 



338 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

acid and a coating of rust-proof paint is applied. 
From this it will be seen that the process of making 
the soldered joint is simple, being nothing more than 
the act of filling in the recess cut out in the back of 
practically all flanges used in ammonia piping work. 

The shrunk joint is the most thorough and at the 
same time the most expensive of all the methods of 
making pipe connections. The process of making 
the joint consists of heating the pipe and fitting in a 
charcoal fire, rubbing the parts to be joined in sal 
ammoniac for a few seconds and then plunging them 
into a pot of melted solder. From the pot, the parts 
are taken again to the sal ammoniac and thoroughly- 
rubbed, after which they will be found to be per- 
fectly tinned. The pipe is then allowed to cool while 
the fitting is kept hot and screwed on in the heated 
condition, it being somewhat expanded owing to the 
heat. The fitting must be screwed on quickly and 
tapped with a hammer while being turned so that 
there is no chance for it to cool or for a film of solder 
to be formed between the joining surfaces. The idea 
is to have the solder fill up all imperfections and 
holes but not 1?o form a film between the joining sur- 
faces as is the case where the lead was disconnected 
and a spare one put in place. 

The Refrigerating Machine. 

The refrigerating machine is the heart and soul of 
the plant and should be of the best design, with proper 
proportions to give the required capacity when op- 
erating under the local conditions of the plant. The 
compressor with its driving engine or motor is place/d 
in the machine room with the water pumps and other 
auxiliary apparatus, while the condenser is placed on 
the roof of the building under a cover or in the third 
story of a tower as shown in Fig. 16. With this ar- 
rangement the water from the ammonia condenser 
can be passed over the exhaust steam condenser to 
take up heat from the steam before passing to the 
feed-water heater and thence to the boilers. As 
shown in Fig. 16, the ammonia and steam condensers 
are of the atmospheric type, which is in general use. 
The cooling water is run over the top pipe of the coil 
and drips down over the lower pipes until collected 
in a trough under the coils. About 80 square feet of 
cooling surface is allowed per ton of ice made in 34 
hours. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 339 

Where space is limited and the condenser must be 
Dlaced in the building with other machinery, the 
spray from water flowing over the coils is objection- 
able and the double-pipe condenser is used. This is 
nothing more than a coil of pipe within a coil, so that 
an annular space is formed between the two pipes 
forming the double coil. Ammonia enters this space 
at the top of the coils and flows downward, while the 
cooling water enters the smaller pipe at the bottom 
and flows upward. Thus the coolest water is in the 
part of the coil containing the hottest ammonia and 
the highest possible efficiency of heat transfer is had. 
Submerged condensers, consisting of a pipe coil in a 
tank filled with water, may be used if circumstances 
require, but this form of condenser is difficult to clean 
and requires a large amount of cooling water. Also 
it is difficult to detect leaks, as the leaking ammonia 
is absorbed by the water. Where the water supply 
for the condensers is not as cool as could be desired, 
good results may be had by rigging the double-pipe 
condenser so that water can be run over the outside 
of the coils as in the case of the atmospheric con- 
denser. 

Compressors are made both single and double act- 
ing and have the cylinders either horizontal or ver- 
tical. The driving engine should be of the Corliss 
type with a good releasing valve gear, so that the 
steam consumption will not be so great that more 
distilled water is made than is needed for the ice cans. 
In all except the smallest units and in some designs 
of extremely large machines, the engines are direct- 
connected to the same crankshaft as the connecting 
rods of the compressors. Both simple and com- 
pound engines are used and are run condensing or 
non-condensing as may be required by the local con- 
ditions. Where compound engines are used, the cyl- 
inders may be connected in tandem or they may be 
cross-connected, the latter method being preferred 
for large machines and for machines of the vertical 
type where two single-acting cylinders are used. 
The connecting rod of the engine may be connected 
to the same crank pin as that of the compressor, or 
it may be on a separate crank of the same shaft. 



340 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL- 

In small vertical machines having one compressor 
cylinder, the engine may be set vertical and be con- 
nected to the opposite end of the crank shaft from 
the connecting rod of the compressor, a flywheel be- 
ing placed on the middle of the shaft. One form of 
the horizontal m^achine is that in which the engine is 
connected to one end of the shaft, the other end of 
which drives two single-acting horizontal com- 
pressors. In still another arrangement, the engine 
is connected to the middle of a shaft on each end of 
v/hich is a crank that drives a compressor of either 
the horizontal or vertical construction. In all of the? 
different arrangements, flywheels are used to give . 
steady working, being placed in various ways accord- 
ing to the disposal of the other parts of the machine. 
Very large units sometimes have a band wheel on the 
middle of the crank shaft between the two com- 
pressors so that the machine may be driven by belt 
from a separately mounted engine of proper size. 

It is important that the builder of a plant should 
understand the relative advantages and disadvantages 
of the different types of construction so that he may 
make a selection of a machine suited to the condi- 
tions under which it is to be operated. It is evident ■ 
in the first place that the stuffing-box of the single- 
acting machine can be kept tight easily because it is 
subjected only to the comparatively low pressure of- 
the suction gas instead of the pressure of the con- 
denser, which ranges from 125 pounds upward. On 
the other hand, the double-acting compressor is more 
economical because, at each revolution of the crank 
shaft, it deals with almost twice as much gas as a 
single-acting machine of the same cylinder diameter 
and stroke. With the exception of the extra friction 
resulting from the necessarily tighter stuffing-box 
gland of the double-acting machine, the friction of 
the two machines is the satne. Notwithstanding this 
extra friction, it is estimated that, in comparison with 
a machine having two gas compressors, the amount 
of saving with the double-acting compressor is one- 
eighth of the whole amount of power required to 
compress the gas. 

As the double-acting machine is capable of doing 
the work of two single-acting compressors, there is 
considerable saving in the first cost for construction 
material. This saving is partly offset by the extra 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 341 

care and expense necessary to properly construct the 
double-acting machine and by. the fact that this ma- 
chine is rather complicated in the arrangement of 
valve ports and connecting passages. In any com- 
pressor it is important that clearance be made as 
small as possible consistent v/ith safe working, and 
this is rather difficult to do successfully with the 
double-acting machine. In plants using a single ma- 
chine and the direct expansion system, as where the 
gas is expanded direct in the coils of freezing plates 
used with the plate system of ice making, it is im- 
portant that the compressor be kept in operation. 
On this account there is an advantage in having two 
single-acting compressor cylinders instead of one 
doubling-acting machine, as any accidental damage 
to one of the compressors can be remedied while the 
other is kept in operation. By running the single 
cylinder at increased speed, the plant will make ca- 
pacity, whereas with the double-acting machine it 
would be necessary to shut down and allow the tem- 
perature of the freezing tank to rise until the machine 
could be put in operation again. 

In considering the relative value of the horizontal 
and vertical types of machines, it is seen that the 
vertical machine has the advantage in that the parts 
wear uniformly. In compressors other than those 
using the oil injection, the least possible amount of 
oil is used, and prevention of undue wear on any of 
the parts is an important consideration. Vertical 
machines are not subject to bottom wear of the pis- 
tons, as are horizontal compressors in which the 
weight of the piston is supported by the lower part 
of the cylinder wall. In the horizontal machine, the 
tendency is to wear the cylinder into an oval shape 
and to reduce the diameter of the piston until leakage 
occurs past it:. This kind of leakage is difficult 
to detect and is often* neglected. As the cylin- 
der wears, part of the weight of the piston is 
supported by the stuffing-box gland when the piston 
nears the crank end of the stroke. This causes un- 
equal wear on the stuffing-box glands so that it is 
difficult to keep them tight. In the vertical com- 
pressor, the suction and discharge valves work up 
and down so that the wear on their stems is equal in 
all directions, thus ensuring correct and accurate 
seating at all times. Other things being equal, the 



342 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

engineer will give better attention to the horizontal 
machine because he can see any defect that may show 
up without having to climb a ladder to hunt for it. 
It costs more money to build a vertical machine, and 
for this reason a horizontal machine is in favor where 
floor space is plentiful. In the end it will be found 
that the cubic feet of space occupied by machines of 
the two types is about the same, so that it all de- 
pends on which kind of space, vertical or horizontal, 
is more valuable. 

Loss of Liquor. 

After a machine has been in operation for some 
time, the liquor level in the generator may show a 
tendency to fall until, by restoring it with increased 
speed of the ammonia pump, the level in the absorber 
falls out of sight in the gauge glass. This will occur 
without any apparent cause, the density of the rich 
liquor meantime remaining standard at 26 degrees. 
In a new plant, this may be due to insufficient charge, 
but if after supplying more liquor to restore the 
proper level in both generator and absorber, the level 
falls again, something must be done. As a first move 
the cooling water and the brine in the bath should be 
tested with litmus to see if there has been any leak- 
age. If the trouble is not found to be leakage, it 
must certainly be due to some of the liquor being 
pocketed in a low place in tlie piping system or in the 
expansion coils where these are not laid out for the 
gravity return to the absorber. In such a. case, the 
liquor will be drawn over by making a vacuum on the 
absorber as in the case of a boil-over. If it is found 
that there are no leaks and none of the ammonia is 
pocketed in the coils, the trouble must be due to air 
in the topmost pipes of the condenser and cooling 
coils, which has gradually found its way into the ab- 
sorber and been burnt at the- purge cock. 

Making Up Ammonia Losses. 

Aqua ammonia should at all times be kept up to 
the standard density of 26 degrees, and if the am- 
monia pump is in first-class order a somewhat higher 
density may be used to advantage up to about 28 de- 
grees. The greater the density, the easier the gas is 
•iberated and in case the density has fallen beloW 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 343 

standard, to say, 24 degrees, aqua or anhydrous am- 
monia must be added. The amount of ammonia to 
be added may be found by consulting the percentage 
table in Chapter IV, in which it will be seen that aqua 
ammonia at 26 degrees density contains in round 
numbers 28 per cent of pure anhydrous ammonia and 
at 24 degrees density 24 per cent of ammonia, the loss 
being 4 per cent of pure ammonia. Supposing, for 
example, that the original charge was 10,000 pounds, 
28 per cent of which or 2800 pounds is pure ammonia, 
we have then to supply 4 per cent of this quantity or 
112 pounds of liquid anhydrous ammonia to bring the 
density of the whole charge up to 26 is restored. 
Where the freezing tank is elevated to give the grav- 
ity return to the absorber, this will be all that is nec- 
essary, but otherwise it will be necessary to close the 
poor liquor valve on the absorber, and start the pump 
to create a vacuum in the absorber, so that the am- 
monia will be drawn over from the expansion coils. 
After the coils are emptied of the liquid, the weak 
liquor valve to the absorber is opened and the pump 
kept running in the regular way, or at reduced speed 
if necessary to keep the liquor in the generator at the 
proper level. As the temperature of the bath will 
rise during the righting of the distribution of am- 
monia in the system, the machine will require special 
attention until normal conditions have been restored. 



Vacuum Test. 

To make the vacuum test, the air remaining in the 
system is pumped out to form a vacuum of 28 or 29 
inches, as already mentioned. In doing this, the stop 
valve on the discharge pipe of the compressor is 
closed as are also all the valves of the system that 
communicate with the atmosphere. Communication 
is made with the atmosphere between the compressor 
cylinder and the stop valve on the discharge line, this 
being done by an air valve provided for the purpose 
or by opening a flange connection as was done on the 
suction line for the pressure test. All valves con- 
necting the different parts of the system are opened 
and the machine is started to pump out the air in the 
pipes.. When the desired vacuum is obtained, the 
machine is left' standing for about 6 hours to see if 
there are leaks of air into the system. If in this time 



344 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

no leaks are indicated by a fall in the vacuum, the 
joints may be considered tight and preparations may 
be made to charge with ammonia. , 

Before making the pressure test of the system, it is 
well to test the steam, water, waste, -and exhaust. 
steam piping and connections to see that all joints are 
proof against leakage. Live steam is turned into the: 
steam pipes and a moderate back pressure is had in 
the exhaust piping by setting the back pressure valve, 
or by throttling the exhaust with stop valves where 
there is no back pressure valve. Water pipes are 
subjected to a pressure about 30 per cent; in excess 
of the ordinary working pressure by partially closing 
the stop valves on the pipes near the condenser and 
the inlet to the water jacket of the compressor. 

When the piping connections of the entire system 
have been made and the machinery has been set up, 
adjusted, examined, and found in good . condition 
with the stuffing-box gland properly packed, the- 
plant is ready to be tested for leaks under both in- 
ternal and external pressure. It is customary to sub- 
ject the system to internal pressure for the first test 
and after all leaks that show up in this test have 
been mended the air may be pumped out until the 
system shows a vacuum of about 28 or 29 inches. 
To make the pressure test the stop valve on the suc- 
tion line is closecj and the valves provided between it 
and the compressor to connect with the atmosphere 
are opened. Where no such valves are provided, a 
flange joint between the stop valve and the compres- 
sor cylinder may be broken and held open with 
wedges to admit air to the system. All other valves 
of the system except those communicating with the 
atmosphere as at the drains of oil traps, etc., are 
opened so that the pressure when raised will be 
equalized over the entire system. Provision is made 
to lubricate the compressor piston with the smallest 
possible amount of mineral oil that will prevent the 
piston rings from seizing and if the interior of the 
cylinder cannot be lubricated in any other way, 
the heads must be removed and the oil smeared 
over the inner walls. The heads are then replaced 
and the bolts set up evenly and tight. 

Making Tight Joints for Ammonia Work. 

Select good strong piping of reliable manufacture, 
the next point is to see that the threads are properly 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 345 

cut. All threads on the ends of pipe and in fittings 
should be cut true and sharp and if cut on the lathe, 
should be chased with care. If a die stock is used, it 
should be in the best of condition with the dies good 
and sharp. No amount of doctoring with solder, lead 
or other joint-making materials will do any good if ~ 
the threads are not properly cut and the parts ac- 
curately fitted together. Solder has its place in joint 
making where the joint is to be permanent, but in 
work of this kind all the greater care should be taken 
to have the threads properly cut. Where the threads 
are so poorly cut that they do not fi.t down closely 
into the grooves, ammonia has no trouble in leaking 
out and solder can do little or no good, as it is im- 
practicable to sweat it into all the openings in the 
threaded' joint. 

A joint having threads of this kind presents a great 
temptation to a careless workm.an or an unscrupulous 
contractor to jam the two parts of the joint together 
in an effort to make the joint hold. In doing this, 
the pipe is screwed into the fitting further than it 
should go, so that the threads are stripped or addi- 
tional threads are cut on the pipe. In this way the 
workman may make a joint that will hold until the 
contractor gets off the job and out of reach, when it 
becomes the duty of the unfortunate engineer to shut 
down the plant or impair its operatioij by cutting 
part of the piping out of service for mending the bad 
joint. Generally it will not be a case of mending, as 
the threads on the pipe and in the fitting will be found 
damaged beyond repair so that new threads must be 
cut on the pipe and a new fitting purchased. Prob- 
ably the best way to avoid such troubles as this is to 
have the engineer, who is to operate the plant, on the 
ground during its erection. If he is a competent man 
and is given authority to have the work properly 
done, there will be little trouble in store for the 
future. 

After all, the simplest way to make joints in an 
ammonia piping system is not to make them. That 
is to say, every joint that can possibly be dispensed 
with should not be made, and as few fittings as will 
do the work should be used. One of the readiest 
methods of eliminating joints is the use of pipe bends 
instead of elbows and return bends. It costs money 
to bend pipe, but where every joint eliminated may 



346 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

mean the saving of several pounds of ammonia, the 
price of which quickly runs up into dollars, the in- 
creased first cost by using the bent pipe system is of 
no material conseque^nce. Pipe bends require more 
space than ordinary elbows and return bends, but the 
piping may usually be arranged so that little if any 
additional ground space need be bought. 

Even if the pipe bends should necessitate larger 
buildings and more ground space, there are com- 
pensating advantages, one of which is reduced fric- 
tion of the gases and liquid ammonia passing through 
the pipes, so that a greater back pressure may be car- 
ried with a resulting increased efhciency. Then again 
there is better provision for expansion and contrac- 
tion where the bends are used, so that strains in the 
pipe line are largely eliminated and there is less like- 
lihood of leaks being sprung. The number of joints, 
used in a plant where the bent pipe system is adopted, 
depends on the lengths in which the pipe can be man- 
ufactured and handled and to some extent on the use 
to which the pipe is put. In the case of a condenser, 
for example, where the pipe comes in the same length 
as the coils are to be made, there will be one joint for 
every length of pipe instead of two as would be the 
case if return bends were used. These joints are 
alternated at opposite ends of the condenser on every 
other pipe of 'the coil and are placed about 2 feet from 
the end of the condenser. 

Making Brine. 

When ready to make the brine, the tank should be 
filled about two-thirds full of water and the apparatus 
for mixing the salt with the water should be put in 
place. This may be nothing more than an ordinary 
barrel having a false bottom about 4 inches above the 
real bottom.. Water is admitted to the space between 
the two bottoms and flows through ^-inch openings 
with which the false bottom is perforated into the 
upper part of the barrel, which is filled with salt to 
within about 6 inches of the top. A pipe connection 
for carrying of¥ the brine is made to the upper part 
of the barrel and a box strainer is placed in the space 
above the salt over the pipe opening. A well is pro- 
vided in this strainer box for the hydrometer, and the 
water supply must be so regulated that this instru- 
ment registers 90 degrees. The apparatus may be 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 347 

placed in any convenient position, as on the floor of 
the tank room and is simple and inexpensive. It may 
also be used when the brine is to be strengthened at 
any time during service. Water is supplied to the 
bottom of the barrel by the brine circulating pump 
where one is installed, and in lieu of this one of the 
water supply pumps may be connected for the pur- 
pose, the suction of the pump in any case being con- 
nected to draw from the brine tank. Where there is 
no brine pump, however, and the water pump has to 
be used, it may be more convenient to start with the 
■ tank empty and not partially filled as above in- 
structed. In this case there is no necessity for mak- 
ing a suction connection from the tank to the pump. 

Even under the most favorable conditions, some 
air will be present in the system after the vacuum 
test and for this reason it is advisable to charge the 
ammonia by degrees, about 70 per cent o'f the whole 
charge being pumped in at the first trial. After the 
plant has run some time and the ammonia has been 
well circulated through the system, the air will col- 
lect in the highest parts of the piping and may be 
exhausted at the purge valve on the condenser. The 
rest of the ammonia will be charged in one or two 
installments as may seem best i;nder the circum- 
stances. To disconnect the drum, close the valve on 
it first and then close the charging valve. 

About one-third pound of ammonia should be used 
for each running foot of 2-inch pipe or its equivalent 
in the expansion coils, so that about 275 pounds 
would be required for a 25-ton plant. It is better to 
put in too small rather than too large a charge, as 
more ammonia can be added with little trouble at 
any time it may be needed. Too small a charge is 
indicated by the tendency of the delivery pipe of the 
compressor to heat and this should be watched care- 
fully, the regulating valve being manipulated so that 
the normal temperature of the pipe is the same as 
that of the cooling water leaving the condenser. 

Bending Pipe, 

In adopting the bent pipe system, care should be 
taken not to bend the pipes on so small a radius as to 
injure them nor yet to make the radius so large that 
the bend looks ungainly and out of proportion. Al- 
though some latitude may be allowed in making 



348 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

bends for certain locations, there should be uniform- 
ity throughout the system and the work of bending 
should be accurate, the turns being made exactly 90 
and 180 degrees as the case may be. The bending 
radius, other things being equal, depends on the size 
of the pipe and when once a ratio of size of pipe to 
radius of bend has been decided on, it should be ad- 
hered to as far as practicable. Otherwise the plant 
will present the spectacle of a small pipe, bent on a 
large radius, along side of a larger pipe bent on a 
smaller radius. Nothing could be more unsightly. 
All pipes must be heated before bending and if there 
is any doubt about the pipe being able to stand the 
strain of bending, it should be filled with dry sand 
and capped on the ends before heating. This will in- 
sure a smooth bend without kinks. As a precaution 
against opening the weld, the line of the weld should 
be put on the side of the bend. 

Why Is Raw Water Ice Clear? 

Produces pure clear Ice by keeping the water in 
movement or in. agitation while it is being frozen. 
Process does this by feeding a small jet of air 
through the freezing water from below, and in this 
way keeping it stirred or in a state of gentle ebulli- 
tion. When so agitated while freezing, the ice nat- 
urally and of necessity freezes crystal clear. 

Freezing clear ice from raw water by keeping it 
agitated with air is not new, but is many years old. 
Apparatus is so constructed that this essential air 
feed is outside of the cans and not exposed to the 
action of cold brine, and hence can never be inter- 
rupted by freezing up, which would result in white 
or opaque ice, until the tr'ouble was located and cor- 
rected. Very little power is needed for this air feed, 
about a cubic foot of air per minute per ton capacity 
under a pressure of from 3<pounds to 3^ pounds is 
all that is needed. 

Temperature of Brine and Time to Freeze. 

To produce cakes of standard weight, from 50 
pounds to 400 pounds, as desired, but the 200, 300 
and 400-pound cakes are preferably only 10 inches in 
thickness, and the preferred temperature. of the brine 
is zero or thereabouts. The fact' that there is a posi- 
tive forced circulation of this cold brine in the jackets 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 349 

of the can results in greatly shortening the time of 
freezing, and a 10-inch cake of either of the above 
standard weights, is frozen nearly solid in about 18 
hours, and the freezing progresses to a solid cake and 
the ice is tempered and harvested in 4 more hours, 
thus completing the freezing, tempering and harvest- 
ing of the larger cakes in 22 hours, which allows a 
margin for the completion of the freeze and the start- 
ing of another within the 24-hour period. 

The plants are built in separate units or batteries, 
each producing a certain fraction of the daily prod- 
uct required, the proportion represented by each unit 
to the daily quantity to be produced, depending on 
the size of the plant. A 5-ton plant would thus be 
built in two or three units. A 30-ton plant in six 
units, or separate batteries, and in still larger plants 
the units or batteries may run up as high as 20 or 25 
tons in each battery. One of these units is usually 
being tempered and harvested, while the others are 
freezing. 

Hotels and Restaurants. 

Refrigerating plants are now being used in lead- 
ing-hotels and restaurants with the best of success. 
They are particularly well adapted to the require- 
ments where there are a variety of refrigerators to 
be kept cool. One plant will cool the large meat 
storage, the vegetable and general storage, the short 
order box, bakery or pastry box, fish and oyster 
box, ice cream box, beer storage and back bar, if 
necessary. It will also make the requisite ice for 
table use and will cool the drinking water — in fact, 
do any cooling that is required. 

The sanitary feature of a hotel plant cannot be 
over-estimated, to say nothing about the saving of 
waste because of improper cooling, and the satis- 
faction of being able to keep goods day after day in 
the best of condition without the use of ice with its 
•expense and. attendant discomforts. 

Creamery Plants. 

Refrigerating plants in creameries are usually in- 
stalled with -a brine system. The brine tank is lo- 
cated in the upper part of the cold storage room, 
J«eeping the air cold and at the same time furnishing 
brine to be run through ripeners and milk and crearn 



350 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

coolers. The brine is supplied to the apparatus re- 
quiring it by use of a brine pump. It is not neces- 
sary to run the ammonia compressor all day, but 
only long enough to reduce the brine to the required 
temperature; then when the milk is ready to be 
cooled, the pump is started and circulates the cold 
brine to do the necessary work. 

The creamery man knows the importance of being 
able to control the tenlperature of cream during the 
ripening procjess regardless of weather conditions. 
To be able to turn out a fine uniform grade of 
butter, a refrigerating plant is a valuable asset — in 
fact, it is necessary to properly control tempera- 
tures. One of our plants will soon pay for itself in 
labor, cost and increased value of product. To 
creameries using power for other purposes, the cost 
of operating a refrigerating plant is very light, as 
about the only expense is the power and a few cents 
for oil. 

The storage of perishable food stuffs, such as 
fruits, vegetables, butter, cheese, e^gs and poultry, 
has revolutionized commerce in edibles. It has 
meant preservation for long periods, transportation 
for long distances, and re-storage until required, 
thus making it possible for dealers to buy in quan- 
tities when prices are low, without fear of deteriora- 
tion before sale. 

Cold storage, i^h connection with refrigerating or 
ice-making plants, has become common and a very 
profitable business. Many wholesalers of beer and 
soft drinks, that will preserve their value only in 
cold temperatures, are using artificial refrigeration 
for this purpose. 

Artificial Refrigeration. 

During the past ten years the science of artificial 
refrigeration has had a very remarkable growth, due 
to the fact that the experimental element has been to 
a large extent eliminated. 

The refrigerating machine manufacturers have in 
their own factories made extensive tests on the vari- 
ous types of machines, now offered to the trade; 
with the result that the prospective purchaser of this 
class of machinery will receive the apparatus best 
suited to his particular needs. 



■ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAI,. 351 

At the present time the larger consumers of ice, 
such as ice cream manufacturers, retail butchers, etc., 
are exceedingly active in the installation of small ma- 
chines to furnish the required refrigeration. The 
many advantages of mechanical refrigeration over 
the old method of ice, or ice and salt, is in a large 
measure responsible for this condition. 

With a small outfit the butcher is able to maintain 
lov^-er temperatures in his refrigerator, as well as to 
keep both the meat and box in a better condition. 
As an advertising medium, the refrigerated show- 
case is without an equal, permitting the shopkeeper 
to display his commodity without becoming con- 
taminated by the handling of his many customers and 
without deterioration while being displayed in this 
manner, which is the case in the ordinary display 
miethods, and the loss subsequent thereto. 

It is not necessary to operate the refrigerating 
plant continuously; by installing brine congealing 
tanks, a sufficient quantity of refrigeration can be 
stored in these tanks while the plant is in operation, 
so that during the periods that the machine is shut 
down, proper temperatures may be maintained in the 
compartments refrigerated. 

The ice cream manufacturer makes use of me- 
chanical refrigeration for the freezing of ice cream, 
hardening of the same after it is frozen and for the 
manufacture of ice, which is necessary for packing 
the cream for delivery to the consumer. 
Unit of Capacity. 
Real ice-making capacity depends upon the tempera- 
ture of water to be frozen, and can be calculated as 
follows : 

Assuming water to be frozen is 80° F. on a one- 
ton plant, we have 2,000 lbs. of water from 
80° = 32° which, in B. T. U. equals 2,000 

X 48, or 96,000 

Latent heat, 142 B. T. U. per lb. is equal to 

2,000 X 142, or 284,000 

Ice from 32° — 10° specific heat, .5 equals 2,000 

X 22 X .5, or 2'2,000 

Or a total of 402,000 

However, there must be added to the above a liberal 
percentage for losses through insulation, tank covers, 
etc. Say about 40% for plants from one to fifteen 
tons capacity and 18% to 25% on larger factories. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



353 



At the present time the enclosed type single-acting 
vertical oil enclosed refrigerating machine is the best 
suited for this class of work that has yet been manu- 
factured. They are made both steam and belt driven, 
as well as single and double cylinder, according to 
capacities required, and are built in sizes ranging 
from one-half ton to twenty tons refrigerating ca- 
pacity. The belt driven machines can be operated 
by any power available, such as electricity, gasoline 
or gas engine, or water power. 

. The manufacturers of these small machines have 
endeavored to build an outfit that will meet a wide 
range of conditions, with the result that these ma- 
chines are partically "fool-proof." It is not neces- 
sary to employ experienced help to operate these 
small plants, and with a reasonable amount of care 
and judgment in operation, the results obtained are 
so much better than those secured by the old meth- 
ods, that it is a question of only a short time until 
mechanical refrigeration will be used by every up-to- 
date retail butcher and ice cream manufacturer. 

The uncertainty of the natural ice crop, which is so 
often of a poor quality, and the inadequate supply of 
artificial ice in many localities, together with the high 
prices which prevail under these conditions, makes, 
to the large consumer of ice, a necessity of what but 
a few years ago was considered a luxury — a sm.all 
mechanical refrigerating plant to replace the use 
of ice. 

Standard Ice Making Units 



Capacity 
Lbs. 


Cans 


Weight 
Lbs, 


Rows 


Outside Dimensions 


ISO 


3 


60 


1 


r 4" X 2' 6" X 4' 1" 


360 


6 


60 


2 


7' 4" X 3' 2" X 4' 1" 


360 


6 


60 


3 


5' 10" X 3' 10" X ^' 1" 


540 


9 


60 


3 


r 4" X 3' 10" X 4' 1" 


720 


12 


60 


3 


8' 10" X 3' 10" X 4' 1" 



Size of cans 5" x 14" x 32" 
Mechanical refrigeration to the market is no 
longer an experiment — it is a necessity, and once a 
plant is installed, the owner will never go back to 
the old, unsatisfactory, vv^asteful and unsanitary 
method. He knows that he has refrigeration when 
he needs it; his stock is in much better condition 
and can be held for a much longer time; choice cuts 
can be aged withotit deterioration; veal and pork 
do not get wet and slimy. 



354 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAI,. 

Temperature Required to Preserve in Cold Storage 
Various Articles of Food. 

The table of approximate temperatures given below 
will give you an idea of the purposes for which ice 
making and refrigerating machinery can be employed 
with profit to its users. 



Dec. 
Articles Fahr. 

Apples 30-36 

Asparagus 33 

JBananas 55 

Beans, fresh 32 

Beans, dried 45 

Beef, fresh, short carry. . . 35 
Beef, fresh, long carry.. 30-32 

Beer, in barrels • 33 

Beer, in bottles 45 

Berries 36 

Butter 14 

Butterine 20 

Cabbage 33 

Cantaloupes, short carry... 40 

Cantaloupes, long carry. ... 33 

Carrots 33 

Cheese 33-38 

Chocolate, dipping room... 65 

Cider 32 

Celery 32 

Cigars 42 

Corn, dried 34 

Cranberries 33 

Cream 33 

Cucumbers 38 

Currants 32 

Dates 55 

Eggs 32 

Figs 55 

Fish, fresh water, frozen. . 18 

Fish, salt water, not frozen 16 

Fish, to freeze 5 

Flowers, cut 36 

Fruits, canned 40 

Fruits, dried 40 

Game, short carry 28 

Game, after frozen 10 

Game to freeze 

Ginger Ale 36 

Grapes 36 

Honey 45 

Hops 32 

Huckleberries, frozen 20 



Dec. 
Articles Faur. 

Ice 28 

Ice Cream, short carry. ... 15 

lycmons, short carry 50 

Lemons, long carry 36 

Lambs .32-40 

Lard 40 

Livers 20 

Maple syrup and sugar.... 45 

Meats, salt, after curing. . . 35 

Mutton 32-40 

Nursery stock 30 

Oleomargarine 40 

Onions 32-35 

Oils, cotton seed 35-40 

Oranges, short carry...... 50 

Oranges, long carry 34 

Oxtails 30 

Oysters, in tubs 25 

Parsnips 32 

Peaches 36 

Pears 33 

Peas, dried 40 

Plums 33 

Pork 30 

Potatoes 34 

Poultry, short carry 28 

Poultry, after frozen 10 

Raisins 55 

Ribs, not brined 20 

Salt meat, curing room.... 32 

Sardines, canned 35 

Sausage casings 20 

Scallops, after frozen 16 

Shoulders, not brined 20 

Sugar 45 

Syrup 45 

Tenderloins 33 

Tomatoes, ripe 42 

Watermelons 32 

Wheat flour 40 

Wines 45 

Woolens 291 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 355 

Cold Storage Boxes and How to Build Them. 

Artificial refrigeration has in the last ten years or 
so, to a great extent, taken the place of cooling with 
ice. It is much cleaner and convenient and also 
cheaper. 

With a machine it is possible to keep the tempera- 
ture at all times to within a few degrees of the tem- 
perature wanted. Nowadays we find in all up-to- 
date butcher and grocery stores, etc., also in hotels, 
big and small and even in modern apartment houses, 
the cooling of boxes done by means of a refrigerating 
machine. These machines are of two kinds, one 
using ammonia, the other carbonic acid gas (called 
C03). 

The best refrigerating rooms and boxes are made 
of pure cork boards. The most approved way of 
building these rooms or boxes is shown in the ac- 
companying plan view of a refrigerating box. The 
walls are always erected of two thicknesses of 2!' 
cork boards with a Yz inch to ^ inch thick Portland 
cement mortar coat between. 

Care should be taken to break joints both hori- 
zontally and vertically. The exposed cork surfaces 
should be covered with expanded metal and receive 
two coats of Portland cement plaster. The first coat 
being a scratch coat, the second a float or smooth 
finishing coat. Ceiling and floor should also have 
four inches of cork insulation. For boxes located in 
a basement, when floor in the box is to be level with 
floor outside of the box, excavate to a depth of ten 
inches below the floor grade and lay a four inches 
thick concrete bed of the same size as the outside di- 
mensions of the box. Then lay two thicknesses of 
two inch thick cork boards with a half inch cement 
coat between,-breaking joints both ways. On top of 
the cork boards lay a 2^ inch thick cement floor, ^ 
inch of this being a finishing coat. 

The floor of the box should be ^ inch to one inch 
higher than the floor of the basement to prevent 
water running in. Cement floor should not be laid 
until the walls are erected. If box is built on a wood 
floor then lay two thicknesses of heavy water proof 
building paper. The first dry, the second in hot 
asphalt cement on the wood floor, then two layers of 



356 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

two inch thick cork boards as described before, or 
they can also be laid in hot asphalt cement. After 
the walls are erected, put in the 2^ inch thick cement 
floor. Ceiling of a box is made as follows: 

After the walls are up to the required height, nail 
a 2" X 6" wall plate to the top of the four cork walls, 
then place 2" x 8" joists on 18" centers. To the lower 
edge of the joists nail a 7/s" thick D. & M. flooring. 
Apply either hot asphalt cement or Portland cement 
mortar to the cork boards and nail them securely to 
the flooring. The second layer of cork boards should 
also be set in either hot asphalt cement or Portland 
cement mortar and also be nailed to tJtie first layer of 
cork boards, as the nailing will hold the boards in 
place until the cement is set. Ceiling should also 
have a two coat cement plastering. 

A very convenient way to apply the Portland ce- 
ment plaster to the cork boards is to build a wood 
frame 18" x 36" inside dimension and 2^" high 
(the size of standard cork boards), hinged together 
at one corner. Lay the frame on a table and insert 
the cork board, then fill in to the edge of the frame 
with the Portland cement mortar and scrape ofif. 
Open the frame, remove the board and place it on the 
walls or ceiling, as may be the case. When applying 
the boards to the walls or ceiling, rub them slightly 
back and forth and up and down, as they then will 
adhere better to the wall. It is well to use a straight 
edge to see that there are no low or high places. 
Should there be a high corner or side, it can easily 
be forced in with a hammer or mallet. 

Cement mortar should be of the following propor- 
tions: One part of Portland cement to two parts 
of sharp clean sand. Doors and windows should be 
of what is called the "cold storage" kind and should 
never be of the home-made variety, as it is very im.- 
portant that they are air proof. 

Doors are from 5" to 6" thick cork lined. Win- 
dows have triple glass, forming two air spaces. 
There are many manufacturers of this kind of doors 
and windows. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 






' ^ki^:tCr\^:i 



m^mss^ss^^m^m^m^^^m^^m\ 




358 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Insulation for Cold Storage 

Several materials are manufactured for use as in- 
sulating materials for cold storage rooms, buildings, 
tanks, etc., where temperatures lower than the out- 
side temperatures are to be carried. Previously to 
the time these materials were manufactured for this 
purpose, it was the practice to insulate these sur- 
faces with an air space construction made by erect- 
ing alternate layers of sheathing, building paper, 
furring strips, etc., forming one or more air spaces, - 
given the so-called name of "dead air-spaces." An- 
other type of construction was the erection of suit- 
able studding with one or more layers of sheathing 
and building paper nailed to each side and the space 
between the studding filled with mineral wool, saw- 
dust or mill shavings. These constructions had the 
serious defect that moisture was condensed either 
in the air spaces or in the filling material, causing 
rapid deterioration of the insulation or building con- 
struction, and due to the accumulation of moisture, 
a great loss of insulating efficiency after same was in 
use one or more seasons. It was with the idea of 
overcoming the deposit of moisture in the material 
and with the idea of manufacturing an insulating ma- 
terial suitable for use in the modern type of masonry 
constructed building that the manufactured type was 
designed, 

- There are at the present time three types of manu- 
factured material: the pure cork sheet, consisting of 
100 per cent pure cork, the granules composing this 
sheet cemented together with natural cork gum; im- 
pregnated cork board made from granulated cork 
and a pitch binder; and a mineral wool type of sheet, 
having more or less variation from a composition 
consisting of mineral wool and peat, to mineral wool, 
peat and flax fibre. 

For severe cold storage service, practice has shown 
that either the pure cork sheets or the impregnated 
cork boards are better adapted to. the service and 
both are able to resist the absorption of moisture, 
thereby maintaining their insulating efficiency in- 
definitely, and also protecting the building structure 
from deterioration due to absorption of moisture. 
Of the two cork boards, the pure cork sheet is more 
efficient and better suited to general insulating con- 
ditions. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 359 

Where insulating sheets are to be erected against 
wooden surfaces one or more layers of insulating 
paper should first be erected, and a course of the 
cork sheets well nailed to the surface. If two (bourses 
are desired, it is recommended that the second course 
be erected agaiifst the first in a Portland cement bed^ 
the same as tile or other similar material is erected, 
after which the surface can be given a surface coat 
of Portland cement approximately Yt." thick. If the 
surface against which the insulation is to be erected 
is of masonry construction, either brick, concrete, 
tile or stone, the first course can be erected in a bed 
of Portland cement the same as described above, the 
second course erected in a similar manner and fin- 
ished with Portland cement. The sheets may also 
be erected in a bed of hot asphalt, but this type of 
construction is not recommended generally, except 
for floors, for the reason that the average asphalt on 
the open market is liable to deterioration in time, 
due to evaporation of volatile oils, and also for the 
reason that the bond between the cork sheets and 
the asphalt is not as strong as between the cork 
sheets and Port^land cement. In laying insulation 
on floors asphalt may be used to good advantage and 
is therefore recommended. 

Any kind of a working floor suitable to the indus- 
try may be laid directly on top of the cork board. A 
concrete floor consisting of 2" of stone or cinder con- 
crete and a 1" Portland cement top is most generally 
used. For work in breweries or other industries 
where considerabi^e water inexperienced, an inch and 
- a half asphalt mastic floor is often used. Where a 
wooden floor is desired, suitable nailing strips may 
be let in the top course, to which any thickness of 
wooden floor desired may be nailed. If a sheathed 
surface is desired against the wall or ceiling insula- 
tion instead of Portland cement as described above, 
such a surface may be had by letting in the top 
course of cork sheets suitable nailing. strips, to which 
the sheathing may be erected. It is to be noted, 
however, that this type of finish is now almost abso- 
lutely discarded in favor of the Portland cement, 
•since it is likely to deteriorate under cold storage 
conditions, due to the moisture usually met with in 
this service. 



360 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Where the building is so designed that air-spaces 
will be formed, it is recommended that these spaces 
be filled with granulated cork so as to prevent the 
absorption of moisture, same as described above for 
dead-air space construction, which v/as formerly 
used. 

For the insulation of brine and ice making tanks 
the floor on the tanks can be insulated with one or 
more courses of cork sheets, each course laid in hot~ 
asphalt and the top heavily coated with hot asphalt, 
after which the tank may be placed directly on top 
of the insulation. For insulating around the sides 
of these tanks two methods are suggested. One — 
the building of a suitable retaining wall either of 
brick or wooden sheathing, located the proper dis- 
tance from the tank and the space between the re- 
taining wall and the tank filled solidly with granu- 
lated cork. The other construction is the erection 
of suitable studding directly against the tank sides 
and nailing of sheet cork to the outer edge, and fill- 
ing betvv^een the studding solidly with granulated 
cork and finishing the exposed cork sheets with Port- 
land cement same as described above for cold stor- 
age rooms. / 

Experience has shown that the following thick- 
nesses of sheet insulation are good practice: 
For temperatures from 50 degrees upwards 2" 
For temperatures from 32 to 50 degrees... 3" 
For temperatures from 20 to 35 degrees... 4" 
For temperatures from 10 to 25 degrees... 5" 
For temperatures from to 15 degrees... 6" 
For temperatures from and below 6" to 8" 

The above thicknesses are good for rooms to 
which maximum refri'geration is applied 24 hours per 
day. If it is desired to maintain practically con- 
stant temperatures with the machine shut down, say 
12 hours per day, one to two more inches of insula- 
tion should be erected than above given. 

The care with which insulation is erected has a 
great bearing on the length of life and its value to 
the owner. Insulation erected by those not thor- 
-^oughly experienced is liable to fall, is liable to col- 
lect moisture and be unsatisfactory regarding effi- 
ciency, appearance and length of life. All joints 
should be butted tight and properly broken so as to 
prevent passage of moisture or air through the in- 
sulation and all the work erected solidly and with 
the proper care. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 361 

The Raw Water System of Ice Making. 

During the past very few years, the system of 
manufacturing ice direct from rav/ water, i. e., un- 
distilled water, has come into extraordinary favor, 
so much so that by far the greatest amount of in- 
stallations in tonnage in new ice making plants has 
been (particularly in large centers) raw water and 
not distilled water plants. The reason for this is 
quite obvious, as, in the first place, raw water ice 
is — in many respects — superior to distilled v/ater ice 
on account of its freedom from lubricating oils, 
boiler compounds and the consequent undesirable 
odors; secondly, because in ice made from raw water, 
all essential salts and beneficial chemicals are re- 
tained and not boiled off, as in the case in making 




distilled water ice. Thus, raw water ice results in 
fi more palatable product by far — the difference in 
taste being detectable at once. 

Electrically driven raw water ice plants are of 
extraordinary simple construction and possess these 
advantages: the up-keep and cost of repairs and 
supplies are nominal as compared with other types, 
the depreciation is less than half that of distilled 
water plants. The labor for operating a raw water 
plant is not required to possess any particular skill 
or knowledge and on account of the absence of the 
steam boiler, the fireman is eliminated. No coal or 
ashes need be bothered with and this also results in 
a greater degree of cleanliness and sanitation about 
the ice plant. Further, an electrically driven raw 
water plant can be located anywhere desired and not 



362 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 

necessarily adjoining a railroad, unless, of course, 
the bulk of the ice is shipped; otherwise, particu- 
larly in large cities, such plants — to avoid long 
hauls in delivering — can be located directly within a 
residence district, as there is no nuisance, such as 
smoke or noise, connected with them. 

Electric power companies have recently become 
enthusiastic over the possibilities presented by raw 
water ice plants as power users — because of the 
fact that such plants have a maximum demand for 
power when other demands, such as for light and 
street railway service, are at their lightest and vice 
versa. As a result electric power companies are 
encouraging the building of such plants, as they tend 
to balance up the electric power plant load and, in 
consequence, more attractive rates for electric cur- 
rent are quoted ice making plants than most any 
other industry. 

The elevation and ground plan on preceding page 
of a 60 ton electrically driven raw water plant gives 
an idea of the neatness and compactness to which 
such an installation can be brought. It will be noted 
that the ice machine consists of two units, this being 
done to make the plant more flexible; that is to say, 
when operating the year round one of the com- 
pressors can be unhooked and remain idle during 
the late fall, winter and early spring, when ice con- 
sumption is at its low point, thereby cutting down 
the power bill during this period. In addition to 
the compressors, air blowers are supplied for agitat- 
ing the water within the cans, also a core pump for. 
removing the core water, v/hich contains what minor, 
impurities — not extracted by the filters — might re-' 
main in the water with which the cans are filled, 
these minor impurities having been cast off during 
the process of freezing into the unfrozen core, which 
is extracted through a special sucker tube connected 
by hose with the core pump. The core pockets are 
next filled with filtered water, so that each cake is 
frozen solid throughout and becomes exceptionally 
clear and crystal-like when finished. The usual pro- 
peller is found as in other plants for agitating ^the 
brine in the freezing tank. In the plant shown in 
the diagram a special type of electric crane is used, 
which has a capacity of lifting three 400 pound cakes 
at once, transporting them to the dip and dumping 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 363 

table on harvesting. The plant shown has — in addi- 
tion — an electrically driven centrifugal water pump 
which pumps the water used on the condenser back 
over the cooling tower, the purpose of this being to 
economize on condenser water, which is used over 
and over again. 

As water is supplied from city mains, which is 
charged for at meter rates, by means of the cooling 
tower, the consumption of water is limited to that 
which is actually converted into ice in the freezing 
process and the small amount required to replace 
that carried off by evaporation at condenser and 
cooling tower. 

With a well-balanced plant — such as the one 
shown — the electric power consumed is very low 
compared with the ice output, a matter of from 35 
to 45 K. W. hours per ton of ice produced. A very 
great advantage in electrically driven plants — which , 
is also the case with any other type of refrigerating 
or ice making plant — is to provide abundant am- 
monia condensers for the purpose of keeping the 
high pressure down as low as possible and a very 
large can surface to permit of higher brine tempera- 
tures which — resulting in a slower freezing proc- 
ess — produces a better cake of ice and one not liable 
to crack in harvesting, and, what is of greatest im- 
portance, the bringing nearer together of the high 
and low ammonia pressures, results in a much lower 
power consumption per ton on account of the greater 
volume of ammonia gas being pumped while these 
pressures do not range so far apart. 

The ice machines used in this installation are of 
an extraordinary type known as the SAFETY am- 
monia compressor, which has been patented and is 
manufactured by a number of reliable concerns through- 
out the country. A feature of the SAFETY com- 
pressor is the peculiar location of the suction and 
discharge valves, as will be noted on the skeleton 
drawing shown. The possibility of wreck and conse- 
quent loss or damage resulting from breakage of 
valve or the dropping of valve part into cylinder and 
also from liquid shock is by this construction entirely 
eliminated. 



364 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Electrical Units. 

The electric units are as follows: 

Volt — The unit of electrical motive force. 

Force required to send one ampere of current through 
one ohm of resistance. 

Ohm — Unit of resistance. The resistance offered to 
the passage of one ampere, when impelled by one volt. 

Ampere — Unit of current. The current which one 
volt can send through a resistance of one ohm. 

Coulomb — Unit of quantity. Quantity of current 
which, impelled by one volt, would pass through one 
ohm in one second. 

Farad — Unit of capacity. A conductor or condenser 
which will hold one coulomb under the pressure of one 
volt. 

Joule — Unit of work. The work done by one watt 
in one second. 

Watt — The unit of electrical energy, and is the prod- 
uct of the ampere and volt. That is, one ampere of 
current flowing under a pressure of one volt gives one 
watt of energy. 

One electrical horse-power is equal to 746 watts. 

One kilowatt is equal to 1,000 watts. 

To find the watts consumed in a given electrical 
circuit, such as a lamp, multiply the volts by the 
amperes. 

To find the volts, divide the watts by the amperes. 

To find the amperes, divide the watts by the volts. 

To find the electrical horse-power required hy a lamp, 
divide the watts of the lamp by 746. 

To find the number of lamps that can be supplied by 
one electrical horse-power of energy, divide 746 by the 
watts of the lamp. 

To find the electrical horse-power necessary, multiply 
the watts per lamp by the number of lamps and divide 
.by 746, _ _ 

To find the mechanical horse-power necessary to 
generate the required electrical horse-power, divide the 
latter by the efficiency of the generator. 

To find the amperes. of a given circuit, of which the 
volts and ohms resistaiice are known, divide the volts 
by the ohms. - 

To find the volts when the amperes and watts are 
known, multiply the amperes by the ohms. 

To find the resistance in ohms, when the volts and 
amperes are known, divide the volts by the- amperes. 




FLOOR PLAN 



JOHNSONS HANDY MANUAL 





VIEWS OF A 60 TON RAW WATER ICE PLANT DK^^ 
SCRIBED ON PAGES 360-362 



4 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




i^ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



A Modern Ice Making Plant 

Illustration A shows an elevation of a modern 10- 
ton ice making plant of brick construction. Reader 
will observe that the building to the left is an engine 
room — portion of the plant — same being two floors 
in height. The Triumph Ammonia Compressor has 
a 9" X 18" double acting cylinder and is driven by a 
slide valve engine, although in many instances a Cor- 
liss engine is used in a plant of this capacity, and a 
Corliss engine will be somewhat more economical 
in the use of steam. On the second floor of the en- 
gine room is located the ammonia condenser. On 
the roof is that portion of the distilling system aside 
of the exhaust steam separator, steam condenser and 
reboiler. To the right on the same floor with the 
engine and compressor, but in the adjoining room, 
is located a 50-horse power boiler which supplies 
steam to the plant. To the right of the illustration 
will be seen the ice making room, in which is located 
a VaJ' .steel ice making tank containing one hundred 
and sixty 300-pound ice cans. These cans are lifted 
from the bath or brine by means of the traveling 
crane. The ice is thawed from the can by being im- 
mersed in the dip tank shown at the end of ice mak- 
ing tank in illustration B. After the ice is thawed 
from the can it is hoisted and delivered from the can 
b}'- means of the ice dump placed adjacent to the dip 
tank. From the plan view in illustration B will be 
seen the Ice storage room which is cooled by means 
of brine piping. A small duplex pump takes a small 
portion of the brine from the tank and circulates 
through the brine piping, which in turn enters the 
ice storage room at a temperature below freezing 
point. . The cycle of operation is as follows: The 
ammonia in a gaseous form is pumped by means of 
the compressor in through an oil intercepter or oil 
trap, which is located near the ammonia condenser. 
This robs the gaseous ammonia of the oil used for 
lubricating the valves of the compressor. The am- 
monia is then delivered into the ammonia condenser, 
which condenses it into a liquid. The pressures 
from the discharge side of the compressor through 
the oil trap and ammonia condenser is from 150 to 
200 pounds pressure, depending on the temperature 
of the w^ater that flows over the ammonia condenser. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 369 

The liquor that has been ^oiifensed Is deposited in 
a liquid receiver, which is shown in an upright posi- 
tion directly in front of the compressor and engine. 
From this receiver the liquid is conducted to the 
ice making tank coils, which coils are located be- 
tween the various rows of ice cans. The ammonia 
is liberated from its high pressure, allowed to expand 
to a low pressure of about 15 pounds, and in so doing 
boils at a temperature of about zero Fahrenheit. 
This low temperature of the ammonia gas causes the 
brine to be reduced to a temperature of about 10 or 
12 degrees above zero, and this low temperature 
likewise freezes the water in the can, requiring about 
48 to 54 hours to freeze up a 300-pound block of ice. 

The distilling system handles the exhaust steam 
after leaving the engine. This exhaust steam passes 
through a feed water heater shown at the left hand 
side of the engine room, thereby heating the incom- 
ing water that goes into the boiler. From the heater 
the exhaust steam at a pressure of 2 or 3 pounds 
passes up through an oil separator where the oil is 
extracted that has previously been used in lubri- 
cating the valves of the steam engine, thence to the 
'steam condenser in which the steam is condensed to 
a liquid, the hot water then being conveyed through 
a 1" galvanized pipe into the reboiler; A small live 
steam coil, located in this reboiler, causes the hot 
water to reboil. This process causes any oil left in 
the water to rise to the surface where a drain is pro- 
vided for its removal. This hot water is then taken 
out of the bottom of the reboiler through a float 
tank, which keeps the water at a proper level in the 
reboiler and into the flat cooler. This flat cooler is 
composed of two- sections oi lj4^' and 2" galvanized 
pipes, the distilled water passing through the an- 
nular spaces between the pipes and the cold water 
passing through the 1%" pipe. The distilled water 
is then passed through a charcoal filter where any 
impurities or obnoxious odors are trapped. The 
water then passes through the storage tank where 
the water is cooled prior to entering the cans, by 
means of the return gas from the expanded coils 
going through a coil of pipe located in this cooler 
on its way back to the compressor. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 373 . 

The past few years have shown a wonderful awak- 
ening of interest in the subject of artificially cooling 
Dairy and Creamery Products on account of the 
many disadvantages possessed by the old manner of 
cooling by natural ice. . 

The progressive creamery and dairyman has not 
been slow to realize the A^ast superiority of the mod- 
ern method of cooling because of the many sanitary 
features, simplicity, cleanliness and efficiency, — the 
artificial cooling doing away with the contaminating 
influences of natural ice which often being cut from 
filthy ponds, rivers and lakes, is a ready vehicle of 
disease from the time it leaves its place in the ice 
house until it is eventually dragged into the refrig- 
erator, leaving behind it a long train of dirt and 
moisture. The only barrier that formerly stood in 
the way of cooling bj^ m^achinery was the price, or 
initial cost, which, owing to the crude method of 
manufacture was rather high; it has, however, by 
the use of modern ma^chinery and tools been reduced 
to a very reasonable basis, and the expense of main- 
tenance and cost of operation has also been brought 
down to where this item becomes quite a saving in 
the cooling bill, when once the machinery is installed. 

The Vilter Mfg. Co., v/ho were among the pioneers 
in the Ice-making and Refrigerating industry and 
who have been responsible for many of the improve- 
ments that have taken place in that line of manu- 
facture, have this class of machinery in operation 
with every line of trade where artificial refrigera- 
tion is required, such as with cold storage houses, 
hotels, restaurants, dairies, creameries and even private 
houses, etc. 

There is a constantly growing demand for small 
ice-making and refrigerating machines all over the 
world, and particularly so in the creameries and 
dairies. That this demand must necessarily result 
in a very large volume of business and in the special- 
ization of this branch of the industry by the estab- 
lished manufacturers of ice-making and refrigerating 
machines is a foregone conclusion. 

We designed a perfect small and closed type Verti- 
cal Single Acting Ammonia Compressor and after 
making the requisite test have perfected such. This 
machine has received very favorable consideration 



374 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

by the prospective users of refrigeration in a small 
way, or for the production of a small quantity of ice 
daily. This machine has been placed on the market 
and a large number of them are now in daily opera- 
tion in all parts of the United States and other coun- 
tries. 

The machine, as may be seen from the illustration, 
is designed for operation from any source of power, 
the fly-wheel being faced for belt transmission from 
electric motor, gas or gasoline engines, separate 
steam engine or steam engine on the same bed plate, 
or from a line shaft or such power that is most eco- 
nomically available where the machine is installed. 

In designing this machine the company worked 
from the point of view of the ultimate purchaser and 
user, realizing that the average buyer would require, 
first, a machine of reasonable first cost; second, a 
machine of few parts and utmost simplicity; third, 
a machine that should be nearly;^ automatic and prac- 
tically entirely trouble-proof; and four, a machine of 
steady and durable construction, the last, of course, 
meaning the best of materials, skilled workmanship 
and a sufficient weight and strength to withstand the 
working strain at all speeds. 

To improve upon the existing type of machinery 
and to reduce manufacturing costs at the same time- 
could only be accomplished through skilled design 
permitting simplification and through large produc- 
tion, and it is entirely due to the recognition of these 
facts that this' new and better small machine is now 
being produced and marketed in large numbers. 

The process of simplification consisted in the elim- 
ination of every unnecessary extra part or joint re- 
quiring useless machine work for fittings and studs, 
nuts, bolts or cap screws for joining. The modern' 
idea of newly construction has been employed just 
as far as it could be made applicable to this class of' 
machinery, and in every instance of such application 
has added strength to the machine, giving it a better 
appearance and reduced the labor cost of construc- 
tion. 

To illustrate this: The complete base, two large 
crank-shaft bearings, the crank case and compressor 
supporting riser are cast in one integral casting,' 
avoiding the several operations of machine facing 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 375 

and bolting these parts together. The compressor, 
compressor water jacket, flange inlet and outlet con- 
nection members form another single unit and save 
all work which would be necessary to fit the parts 
together, were they separately cast. The bolting 
together of the two mentioned units, and the placing 
of the crank case cover and cylinder head completes 
the non-moving structure of the entire machine 
proper. The crank-shaft bearings are so liberally 
proportioned that a straight, round steel crank shaft 
with single arm ctank" is used, instead of a double 
throw crank shaft with a troublesome bearing in the 
crank case cover, — another illustration of how sim- 
plicity has effected improvements without increasing 
cost. Pressed steel construction has been adopted 
for the compressor discharge valves, permitting a 
valve of larger area to be of light weight and elim- 
inating all the complications of the valve stem and its 
driving mechanism. The piston has been simplified 
and is made gas-tight with simple snap-rings. The 
suction valve forms part of the piston and is not 
in the least complicated. In fact, the design of the en- 
tire machine is based upon the fundamental principle 
that simplicity is the main feature which proves the 
final worth of mechanical devices. 




TOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 

ir/l"lllillllilt+tiii iW'Lu i 




378 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



a 

< o • 
« a a M'*^ 4; 5 2 

S> rS^ia^l'S^si 

2 mtJHC/iUOUKJOOHC/iKfciUfeUfeCJtiHffiH 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAI,. - 379 

GENERAL AND USEFUL INFORMATION. 

Ammonia. 

Ammonia is composed of one part nitrogen and three 
parts hydrogen. 

Pure ammonia liquid is colorless, having a peculiar 
alkaline odor and caustic taste. It turns red litmus 
paper blue or white litmus paper red. 

The boiling point of ammonia depends on its purity, 
and is about 28j^° below zero at atmospheric pressure. 
The purer the liquid the lower its boiling point. 

One pound of liquid ammonia at 32° F. will occupy 
21.017 cubic feet of space when evaporated at at- 
mospheric pressure. 

The specific heat of ammonia gas as determined by 
Regnault is 0.50836. 

Heat. 

One British Thermal Unit (B. T. U.) is the quantity 
of heat required to raise one pound of water at 32° F. 
to 33° F., or the amount of heat that must be extracted 
from one pound of water at 33° F. to reduce it to 
82° F. 

The latent heat of ice Is 142 B. T. U. That is to say, 
one pound of ice at 32° F. will require 142 B. T. U, to 
melt it into water at 32° F., or 142 B. T. U. must be ex- 
tracted from water at 32° F. to freeze it into ice at 
32° F. 

One ton of refrigeration Is the amount of heat ab- 
sorbed by the melting of 2,000 pounds of ice at 32° F. 
into 2,000 pounds of water at 32° F., or the amount of 
heat that must be extracted from 2,000 pounds of water 
at 32° F. to reduce it to 2,000 pounds of ice at 32° F., 
or 2,000 X 142 = 284,000 B. T. U. 



380 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Dimensions of Vertical Compressors 





-d 




T) 


-d 






* 




Power 


^ 


§ 


■^5 


2- 
11 






ii 


1^ 


i| 


Required 


•Is 


^• 


OD ti 


6^ 


Ep 


doa 


;^6 


^S 


"Pco 


Sh4§ 


^5 


S 


Ow 


3^ 


3 X 3K 


16 X 3^ 


1 


10 


3 


134 


23x16x35 


540 


2 


3 


1/^ 


4 X 5H 


24x5 


1 


i2y. 


3yR 


144 


32x24x65 


1100 


3 


5 


S 


4x5 


24 X 5 


1 


i2y4 


4y7, 


2y. 


43x24x57 


17(K) 


5 


7 


5 


43/<x 7 


30 X 6^ 


1M 


v% 


4% 


3 


52x30x66 


2800 


10 


15 


7 


5/8X 8 


36 X sy2 


1^4 


173/r 


415,^6 


3y^ 


52x36x70 


3700 


15 


20 


10 


6J^xlO 


48 xlO^ 


1'/?, 


247/« 


5H 


3H 


61x48x90 


4300 


20 


25 


15 18 xl2 


72 xl4 


2 


27% 


V 


4i%e 


84x72x74 


5900 


30 


35 



Direct Expansion Piping. 

The evaporation or expansion of the Carbonic 
Anhydride takes place in coils of extra heavy 
wrought-iron pipe. For brine tanks, water coolers, 
small refrigerators and rooms the. pipes are welded 
into coils of continuous lengths and in large rooms 
the pipes are connected by flange unions. 



Daily Capacity 


Dimensions 
A B 


5 tons 


30 feet 


56 feet 




10 " 


35 •' 


73 •' 




15 " 


37 " 


78 " 




20 " 


40 " 


85 '• 




25 " 


42 " 


95 " 




30 " 


42 " 


107 " 




35 " 


42 " 


117 " 




40 " 


49 " 


120 •' 




50 " 


49 •' 


135 '• 




60 " 


54 *• 


150 " 




80 " 


59 " 


154 •' 




100 " 


73 " 


160 •' 





JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 3S 

TIME REQUIRED FOR WATER TO FREEZE 
IN ICE CANS 



Size of Cans, 


Weight of Cake. 


Time to Freeze, 


Inches 


Pounds 


Hours 


6 X 12 X 24 


50 


20 


8 X 18 X 32 


100 


36 


8 X 16 X 40 


150 


36 


11 X 22 X 32 


200 


55 


11 X 22 X 44 


300 


60 


. 11 X 22 X 57 


400 


60 



NOTE— Temperature of bath 14^ to IS^ F. As a rule the higher 
the bath temperature, the slower the process of freezing, but the finer 
and clearer the ice. 



Table Giving Number of Cubic Feet of Gas that must be Pumped 
per Minute at Different Condenser and Suction Pressures, to 
Produce One Ton of Refrigeration in Twenty=four Hours. 



Temperature of the Gas in Degrees F. 

65° 70° 75° 80° 85° 90° 95° 100° 105o 



Corresponding Condenser Pressure (gauge), 
pounds per square inch. 

103 115 127 139 153 168 184 200 218 



7.88 
6.43 
5.83 
5.08 
4.44 
3.91 
3.49 
3.12 
2.82 
2.51 
2.24 
2.01 
1.85 



^n^' 


- 








c 3- 


3 H 


-SS^ 




03 c a 


^o 


U3H-I 








G.Pres. 


-27° 


1 


-2(P 


4 


- l.S" 


6 


-l()o 


9 


- 5° 


13 


(P 


16 


5" 


20 


10° 


24 


1.50 


28 . 


200 


33 


'ZS" 


39 


:^y" 


45 


350 


51 



7'.22 


7 3- 


7.37 


7.46 


7.54 


7.62 


7.70 


7.79 


5 84 


5 9 


.5-.% 


6 03 


6.09 


6 16 


6.23 


6.30 


5.:i5 


5.4 


5.46 


5.52 


5.58 


5.64 


5.70 


5.77 


4.66 


4.73 


4.76 


4.81 


4.86 


4.91 


4.97 


5.05 


4.09 


4.12 


4.17 


4.21 


4.Z5 


4.. 30 


4.35 


4.40 


3.59 
3.20 


3.63 

3 24 


3.66 
3.27 


3.70 


3.V4 


3.78 
3, 38 


3.83 
3.41 


3.87 


3-30 


3.34 


3.45 


2.87 


2.9 


2.93 


2.96 


2.99 


3.02 


3.06 


3 09 


259 


2.61 


2 6.5 


2,68 


2.71 


2.73 


2.76 


2.80 


2.31 


2.34 


2 36 


2. 38 


2.41 


2.44 


2.46 


2.49 


2 06 


:^,os 


2.10 


?. 1? 


2 15 


2 17 


2.20 


2.22 


1.K5 


1 87 


1.89 


1.91 


1 .93 ' 


1.95 


1.97 


2.00 


1.70 


1.72 


1.74 


1.76 


1.77 


1.79 


1.81 


1.83 



882 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

STRENGTH OF AMMONIA LIQUORS 



Percentage of 
Ammonia 
by. Weight 


Specific Gravity 


Degrees Beaume, 
Water 10 


Degrees Beaume 
Water 





1.000 


10.0 


0.0 


1 


0.993 


11.0 


1.0 


2 


0.986 


12.0 


„ .2J^^ 


4 


0.979 


13.0 


jnn 


6 


0.972 


14.0 


^m 


8 


0.966 


15.0 


s.dMH 


10 


0.960 


16.0 


6.0 


12 


0.953 


17.1 


7.0 


14 


0.945 


18.3 


«.2 


16 


0.938 


19.5 


9.2 


18 


0.931 


20.7 


10.3 


20 


0.925 


21.7 


11.2 


22 


0.919 


22.8 


12.3 


24 


0.913^ 


23.9 


13.2 „H 


26 


0.907 


24.8 


14.3 f. 


28 


0.902 


25.7 


15.2 '1 


30 


0.897 


26.6 


16.2 ■ 


32 


0.892 


27.5 


17.3 ^ 


34 


0.888 


28.4 


18.2 


36 


0.884 


29.3 


19.1 


38 


0.880 


30.2 


20.0 



TABLE OF BRINE SOLUTION 

(Chloride of Sodium — Common Salt) 




- — 








1 






1 




ox: 


Grt'^' 


,?f^' 






Vf-I 


■*-, 


Ml O 


•« 


v« o 












o c 


o c c 


o o 










t« S ^ 








CO C O 


en'" ° 


•«fe 


to crt. 


«-(3h 


C-t^ 0) 


9 >• 






CO 


•so 


lis 






OCT. 3 


111 


it! 

^ Q 








1. 


1. 


8.35 


0. 


8..S5 


62.4 


0. 


62.4 


32. 


1 


4 


l.(H)V 


0.992 


8.4 


0.084 


8.316 


62.8 


0,628 


62.172 


31.8 


■5 


20 


1 .o,-;7 


0.% 


8.6b 


0.4.S2 


8.218 


64.7 


3.2.37 


61.465 


25.4 


10 


40 


1.073 


0.892 


8.9b 


0.895 


8.0.55 


66.95 


6.695 


60.253 


18.6 


15 


60 


l.ll.S 


0.855 


9.3 


1.395 


7.905 


69.57 


10.435 


59.134 


12.2 


20 


80 


\A^) 


0.829 


9.6 


1.92 


7 68 


71.76 


14,3.52 


57.408 


6.86 


25 


100 


1.191 


0.783 


9.94 


2.485 


7.455 


74.26 


18.565 


55.695 


1.00 



I 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



;^;^ :5t:>^';^ ^ ::::::: : :5t:^;^ ist:^ 
^iS$:;^i:;^22S ::::::: :ggS^?3?3^ 



•OOOOO^O^C^a^OOOOO;^,^;^,T-^ 



Mcgc^icgc^cs 



• CMcgc^?j?g?a<N 



i 03 0^0^0^ OnOOO 



O tH -^ T^ T-H Cvl CM 

CNJ CM CM eg CM CM CN 



SSiJSSaSR 






.■:?t:^:?s ^:^;;^i 



t^-r^ CO OO CO CO 0^0^ 



i-H Ti OJ CM O-J CM CM CM 



CVICMCMCMCS 



r~~c030oocooscTNaN 



OCCOODCOCTvCTNtT^crNOOOO-'-i-rtT-iT^CMCMCMCMrOrOC^:) 
-r-l-r-nr-irti-(T-l^,-<(MCMCMCMCgCMCM<MCMCMCMCMCM(MCM 



9ranB9g 

S99JS9Q 



C00000C0C^0^0^a^OOOa■^-r-l■.^-■l--tCMCMSJCM^<:)^0?0 
^„-rHir-Ci-lT-iT-i-r-iCMCSlCMfMCMCMCMCMCMCM<MCMC<lCMCM 



JOPINSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



CgC^CMCMCMCvJCM 



•rMCMc4cvJCM<MCMCMfslCvlCM. 



::i^:^^ '^::^^ ^::^^ 



CM C^) <M CM CM CM Oa 



C^lCMCMCMCMCMCSSCMCMCMCM 



CM CM CvJCOCOCOCCl 
CM CM CM CM CM CM CM 



•evaCMCMCMCMCMCMCMcJCMCM 






w^w\r^ w\M\(y^ 



I SS&^SS^^S^KJKS^KJ^^^S 



•rMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCM 



?5?^5Q^^S^ 



• ^ tn ^ in uN v£) Co Co Cc t^ r 









:^i^;;^ ^i^;;^ ^st:^;^ 



c^ Ti- Tf 'tt ^ u^ u^ lo in s£) \r; Cr; Co r^ r^ t^ r^ 00 

Cv)CMCMCMCMC^c4CMCMCMCMCMCslCv)C^CMCMf^4 



9uinE9a ^ ^:>^^N^ N^^^iit :5t^>5t ^:s>5^ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



TABLE OF CHLORIDE OF CALCIUM SOLUTION 









i 




Ammonia 
GauK^e Pres- 
sure Pounds 
per Square 
Inch. 


1.007 - 


1 


-^ 4 - - 


0.94a 




h31.20 


46 


1.014 


2 


8 


1.886 


- 


-30.40 


45 


1.021 


3 


12 


2.829 


- 


-29.60 


44 


1.028 


4 


16" 


3.772 


- 


r28.80 


43 


1.035 


5 


20 


4.715 


- 


-28.00 


42 


1.043 


6 


24 


5.658 


- 


-26.89 


41 


1.050 


- - . 7 


2.S. 


6.601 


- 


-25.78 


40 


1.058 


8 


32 


7.544 


- 


-24.67 


38 


1.065 


9 


36 


8.487 


- 


-23.56 


37 


1.073 


10 


40 


9.430 


- 


-22.09 


35.5 


1.081 


11 


44 


10.373 


- 


-20.62 


34 


1.089 


12 


48 


11.316 


- 


-19.14 


32.5 


1.097 


13 


52 


12.259 


- 


-17.67 


30.5 :. 


1.105 


14 


56 


13.202 


- -1 


-15.75 


29 


1.114 


15 


60 


14.145 


J 


-13.82 


27 


1.112 


16 


' 64 


15.088 


J 


-11.89 


25 


1.131 


17 


68 


16.031 


- 


-9.96 


23.5 


1.140 


18 


72 


16.974 


- 


- 7.68 


21.5 


1.149 


19 


76 


17.917 


J 


- 5.40 


20 


1.158 


20 


80 


18.860 


- 


-3.12 


18 


1.167 


21 


84 


19.803 


-0.84 


15 


1.176 


22 


88 


20.746 


— 4.44 


12.5 


1.186 


23 


92 


21.689 


- 8.03 


10.5 


1.196 


24 


% 


22.632 


-11.63 


8 


1.205 


25 


100 


23.575 


-15.23 


6 


-1.215 


26 - 


104 


24.518 


-19.56 


4 


1.225 


27 


108 


25.461 


-24.43 


1.5 


1.236 


28 


112 


26.404 


-29.29 


1 in. vacuum 


1.246 


29 


116 


27.347- 


-35.30 


5 " vacuum 


1.257 


30 


120 


28.290 


- 41 .32 


8.5 " vacuum 


1.268 


31 




29.233 


-47.66 


12 '[ vacuum 


1.279 


32 




30.176 
31.119 


-54.00 
-44.32 


15 " vacuum 


1.290 


33 




10 " vacuum 


1.302 


34 




32.062 


-34.66 


4 " vacuum 


1.313 


35 




33. 


-25.00 


1.5 pounds 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



b 




o 




h 




O 




O 




b< 




H 








CQ 




D 




O 




u 




z 


4> 


Old 


'i 


^9 


a 


IdZ 


Fl 


£s 


e2 


i,^ 


g 


Ucu 


£ 


o< 


i 


H = 




z 




GO 


u 


H^ 






i 
1 


q 







(d 




(^ 




tA 




U 




^ 




O 




04 




td 




CO 




QC 




O 




X 





i-i vX) th to ON f<3 O Q CTN rO ^C ""S- 
v^ ijs Cr ^ Q t^ CNi vS r> op 'O CM 

(NjOslcv]mrOrOCOc<)rotr>-!rTj- 



'<*• ON CM CM 1-H crs ctn ---i -i-H ■«*■ lo c 
i?3r^-^QiooN(MiriiocoaNr< 
li-Sv^Jooo-r-^CM-^iONDt^r^o 
CMC^iCMrocorococooOcoroc 



00 ro CM ON -* in ON CM CO in ■* *^ 
^ND-rHirjONCNirn^CMooc^co 
-^inr-~o!50N-^(Njm'!j-Ti-min 
cMCMCMCMCMcncomcncocccn 



(Njt^mNONOCMoofninvorOTH 
-^--g-ooTHCoin-a-moNCMin:^ 
co-*int^a5oNO-.-<-.-icNicMCM 

CNj(MCMC^CMCNlCOCOrOC<2COCO 




ino-^moNcooo-^vTii^cMvD 
m ro in r^f^ i^ in CN) \n 00 CO ^ 

CMco-^in^ot^cooNONaNONON 

CMCMCMCMCMOaCMCMCMCNlCMCM 



M f<3 ^:J- in nD NO t^ t^ (^ t~~ 



--NOt^cnoi^NOOONOt-^ 
TMONooNDror^o— loo-^-in 
D-r-icNim-^'^inin^-^co 

NJCMCMCMCNKNJoScNiCMCMCM 



NDOr^-=t-NOt^NDCOCMOONCN 

-r-( ^ NO -<d- O in CO ON 00 ^ NO NC 
i-lT-(CMCM(MCM(MCNJCMCM?aCN 



oooooooooo o o 
oinoiooinoin^tnoif^ 

I I I I 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



COMPARISON OF THERMOMETERS 



Cent. 


Reau. 


Fahr. 


Cent. 


Reau. 


Fahr. 


Cent. 


Reau. 


Fahr. 


-40 


-32.0 


—40.0 


21 


16.8 


69.8 


62 


49.6 


143.6 


-38 


—30.4 


-36.4 


22 


17.6 


71.6 


63 


50.4 


145.4 


-36 


—28.8 


—32.8 


23 


18.4 


73.4 


64 


51.2 


147.2 


-34 


-27.2 


-29.2 


24 


19.2 


75.2 


65 


52.0 


149.0 


-32 


-25.6 


-25.6 


25 


20.0 


77.0 


66 


52.8 


150.8 


—30 


-24.0 


-22.0 


26 


20.8 


78.8 


67 


53.6 


152,6 


-28 


-22.4 


-18.4 


27 


21.6 


80.6 


68 


54.4 


154.4 


-26 


—20.8 


-14.8 


28 


22.4 


82.4 


69 


55.2 


156.2 


—24 


—19.2 


-11,2 


29 


23.2 


84.2 


70 


56.0 


158.0 


-22 


-17.6 


- 7.6 


30 


24.0 


86.0 


71 


56.8 


159.8 


-20 


—16.0 


— 4.0 


31 


24.8 


87.8 


72 


57.6 


161.6 


-18 


-14.4 


- 0.4 


32 


25.6 


89.6 


73 


58,4 


163.4 


-16 


^12.8 


+ 3.2 


33 


26.4 


91.4 


74 


59.2 


165.2 


—14 


-11.2 


6.8 


34 


27.2 


93.2 


75 


60.0 


167.0 


-12 


- 9.6 


10.4 


35 


28.0 


95.0 


76 


60.8 


168.8 


-10 


- 8.0 


14.0 


36 


28.8 


96.8 


77 


61.6 


170.6 


— 8 


— 6.4 


17.6 


37 


29.6 


98.6 


78 


62.4 


172.4 


- 6 


- 4.8 


21.2 


38 


30.4 


100.4 


79 


63.2 


174.2 


— 4 


— 3.2 


24.8 


39 


31.2 


102.2 


80 


64.0 


176.0 


— 2 


- 1.6 


28.4 


40 


32.0 


104.0 


81 


64.8 


177.8 





0.0 


32.0 


41 


32.8 


105.8 


82 


65.6 


179.6 


4- 1 


+ 0.8 


33.8 


42 


33.6 


107.6 


83 


66.4 


181.4 


2 


1.6 


35.6 


43 


34.4 


109.4 


84 


67.2 


183.-2 


3 


2.4 


37.4 


. 44 


35.2 


111.2 


85 


68.0 


185.0 


4 


3.2 


39.2 


45 


36.0 


113.0 


86 


68.8 


186.8 


5 


4.0 


41.0 


46 


36.8 


114.8 


87 


69.6 


188.6 


6 


4.8 


42.8 


47 


37.6 


116.6 


88 


70.4 


190.4 


7 


5.6 


44.6 


48 


38.4 


118.4 


89 


71.2 


192.2 


8 


6.4 


46.4 


49 


39.2 


120.2 


90 


72.0 


194.0 


9 


7.2 


48.2 


50 


4O.0 


122.0 


91 


72.8 


195.8 


10 


8.0 


50.0 


51 


40.8 


123.8 


92 


73.6 


197.6 


11 


8.8 


51.8 


52 


41.6 


125.6 


93 


74.4 


199.4 


12 


9.6 


53.6 


53 


42.4 


127.4 


94 


75.2 


201.2 


13 


10.4 


55.5 


54 


43.2 


129.2 


95 


76.0 


203,0 


14 


11.2 


57.2 


55 


44.0 


131.0 


96 


76.8 


204.8 


15 


12.0 


59.0 


56 


44.8 


132.8 


97 


77.6 


206.6 


16 


12.8 


60.8 


57 


45.6 


134.6 


98 


78.4 


208.4 


17 


13.6 


62.6 


58 


46.4 


136.4 


99 


79.2 


210.2 


18 


14.4 


64.4 


59 


47.2 


138.2 


100 


80.0 


212.0 


19 


15.?. 


66.2 


60 


48.0 


140.0 








20 


16.0 


68.0 


61 


48.8 


141.8 









Freezing point on Fahrenheit scale is +32 degrees; boiling point, 212 



Freezing point on Centigrade scale is -{-0 degrees; boiling point, 100 
degrees. 

Freezing point on Keaumur scale is +0 degrees; boiling point. 80 de- 
grees. - ■ ; 

Of water at sea level at normal barometer pressure (29.9 inch). ..j 

The "absolute zero" of temperature denotes that condition of matter 
nt which heat ceases to exist. At this point a body would be wholly de- 
prived of "heat and a gas would exert no pressure. 

The absolute zero on the Fahrenheit scale is about 461 degrees below 
zero. 

The absolute zero on the Centigrade scale is about 274 degrees below 
zero. 

The absolute zero on the Keaumur scale is about 219 degrees below zero, 

An English unit of heat (B,. T. U.) is the quantity required to raise 
one pound of Water one degree! Fahrenheit. A metric unit of heat or met- 
ric caloric (M. O.) is the quantity of heat required to raise one litre of 
water one degree centigrade. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 





H 


o 


O 


o 


o 


o 


O 


© 


o 


O 


O 


o 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 


© 






H 


iH 






rH 


rH 








rH 




■"• 


rH 


rH 


rH 




rH 




C/2 


c^ 


fN 


(N 


(N 


(M 


<N 


fM 


(N 


C^ 


cq 


fN 


(M 


(N 


(N 


(N 


(N 


(M 


ff? 




rH 




T-< 


rH 






rH 






rH 








rH 




rH 


H 


rH 










f^ 


JO 


to 


lO 


•ft 


W 


to 


lO 


in 


»o 


in 


in 


in 


to 


in 


in 


in 


in 


in 




O 


CO 


CO 


CD 


CD 


CD 


O 


o 


o 


o 


O 


c^ 


(M 


rH 


rH 


r^ 


© 


© 


© 


s 






pH 




rH 


(N 


CA 


(N 


(N 


CN 


(N 


cq 


(N 


(N 


(N 


CO 


CO 


CO 


PL, 


05 


05 


O 


O 


O 


(N 


(M 


(N 


(M 


(:^ 


(M 


(N 


(N 


(M 


(M 


(M 


(N 


(N 


z 






tH 






rH 


rH 




rH 


rH 


rH 








rH 




rH 


rH 


o 


o 


O 


CD 


CD 


CD 


CD 


CO 


CD 


CD 


CD 


CD 


CD 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CD 


© 


<£> 


© 








































z 


o 


O 


O 


O 


o 


o 


O 


(M 


tN 


(N 


(M 


(N 


(N 


in 


in 


in 


in 


in 


(M 


C-l 


!N 


(N 


c^ 


(M 


(N 


(M 


(N 


(N 


(N 


(N 


cq 


(N 


(N 


(N 


(N 


(N 


z 














































































bd 


s 


CD 


CD 


CD 


CO 


CD 


CD 


CD 


CD 


CD 


CD 


CO 


CD 


o 


O 


r> 


o 


r> 


<-) 


iH 




H 








rH 




rH 




rH 




cq 


cq 


<N 


(N 


(M 


(N 


< 








































S 


l-J 


cn 


(N 


Til 


tV 


nr 


rH 


O 


CD 


rH 


(N 


O 


05 


rH 


(N 


05 


lO 


lO 


m 


8 




CO 


(N 


(N 


(N 


CO 


^ 


CO 


rH 


O 






rH 


in 


© 


c» 


00 


00 
















































































!4 


00 


00 


00 


O 


O 


O 


(N 


(N 


(M 


»ra 


>n 


to 


© 


© 


O 


lO 


in 


in 


0^ 

o 








iH 




j-{ 


rH 




iH 




rH 


rH 


Oi 


(N 


(M 


Oi 


CO 


rH 














































































u, 




cq 


CO 


(M 


CD 


CO 


CD 


CD 


cq 


cq 


cq 


(N 


(N 


rH 


rH 


rH 


rH 


© 


00 






iH 




IM 


(N 


(N 


(N 


(N 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CD 


CO 


© 


© 


© 


(N 


H 






































rH 


UJ 








































bJ 


K 


on 


(N 


Tf( 


rft 


no 


rH 


O 


CO 


rH 


(N 


o 


05 


rH 


(N 


a> 


in 


in 


in 


(N 


rJi 


CO 


CO 


CO 


rH 


lO 


rH 


lO 


CO 


o 


t> 


in 


© 


t> 


05 


© 


© 


Z 


O 


O 


O 


o 


O 


o 


O 


o 


O 


o 


cq 


(N 


(M 


in 


in 


to 


in 


in 


in 




iH 






T-l 




iH 


tH 




rH 






rH 




rH 


H 


rH: 


H 




CO 








































§ 


fe 


o 


O 


N 


»o 


lO 


00 


00 


00 


O 


o 


o 


© 


in 


in 


© 


© 


© 


© 








H 


rH 


rH 




rH 






(N 


(N 


(N 


(N 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 








































1 


w 


00 


(M 


rH 


rH 


00 


rH 


o 


CD 


rH 


o 


00 


t>- 


05 


t^ 


'^ 


© 


© 


© 




CO 


N 


c^ 


(M 


CO 


■^ 


CO 


■* 


o 


in 


CO 


CO 


rH 


© 


00 


00 


00 










































Q 


Q 


o 


o 


CT 


lO 


>o 


00 


00 


00 


§ 


§ 


§ 


© 


in 


in 

(N 


© 
CO 


© 


o 


<=t 


























»J 










































O 


t^ 


h- 


05 


^ 


^ 


rH 


rH 


« 


to 


»o 


CO 


CD 


m 


CO 


© 


rH 


© 


© 








CM 


(N 


(N 


(N 


(N 


(N 


(M 


(M 


IN 


CO 


CO 


rH 


to 


t> 


o 


Id 








































Z 








































s 


M 




(M 


r(( 


rH 


QO 


rH 


O 


CD 


rH 


(N 


o 


05 


rH 


<M 


05 


»n 


in 


«n 


(X 


rj* 


CO 


CO 


CO 


rH 


o 


ril 


ifl 


CO 


t- 


t> 


in 


CO 


o 


05 


© 


© 




< 


r>- 


00 


^ 


C^ 


(M 


on 


o 


r» 


05 


(M 


CO 


CO 


rH 


lO 


© 


CO 


t^ 


CO 






r\f 


CO 


t^ 




«>• 


Ot) 


00 






05 


05 


rH 


rH 




t^ 


rH 


CO 






























1-1 


rH 


l-l 


rH 


(N 


CO 




>»<u 








































J^" 


N 


\ei 


00 


o 


N' 


in 


00 


o 


lA 


O 


in 


© 


© 


s 


in 


8 


© 


o 




a c 








iH 






rH 


Dl 


C4 




CO 


rH 


« 


t^ 
















































UH 







































mm 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 











ooco 


Tft>pH 


.J.WCO 


N(M05 


•S 








o 


HOO> 


CD -sit (M 






i 






2 


LO 


05 COO 


OJlOr-l 






o 






2 


cochin 


e«5(MC^ 


IHO05 


00 00 t> 








Hr-irH 


r-ii-it-i 


iHiH 




e 


H 

^ 






OC0(M 


05^r-l 


lOCOrH 


05005 






1 


o 




005 00 


05^*00 


00 05O 












10050 


iMiCO 


Xi 


b] 




2 


CDiA-^ 


mc^S 


05 05 


ODt>t> 




O 








r^^r^ 


l-lr-tlH 


f-i 




o 


s 






HOSrH 


OOCD 


r^^O 


t-TjfOO 


'5 


^ 








iOOl> 


CO com 


.H(MOq 


CD'^05 




b] 






LO 


(NCDrjt 


tJ<-*CD 


05Mtj< 




n 


fitf 




^ 


05 


(O'^CO 


qr-tO 


O5C5 00 


'^.'^.^. 


G 










iH'i-irH 


r-i T-irH 






o 






t>r-l(M 


05 00 00 


»O?0CD 


(MCOrfl 


*: 






00 




(NOO 


t-.rHt> 


010 05 


(MlOO 


C 






o 


o 


ri<r-ICO 


CDt>05 


(MiCt> 


OCOCO 


3 


5 






o 


T#-^_(N 


I-IO05 


05aDt> 


t>CDiC 


O 


g 


£ 

a 
"3 






fHr-Ti-i 


•^'^" ' 












rHHCO 


IC05 00 


lO'^OO 


c^in-* 


« 


u 


a 






r-IO(M 


COrHt> 


Ti*(MTj< 


05L0r-l 




2 


in 


OO05 


05O!N 


lC05rH 


05l>^» 




^ 


00 


COCOrH 


05 


COt>J> 


lOiCiO 


i 


\J 






r-ii-ii-i 


T-iiH 






















J3 


i 






(M-ieo 


OCCCO 


rHCDCO 


^xco 


a 


c 






OTCIOO 




05t>'H 


OJ>CO 


S 




o 






00 (MO 


aoiHco 


3 


Q 
O 


V 


^ 


CO 


(NJ^iH 


OC5X 


t>ocD 


>ata^ 


s 


9 

IS 






rHHrH 


'-' 






a 

a 


Q^ 














fU 


4) 






r-IOCO 


t>ooco 


t>rJOO 




<u 


£ 






lOOiO 


COrJtrjt 




(M^HO 




»o 




IOCD05 








O 


1 

1 


t> 


0500«> 


t>cDin 


S^_^^ 


^ 


H 






iHtHi-H 








a 


Q 






-^Nt- 


COOOC^ 


05 00O 


05CDCD 


<u 


(d 






O05t> 


COO-H 


«05r)* 


io>n-:H 


^ 




o 




OOOCO 


CD 05 CO 


CDOiO 


»" 


t> 


rH_"'_05 


00 00l> 


CDiOiq 


"^."*.'^. 




3 








Hr-1 








3 






^t^S 


sss 


lOOiO 


C0O51O 


- 


0^ 




O 


s, 


L0C5O 




05^^i 


SSo 


ll 




CD 


O05 05 


CDt>CO 


loiorf; 






Otf 








r-i 








•S 


Id 






























3 O 

be u, 


^ 








o o o 


o o o 


o o o 


o o o 


O 








oino 


laoni 


OiOO 


lOOiO 


s 




O 


■*-< 


(Nr-lrH 




^iH(M 


(NCOCO 


|5 


td 

CO 








■ 1 1 1 


I 


















3 


OS 
O 






a 


'^vDOv 


fOvOO 


-*«fO 


o>io-r 












•---M 


-NNfO 


fO^« 


^1 






•doigj 


[, puB ajnssajj jojBjaSujg^ 


i 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



K 


^^^ 


¥M 




1 


& 


E J ilMljIlii 




1 








s 


^^»fl 


111 




■ 


r^^^^g 




^^^^^^k '' -'■■-"^•i 


M 


^H 


^ 


^^E 


W&IM 



Artificial Ice-Skating Rinks 



^ 



Artificial skating rinks should be in connection 
with cold storage or ice making plants. This mak^s 
a fine investment the year around. On all sides 
Delavergne Machine Co. of New York has the fat 
been the most successful on the biggest skating 
rinks in the United States and has quite a numb^ 
in operation all over this country and Canada. Coils 
|n the rink floor are usually made of inch and quarter 



II 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 391 

pipe. They run either way, lengthwise or crosswise 
of the rink floor. In this one rink the coils are 
shown running lengthwise. In either case inlet and 
outlet headers are provided which are simply mani- 
folds with a connection for each inch and a quarter 
pipe. Each coil is usually provided with inlet valve 
and outlet valve so that each can be cut off from 
the rest if necessary. 

For cooling the brine, one of two methods is gen- 
erally employed. In one case there is provided a large 
steel tank in which direct expansion ammonia coils 
are submerged in the brine, similar to the freezing 
tank of an ice plant. The other arrangements con- 
sists of the use of a brine cooler of the shell and 
tube type which resembles very much a horizontal 
tubular steam, boiler. The brine passes through the 
tubes, making several passes, while the ammonia 
is on the inside of the shell and evaporates there, 
producing, the cooling effect.^ In connection with 
this latter^'type of cooler, it is necessary to use a 
small tank known as a balancing or compensating 
tank, since the volume of brine contained in the 
cooler is rather small, and it is necessary to have 
this tank in order to provide for a larger amount. 

For circulating the brine through the coils, usually 
a centrifugal pump is used when electric power; is 
used for driving the plant. The electric motor is 
direct connected to the pump, and in connection with 
the shell cooler, the section of. the pump is con- 
nected to the balance of the tank and the discharge 
leads to the cooler and from there to the coils. In 
case the plant is steam-driven, an ordinary direct 
connected Duplex steam pump could be used, al- 
though this type is very economical in the use of 
steam. 

Freezing System. 
There are two standard systems of cooling and 
freezing. We refer to the brine system and the 
direct expansion system. The direct expansion 
system provides for the direct expansion of ammonia 
in pipes whch are located directly in the rooms, 
chambers, tanks or whatever must be refrigerated. 
With the brine system, the ammonia is first ex- 
panded to cool a strong solution of salt or calcium 
brine which is circulated in the various rooms or 
chambers or tanks. 



392 jOHNSOtNT'S HANDY MANUAL 

In the first system there is only one medium, 
while in the second system there are two mediums. 
This means an additional step, which reduces the 
economy. Therefore, the direct expansion system 
affords better economy. 

In skating rinks, however, the use of the direct 
expansion system would be entirely impractical. 
The reason lies in the absolute necessity of freezing 
a smooth and even surface. On account of the 
length of the cooling coils whicK must be used for 
freezing such a surface, it would' be impossible to 
regulate the direct expansion of ammonia in any 
manner to give good results. 

Our Experience 

The first artificial ice-skating rink in the United 
States was erected by us in New York City about 
twenty years ago. We refer to the w^ell-known St. 
Nicholas Skating Rink, which has been in constant 
operation since that time. 

With no other rinks to copy from, our engineers 
were compelled to make original designs in building 
the St. Nicholas Rink. The success of the plant was 
quite remarkable and only one difficulty was en- 
countered after the rink started in operation. 

It was found that considerable snow accumulated 
on the surface after each session, and to remove it, 
a mechanical scraper was experimented with, but 
proved to be impractical. After a short time, the 
trouble was overcome by removing the snow with 
artificial hand scrapers or a planer drawn by a 
donkey. 

After the snow is removed, the surface is flooded 
with a thin film of water and then refrozen for the 
next session. 



mmols:} lo J1b2 !o no \ babnuq 

j lo aiadrr 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 




394 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 

Circulation 

The brine circulating system is the most important 
consideration in the mechanical equipment of a 
successful rink. It is necessary that the same tem- 
perature should exist throughout the entire freezing 
floor. 

As the brine must travel through a considerable 
length of pipe and will naturally increase in tem- 
perature in its passage, it is evident that special 
steps must be taken to maintain the same tempera- 
tures at every point. 

After the building of the first skating rink, it was 
though by some engineers that the amount of sur- 
face could be cut down and an attempt was made 
in one or two rinks to achieve the same results with 
30 or 40 per cent less surface. The experiments were 
not successful and much trouble was experienced 
in maintaining a good skating surface. 

The skating rinks built by us have very large 
cooling surfaces and large distributing mains, with 
a full complement of valves. The brine circulation 
is such that an even temperature is carried through- 
out and a perfectly smooth even skating surface is 
guaranteed. 

Owing to the importance of a constant and rapid 
circulation, two large brine pumps are furnished to 
provide a spare unit. 



Facts About Skating Rinks 

Standard dimensions of floor surface for hockey 
games: 200 ft. by 85 ft. 



-i^'j;^^^-'!. ....*:™w^'^^»«*wa^j 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 395 

' Approximate number of persons which can skate 
on ririk of standar(^ size at one time: From 500 to 
600. ; ■[■■■ :. 

' Usual admissionJ'ehali^'fe'for^sk 25 to 50 

cents per session: -^^'"'^''t:' '"'^ • -'■ ■'. ' 

Usual' admission charge during hockey matches: 
Standing room, 50c. to $1.00; seats, 75c. to $2.00; 
box seats, $1.50 to $3.00^ depending upon size of city 
and representation of the hockey teams playing. 

Usual period of skating session: From October 
1st to April 1st. .i: 

" ''Usual number of skating sessions per day: Three 
^-^First session from 10 A. M. to 12:30 P. M.; Second 
session from 2:30 to 5 P. M.; Third session from 8 
to 10:30 P. M. -^ 

Staiidard system of freezing floor surface: Brine 
circulation. 

Approximate total refrigerating capacity of ma- 
chines necessary for standard skating- rinks: 100 
tons every 24 hours, preferably in two units of 50 
tons each. 

Approximate ice-making capacity of same ma- 
chines: 50 tons every 24 hours. 

Approximate dimensions of building: 250 ft. long 
by 150 ft. wide or equivalent. 

Approximate size of arena room: 225 ft. by 125 ft. 

Approximate size of engine room:* 40 ft. by 40 ft. 

Approximate size of 50-ton freezing tank room: 
^5-0 ft. by 100 ft. 

^['Operating force, engine room: 1 Chief Engineer, 
~ 3 Assistant Engineers, 2 Firemen (if boilers are 
used). 

Office force:. 1 Manager, 1 Bookeeper. 

Attendants (approximate): 1 .Ticket Seller, 1 
Ticket Collector, 2 men to distribute skates, 1 maid, 
1 coat room boy, 2 or 3 instructors, 3 or 4 attendants 
Jo put skates on, suitable band of music, 2 or 3 

'cleaners. 

vf; ■..■..• 

Floor Surface 

The standard size of skating rinks for hockey 
games is now understood to be about 200 feet in 
length and about 85 feet in width. Some of the 
surfaces are slightly smaller, but these dimensions 
are recommended. For rough calculations, it can 



396 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 

be assumed that for comfortable skating, about 30 
square feet should be allowed for each person. . 
In other words, if a rink has' 18,000 square feet> 
it will accomodate about GOO people at one tjme and 
not be over-crowded. The attendance may be larger 
than this precise number because there will! always 
be a certain percentage coming, going and resting.-- 

Machinery Equipment \_[ 

The most practical arrangement of the refrig;erat- 
ing plant is to have two units. Both machines mustt 
be operated when freezing the surface and then one 
machine, is usually sufficient to maintain it. Two 
machines, each of a refrigerating capacity of 50 tons 
every 24 hours are ample for taking care of the 
standard skating rink, the dimensions of which have 
already been given. 

These two machines would also be capable of 
operating an ice-making plant of 50 tons daily capa- 
city when the skating surface is not required. Such 
a plant is a good commercial size and can be operated 
with profit in any city where a skating rink might 
be located to advantage. 

If only one machine is used, it can be of 75 tons 
refrigerating capacity, as this size would be sufficient 
to freeze the surface, although it would require a 
longer period to do the work than two 50-ton 
machines. 

Two machines are surely the better layout, since 
they not only make it possible to shut down one 
unit when the surface is frozen, but also provide 
ample capacity to freeze the. surface quickly and to 
manufacture 50 tons of ice in the summer months. 
Moreover, two units are always an advantage in case 
of accidents. 

There may be situations where rinks of a smaller 
size than the standard surface would be practical, 
but it is doubtful if the surface could be any less 
than 13,000 or 14,000 square feet and ofifer any 
pleasure to skaters. It is essential to hav«e about 
150 feet in length and 80 or 90 feet in width, in order 
that the patrons will have room to skate without too 
many turns. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



SURFACE 
Length Width 



Total 
Sq. feet Machines 



100 
100 
ISO 
200 
250 
300 



SO 
80 
80 
80 
100 
100 



SOOO 
8000 
12000 
16000 
25000 
30000 



Total Refriger- 
No. of ating Capacity 
per 
24 hours 
30 tons 
SO ■ " 
70 " 
100 
140 
160 



Estimated 
first cost 
complete 
mechanical 
equipment 
$15,000. 
21,000. 
30,000. 
37,500. 
51,000. 
. 60.000, 



Costs are based on ordinary steam driven plants 
including boiler. Motor drive will be found advan- 
tageous in some localities. Oil engines are especially- 
suited to operate the machinery because the opera- 
tion is not continuous and one machine in the larger 
plants is often shut down. The economy of this 
type of prime mover is emphasized under such con- 
ditions, as there are no standby losses and the 
moderate service reduces repair expense to a mini- 
mum. A very unusual arrangement can be found 
in the skating rink in Vancouver, B. C. Instead of 
large distributing headers, the brine is supplied to 
the circulating pipes from a long narrow tank located 
at one end at a height above the floor. The tank is 
just as long as the floor is wide and each floor pipe 
is connected up to the tank. The cold brine is not 
pumped through the coils, but flows by gravity from 
the supply tank. No particular advantage is found 
with this method and the layout proved more ex- 
pensive than the regular design. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 




'§ii!iij^m%e ^ 



Engine Room, St. Nicholas Skating Rink, New York Uty* 
two motor-driven "De La Vergne" Machines 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



For Plant Owners and Operatoi 

pheric Type Carbondale F 

Ammonia Cas Connections betwten 

Ammonia Gas in weak solution \nt 

Ammonia Gaa in strong solution wi 

DOUBLE LINES. X JL^ Xr- 



s of. Absorption Machines This Sketch of The New Atmosn 
.efrigerating Machine and Connections is Valuable, 
parts of'apparatus are showh'by|$A)t> LINES. i^ T" 







Example of savingr by Carbondale System A 
compounded 100 H. P. Corliss operating cond^sin^ 
will use say 1800 lbs. of steam per hour Pml 
eZ"n. M? P"^.^^^^e ?^ low pressure cylinder and 
orf40oThi ''^r'^' lbs. of steam per H. P. hour 
or 2400 lbs. The engine will deliver the same horse- 
power. If the 2400 pounds of exhaust per hour is 
used m a Carbondale generator, it will freeze 40 

^r^' .i.'^^l^' ^"^ '^^ P^" ^^y- This ice will in- 
crease the steam consumption of the engine 600 lbs 
per hour or 14 400 lbs. per day. Assume steam costs 
40c per 1000 lbs, 40 tons of ice will require less 
than $6.00 worth of additional steam. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 




i Iliw 0-)}. ciidT .yEb -laq 9Dt o1 latisvl ^o 

•'I 00t> ■^n'tgno edi lo nohqmuanoo m^oi^ oili aaBSti 

'no'j nt£bip. srauaaA -Xisb laq .adi O0+-,tt lo ix/od is 

0! a-tnjD'jf Mr// vof ]■■■ ■-^;o> Ot^ .feiU 000* -ro..: oOS 



•t1 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 




Cubic feet displaeed by different size ice cans. 
Size Ice Cans 



Ice Cak^ 
lODlbs.. 
200 " \ 
300 ^' " 

400 '* 



Displace brine 



9§£10Jg 



in ice Tank 
8 xl6 x32 .1.6 cu. ft. 

113^x221^x32 3.2" " 

11^x223^x44 5.0 " " 

113^x221^x57 6.5 " " 

For Direct Expansion Coils in ice tank-top feed allow 
300 lineal feet of 13^-inch pipe. 

For flooded coils properly designed and not over 350 
feet of 13<£-inch pipe per coU allow 220 lineal feet per ton 
of ice capacity. 



40.2 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



Bent Pipe Efficiency 




/:7 



Bent Pipe is far superior to that of screw pipe. 
The efHciency of bent pipe for coil work for either 
refrigeration or heating is far superior to that of 
screw pipe on account of expansion, contraction and 
friction. In this way more back pressure can be 
carried. 

In order to use bent pipe coils more room must 
be provided for, as bent coils take up more space. 
The shortest bend that inch and a quarter pipe will 
stand is 4 incTies, center to center. This is the size 
that is ordinarily used on small work, such as 
creameries, butcher shops and hotels. Two inch 
pipe would take up a great deal of room. That is 
for refrigeration work like cold storage and ic? 
storage for ice-making plants. But it pays and saves 
money in the long run to use bent pipe coils, doing 
away with leaks entirely., 

■p. h^nji'x^M) ''h'¥i<nq aiion boboofi lo'i 

''""' ' ' ;>q aqiq riani-j^I }6 ia 

.■yidioBqjso Dot 1 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Tonnage arid Piping Tables 





Cu. Ft. 


Space to 1 Ft. 


of Pipe 




Cubic 


Cubic 




Temperature 4 


30F 




Space 


Foot 

per 

- Ton , 

Ref. 

150 










Box or 


Direct Exp. 


Brine t 


Room 


1-in. 


iM-in. 


2-in. 


1-in. 


IM-in. 


2-in. 


12 


3. 


5., 




2.5 


4. 




20 


185 


3.1 


5.1 




2.6 


4.1 




50 


225 


. 3.2 


5.2 




' 2.7 


4.2 




100 


300 


3.4 


5.5 




2.8 


4.4 




250 


500 




6.3 






4.8 




500 


850 




7.5 






5.6 




1,000 


1200 




' 8.7 






6.4 


9.5 


3,000 


1600 




10. 






7.3 


11. 


5,000 


2300 




12. 


■18. 




9. 


14. 


10,000 


3000 




15. 


22. 




11. 


16. 


20,000 


3700 




18. 


26. 




12. 


18. 


40,000 


4500 




20. 


30. 




14. 


21. 


70,000 


5800 




"25. 


37. 




17. 


25. 


100,000 


7200 




30. 


AF, 




20. 


30. 












Cubic 


Cubic 




Tempera 


ture 2( 


)OF 




Space 


Foot 
per 










in 


Direct Exp. 




Brine | 




Box or 


Ton 
Ref. 




Room 


1-in. 


IM'in. 


2-in. 


l-in. 


IM-in. 


2-in. 


12 


113 


1.6 


2.2 




1.4 


2 




20 


137 


1.7 


2.3 




1.4 


2. 




50 


160 


1.8 


2.4 




1.5 


2.1 




100 


205 


2. 


2.6 




1.6 


2.2 




250 


348 




2.8 






2.4 




500 


580 




3.2 






2,7 




1,000 


820 




3.8, 


5.5 




3. 


4. 


3,000 


1100 




4.5 


6.5 




3.4 


4.5 


5,C00 


1600 




6. 


8. 




4. 


5.5 


10,000 


2100 




7. 


10. 




4.7 


6.5 


20,000 


2600 




8. 


12. 




5.5 


7.5 


40,000 


3200 




9.- 


14. 




6.5 


8.5 


70,000 


4000 




11. 


17. 




7.5 


10. 


100,000 


4900 




14. 


20. 




9. 


- 12. 













Mean Temp. Ammonia Expansion 0°F. V 

'' Brine in Coils *5°, JIO^F. & tl50.. ., 
l< Tables based on continuous operation 24 hours per day. 
If Ammo, is expanded half the time use equal length of 
pipe in brine tank and double the tonnage. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Tonnage and Piping Tables 

Cu. Ft. Space to 1 Ft. of Pipe 



Cubic 
Space 


Cubic 
Foot 
per 


Temperature 30OF 


m 




rect Exp. 


Brine f 




Box or 


Ton 
Ref. 


D 




Room 


1-in. 


IM-in. 


2-in. 


1-in. 


IM-in. 


2-in. 


12 


130 


2.3 


3.5 




2. 


2.8 




20 


159 


2.4 


3.6 




2. 


2.9 




50 


200 


2.5 


3.7 




2.1 


3. 




100 


260 


2.7 


3.9 




2.2 


3.1v( 




250 


430 




4.5 




. 


3.4 >' 


{ 


500 


710 




5.4 






' 4. 


. 


1,000 


1000 




6.5 






4.5 


. 7. 


3,000 


1300 




7.5 


10. 




5. 


8. 


5,000 


1900 




9. 


12. 




6. 


9. 


10,000 


2600 




11. 


15. 




-7. 


11. 


20,000 


3100 




13. 


17. 




8. 


12. 


40,000 


3700 




15. 


20. 




10. 


14. 


70,000 


4800 




18. 


24. 




12. 


17. 


100,000 


6000 




20. 


28. 




14. 


20. 



Cubic 
Space 


Cubic 
Foot 

Ton 
Ref. 




Temperature lO^F 


m 
Box or 


Direct Exp. 


Brine * 


Room 


1-in. 


iM-in. 


2-in. 


1-in. 


IM-in. 


2-in. 


12 


93 


1. 


1.2 




.6 


1.1 




20 


112 


1. 


1.2 




.6 


1.1 




50 


130 


1.1 


1.2 




.6 


1.1 




100 


168 


1.2 


1.3 




.6 


1.2 




250 


280 




1.4 






1.3 




500 


470 




1.6 


2.5 




1.5 




1,000 


650 




2.2 


3. 




1.7 


2.3 


3,000 


840 




2.5 


3.6 




1.9 


2.6 


5,000 


1140 




3.2 


4.6 




2.2 


3.3 


10,000 


1600 




4. 


5.7 




2.6 


4. 


20,000 


2100 




4.8 


6.8 




3. 


4.7 


40,000 


2600 




5.5 


8. 




3.5 


5.5 


70,000 


3100 




6.5 


10. 




4.2 


6.7 


100,000 


3800 




8. 


12. 




5. 


- 8. 



Mean Temp. Ammonia Expansion 0°F. 

" " Brine in Coils *5°, JIO^F. •&■ tlS^fssl/I 

Tables based on continuous operation 24 hours per day.. 
If Ammo, is expanded half the time use eiqual length of 
pipe in brine tanl^ and double the tonnage. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



; '^ 






Hit i'^ 




hm 



.MllIJ 



m 






I, I 



•illinilii: 



ai iilfiili 



filial 







ii liiyil 



J : 5 ; ; J 









THE BAKER MACPHNE 

The Most _ Economical and Efficient Machine Made for 

Medium Plants. Capacity from 2 to 25 Tons 



40.6 ■ JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 




Tlie proper way to pipe a cold storage" fbf~st< 
artificial ice :" 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



HEAT OF COMBUSTION OF FUELS 



FUEL 


Air chemically 
consumed per 
pound of fuel 


Total 
heat of 
combu- 
tion of 

one 
pound 
of fuel 


Equivalent 
evaporative 
power from 
and at 212o 
F., water 
per pound 
of fuel 




Lbs. 


Cu. ft. at 
620F. 


Units 


Lbs. 


Coal of average composition. 
Coke 


10.7 
10.81 

8.85 ■" 
11.85 

6.09 

4.57 

9.51 

7 52 

5.24 

9.9 

4.26 
10.33 
17.33 


140 
142 
116 
156 
80 
60 
125 
99 
69 
130 
56 
188 
235 


14,700 
13,548 
13,108 
17.040 
10,974 

7.951 
13,006 
12,279 

8,260 
12,.325 
, 8.144 
20,411 
27,531 


15.22 
14.02 




13.57 


Asphalt 


17 64 




11.36 


Wood, 25% moisture 

Wood, charcoal, desiccated.. 

Peat, desiccated 

Peat 30% moisture 


8.20 
13.46 
12.71 

9 53 


Peat, charcoal, desiccated . . . 


12.76 
8.43 




21 13 


Petroleum oils 


28.50 


Coal gras per cu. ft. at 62° F. . 






630 


.70 



RELATIVE VALUE OF VARIOUS WOODS 



WOOD 


'u > 


13 

3 

o 

si 


P 0) 

fSg 


>'o 

111 


Val. with 
Hickory 
at $5.00 
per Cord 


Hickory Shell bark 

White Oak 

White Ash 


LOGO 
0.885 
0.772 
0.728 
0.724 
0.681 
0.665 
0.644 
0.597' 
0.550 
0.567 
0.418 
0.552 


62 

53 

49 

45^ 

45 

sy- 

35 
40 
, 37 
34 
35>^ 
26 
32 


4.469 
3,821 
3,450 
3.2.54 
3,236 
3.044 
2.525 
2,878 
2,668 
2.463 
2,.534 
1,866 
2.333 


1.00 
0.81 
0.77 
0.69 
0.65 
0.65 
0.56 
0.60 
0..54 
0.54 
0.51 
0.42 
0.52 


$5.00 
4.05 
3.85 


Red Oak 


4.45 


White Beech 

Black Walnut 

Red Cedar 


3.25. 
3.25 
2.08 


Hard Maple 


3.00 
2.70 


Yellow Pine 

Butternut 


2.70 
2.55 


White Pine 

Chestnut 


2.10 
2.60 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 409 

Properties of Saturated Carbonic Acid Gas 

Transformed into United States Measures from 
Professor Schroeter's Table 



Temp. 
Fahrenh. 


Press. 
Atm. 


Total Heat 
B.T.U. 
Above 32° 


Heat of 
Liquid 
B.T.U. 

Above32° 


Latent 
Heat of 
Evapor 


Weight of 
Vapor 
Lbs. per 
cu. ft. 


80 


68.0 


104.0 


63.0 


41.0 


17.5 


70 


60.5 


103.9 


44.0 


60.0 


13.1 


60 


52.5 


103.6 


29.4 


74.0 


10.6 


■'• 50 


46.2 


103.2 


17.6 


85.6 


8.7 


40 


40.0 


102.8 


7.5 


95.0 


7.0 


30 


34.5 


102.2 


— 1.8 


104.0 


5.9 


20 


29.5 


101.6 


—10.0 


111.0 


5.0 


10 


25.0 


100.9 


—17.5 


118.0 


4.17 





21.2 


100.3 


—24.0 


124.0 


3.5 


—10 


17.7 


99.5 


-30.9 


130.0 


2.9 


—20 


14.8 


98.5 


—36.5 


134.0 


2.45 


—30 


12.4 


97.5 


—41.5 


140.0 


2.0 



Gallons of 

Ice Water 

Cooled 


Floor Space Required 
in Feet 


Capacity 

Plant 
Required 
Tons Ref. 


Index 


per Hour 


A . 


B 




50 


10 


8 ■ 


IK 


AW 


125 


10 


10 


4 


BW 


200 


15 


14 


6 


CW 


300 - 


20 


18 


10 


DW . 


400 


20 


22 


14 


EW 



410 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

RULES FOR SPRINKLING SYSTEM 

WATER SUPPLIE-S. 

Double Supply. — Two independent supplies are ab- 
solutely necessary far a standard equipment. At least 
one of the supplies to be automatic and one to be 
capable of furnishing water under heavy pressure. 
The choice of water supplies for each equiprnent 
to be determined by the Underwriters having juris- 
diction. 

Size of Connection. — Connection from water sup- 
ply or main pipe system to sprinkler riser to be equal 
to or larger in size than the riser. 

PUBLIC WATER WORKS SYSTEM. 

(Rules also applicable to private reservoir and 
stand pipe systems.) 

1. Pressure Required. — Should give not less than 
2o pounds static pressure at all hours of the day at 
highest line of sprinklers. 

Where the normal static pressure complies with 
the above, the supply to be also satisfactory to the 
Underwriters having jurisdiction, in its ability to 
maintain 10 pounds pressure at highest sprinklers, 
with the water flowing through the number of sprink- 
lers judged liable to be .opened by fire at any one 
time. 

Size of Mains. — Street mains should be of ample 
size, in no case smaller than 6 inches. 

Dead Ends. — If possible, avoid a dead end in street 
main by arranging main to be fed at both ends. 

Meter.— No water supply for sprinklers to pass 
through a meter or pressure regulating valve, excepi: 
by special consent. 

STEAM PUMP. 

Type.- — To be in accordance with the National 
Standard specifications. 

Capacity. — To be determined by Underwriters hav- 
ing jurisdiction in each instance, but never less than 
500 gallons rated capacity per minute. 

"8. Pump for Filling. — It is desirable to have water 
fed to tank by a pump so that proper water level 
may be restored at any, time without- reducing air 
pressure. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 411 

3. Risers and Feed Mains.— Central feed risers: 
15^ inch. Not over 6 heads. ^ 

2 ■ inch. Not over 10 heads. \^ 
234 inch. Not oyer 20 heads. '! 

3 inch. Not over 36 heads. "" 
3>^ inch. Not over 55 heads. "^^ 

4 inch. Not over 72 heads. 

For gridiron side feed risers, use the same sizes 
counting to the center of each line. If number on 
line is odd the center head may be neglected in fig- 
uring size of side risers except that pipe feeding both 
risers must take into account all sprinklers which it 
feeds. Where feed main (including risers to the first 
branch line) is over tw^enty-five feet in length feed 
main to be at least a size larger than the tables re- 
quire. Where there is more than one riser size of 
feed mains to be determined by the Unde'rv^riters 
having jurisdiction but never to be less than the full 
"equivalent of the two largest risers. 

n. Drip Pipes. — Drip pipes to be provided to 
drain all parts of the system. Drip pipes at main 
risers to be not smaller than two (2) inches, and 
when exposed to the weather to be fitted with hood 
iOT down-turned elbow to prevent stoppage with ice. 

'- 12. Drainage. — All sprinkler pipe and fittings to 
Ibe so installed that they can be thoroughly drained, 
and, where practicable, all piping to be arranged to 
drain at the main drips. On wet pipe systems the 
horizontal branch pipes to be pitched not less than 
% inch in 10 feet. (See also Sec. H 2.) 

12. Exhaust Pipe. — Each pump to he provided 
with an independent exhaust pipe, free from liability 
to back pressure and equipped with an open drain 
^ipe at lowest point. 

f 13. Steam Pressures. — Steam pressure of not less 
than 50 pounds tt) be maintained at the pump at all 
tirilies. ^^ 

14. . Boilers. — Provision to be made for sufficient 
steam power to run pump to full rated capacity; not 
less than 40 H. P. for each 250 gallons rated capacity 
oi pump. Boilers to be supplied with ample water 
'supply not liable to be crippled in case of fire. Where 
.^prced jdraiUglit is jjiecessary, provisions .shouldT be 
made for safe, independent control.cff-tlie.sijtne.- ^- 



412 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

(d) Heating: Where there is exposure to cold, 
tank to be provided with a steam coil inside and at 
the bottom. Coil to be made of brass or galvanized 
iron to prevent rusting and provided with a return 
pipe to the boiler room, or, tank to be provided with 
a direct steam pipe from boilers discharging into 
water near top and fitted with a check valve and per- 
forated fitting to prevent siphoning. 

2. Hydrant Mains. — No. 4-inch pipe to be used. 

3. For Pipes Extending to a Dead End: — : 

a. Allow 200 feet 6-inch pipe with one 3-way hy- 
drant. 

b. Allow 500 feet 6-inch pipe with one 2-way hy- 
drant. 

This might be extended in special cases. 

c. Allow 1,000 feet 8-inch pipe with one 3-way hy- 
drant. 

d. Allow 500 feet 8-inch pipe with ose 4-way hy- 
drant or its equivalent in hose streams. 

e. Allow 300 feet 8-inch pipe to first hydrant, 
where there is a hydrant equivalent of 6 streams. ''■ 

SECTION S— MISCELLANEOUS RULES. 

1. Circulation in Pipes.— Circulation of water in 
sprinkler pipes is very objectionable, owing to greatly 
increased corrosion, deposit of sediment and con- 
densation drip from pipes; sprinkler pipes not to h& 
used in any way for domestic service. 

Location.— To be so located on the premisses as 
to be free from damage by fire or other cause. Pump 
room should be readily accessible and provide easy 
and safe egress for attendant. 

PRESSURE TANK. 

Capacity. — Total capacity of tank to be specified by 
Underwriters having jurisdiction, but not less than 
4,500 gallons, except by special permission.; . , 

Location. — Tank not to be located below ;upper 
story of building. 

Tank Service. — Tanks to be used as a supply to 
automatic sprinklers and hand hose only. 

Capacity. — ^^Total capacity of tank to be specified 
by Underwriters having jurisdiction, but hot l6ss 
thiii 4,500 gallons, except by special permission. ' 

Location. — Tank not to be located below upjier 
story of building. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY M.iNUAL. 413 

GRAVITY TANK. 

1. Capacity. — To be specified by the Underwriters 
having jurisdiction. In no case to be of less than 
,5,000 gallons capacity. 

Capacity of the tank to be computed from the liet depth 
measured from the top of the discharge pipe to bottom of 
overflow pipe. 

. 2. Elevation. — Elevation of bottom of tank above 
highest line of sprinklers on system which it supplies 
Xo be specified by the Underwriters having jurisdic- 
tion. The greater the elevation of a gravity tank the 
less likelihood of inefficient service. Underwriters 
having jurisdiction are urged to have such tanks 
placed at the greatest practicable elevation. 

3. Tank Service; — Tank to be used as a supply 
to automatic sprinkler system only, except that, at 
the discretion of the Underwriters, tank may be 
made larger than called for, and so arranged that 
the excess supply only may be used for other pur- 
poses. 

4. Independent Drain. — Provision to be made to 
drain each tank independently of other tanks and 
the sprinkler system. The practice of placing drain 
.valves at lower levels and accessible from the exterior 
of buildings is not approved. 

5. Test. — Tank to be tested and proved tight at 
a hydrostatic pressure of at least 25 per cent, in excess 
of. the normal working pressure required. Water 
then to be drawn off to the two-thirds line and 
tank tested at the working air pressure required. 
In this condition and with all valves closed, tank 
not to show loss of pressure in excess of ^ pound in 
24 hours. 

6. Fittings and Connections. — (a). Gage Glass: 
To be placed on the end of horizontal and side of 
upright tank so that the two-thirds line will be at 
the center of the glass. ^ Gage glass valves to be 
of the best quality angle globe pattern. 

The two valves in the water gage connections to be kept 
'Closed- and opened only to ascertain the amount of water in 
the tanks; as breaking of or leakage about glass will cause 
the escape of pressure. 

SECTION P— STEAMER CONNECTIONS. 
^ 1. Recommendations. — In addition to the above 
required double supply, it is recommended that a 
hose inlet pipe to sprinkler system be provided for 
connection from hose or steamer of public fire de- 
partment. 



414 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

2. Pipe Size.^To be not less than four (4) inches 
in size and fitted with a straightway check valve, but 
hot, with a gate valve. Siamese connections to be 
provided with check valves in the "-Y." - 

A ^-inch drip pipe and valve to be installed so 
as to properly drain the piping between the check 
valve and the outside hose coupling. 

Connections to be so located as to provide for 
prompt and easy attachment of hose. 

3. Where Attached. — ^^To equipments having a sin- 
gle riser, attach on the system side of the gate valve 
in the riser if a wet system, but on the supply sidfe 
if the dry valve if a dry system. 

To equipments having two or more risers, attach 
on the supply side of the gate valves, so that with 
any one riser shut off the supply will feed all the 
remaining sprinklers. 

4. Threads. — Each hose connection to be made of 
good brass, having thread to fit coupling of public 
fire department. Malleable iron or brass. caps, se- 
cured to connection by chains and having suitable 
lugs at sides to fit spanner wrench of public fire de- 
partment, to be provided for each connection. ': 

Each hose connection to be designated by raised 
letters at least 1 inch in size, cast in the fitting in a 
clear and prominent manner, and reading: "Auto, 
spkr." 

. 2. Painting and Bronzing. — Where pipes are 
painted or bronzed for appearance, the moving parts 
of sprinkler heads should not be so coated. 

3. Piling of Stock. — Sprinkler heads to be free 
to form an unbroken spray blanket for at least 2 feet 
under the ceiling from sprinkler to sprinkler and sides 
of room. Any stock piles, racks or other obstructions 
interfering with such action are not permissible. 

4. Settling of Building.^Where a building settles 
and deprives a dry pipe system of its drainage, th^ 
ends of lines should not be raised to violate Sec. B, 3. 
The drainage should be restored by shortening the 
vertical piping. 

5. Position of Deflector. — Notice that it is the de- 
flector of a sprinkler which should be at least 3 inches 
(and not over 10 inches) from ceiling or bottom of 
joists; 6 to 8 inches is the best distance with average 

..pressure and present tyges of_s|)qii>klexs.,^,,(^j^^j§^jp. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 415 

6. Hanging Stock to Piping. — Sprinkler piping 
should not be used for the support of stock, clothing, 
etc. 

7. Alterations. — It is not permitted to change, 
plug up or remove the fittings pertaining to dry pipe 
valve, pressure tanks, pumps, gages, etc. If such 
fittings leak or hecome deranged, they are to be put 
in order. 

8. Extra Sprinklers. — There should be maintained 
on the premises a supply of extra sprinklers (never 
less than six), to promptly replace any fused by fire 
or in any v^ay injured. ■* 

9. Use of High Degree or Hard Sprinklers. — High 
jdegree sprinklers should be used only when abso- 
llutely necessary. When used, the fusing points should 
be as low as the conditions will safely permit. Under- 
writers having jurisdiction should be consulted in 
each instance before the installation of high degree 
sprinklers. 

Ordinary degree sprinklers should be substituted 
for high degree sprinklers where the latter are made 
unnecessary by change in occupancy. 

10. Hand Hose Connections. — Hand hose to be 
used for fire purposes only, may be attached to 
sprinkler pipes within a room under the following 
restrictions: 

Pipe nipple and hose valve to be 1 inch. 

Hose to be 1% inch. r 

Nozzle to be not larger than ^ inch. 

Hose not to be connected to any sprinkler pipe 
smaller than 2^ inches and never to be attached to 
1 dry pipe syst^^, ....-.., ^- - 



JOH,NSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



6 
a 

*3 

u 



c 

u 
a 



o o o 



— o o o 



— O o » o > o 



5 

o 



a:' 
c 

z 

a. 
^ Q ® 

-rt ^ C 

'*^ J 

c • 
u 



JOHNSON'S H. 



WATE3 



AUTC 




ANDY MANUAL. 



TYPICAL ARRANGEMENTS 

OF 

R SUPPLIES, CONNECTIONS AND VALVES 

FOR 

IMATIC SPRINKLER EQUIPMENTS 

y. — ^The initial source of water supply is from the pressure tanks, or fire 

■)wed by water from the gravity tank in case the other sources are exhausted. 

ater can only flow in the direction of the open sprinklers, therefore, should 

?ine be connected to the steamer connection for sprinklers, and water 

to the underground main, the water would go direct to the open sprinklers. 

lut-off valves on each floor are for the purpose of shutting off the water 

>r and leaving the balance of building under protection. 

:re may be more than one riser in the building care should be observed to 

ily the system in operation. 

; the system is without floor shut -off valves, the main valve at base of 

;r must be closed to control the water. 

larm valve at base of system riser gives alarm when water flows through 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

















9) 






I h i 


^ k 
























c 
























J. 


c 






















1! 

























^ 


g 






- 






^ . 










y> 


g, 






















<y 


1 






















? s 


tf 






















•- (ft 


(4 






















9r- ^ 


u 






















1 1 


c 






















2q® 


IN 

u 
























0. 






















o O c 


fO 






















-7j Q- c 


























P« 






















^^t 


:p4 - ■■• 
,41 
























:|« 






















12 "§ "^ 















■. ' 










'f: &^;.'JiJ 


g 






















Jj 8GC«:J5"J1 






















«<...-;-^;l£';' 



























.Vi;.-.' 


V ■••[■. ■■- ; 






















diiw 


Knti^'if-ji,; 


1 






., ^ 



. .) jHwaesiq 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



TYPICAL ARRANGEMENTS 




WATER SUPPLIES, CONNECTIONS AND VALVES 

FOR 

AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER EQUIPMENTS 

NOTE:— The initial source of water supply is from the pressure tanks, or fire 
pump, followed by water from the gravity tank in case the other sources are exhausted. 

The water can only flow in the direction of the open sprinklers, therefore, should 
a Fire Engine be connected to the steamer connection for sprinklers, and water 
pumped into the underground main, the water would go direct to the open sprinklers. 

The shut-off valves on each floor are for the purpose of shuttmg off the water 
on one floor and leaving the balance of building under protection. 

As there may be more than one riser in the building care should be observed to 
shut off only the system in operation. 

Where the system is without floor shut -off valves, the mam valve at base of 
system riser must be closed to control the water. 

The alarm valve at base of system riser gives alarm when water flows through 
the pipe. 




■ JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Pertaining to the Care of Sprinkler 
Equipments 



Inspection 

All portions of the equipment should be inspected! 
day and a report made to some one in authority. Sufch (\ 
spection should include a thorough examination of all tanks., 
pumps, valves, sprinkler heads, alarms and couplings fdr 



city department. 



Pressure Tank 






Should be kept exactly two-thirds full of water and imder 
an air pressure of not less than 75 pounds. Water gauge 
valves should be kept closed except when opened to ascertain 
the amount of water in tanks. "^ ! t ij I 

Gravity Tank V i: 1 

Should be kept full of water and free from ice. L£^de|s 
should be kept in safe condition. > 

Fire Pump t ;;; 

Should be kept in working order and operated at least 
once . each week. Steam boiler pressure should never be 
allowed to fall below 50 pounds. Change recording steam 
gauge dials daily, date same and keep on file, noting all 
reasons for discrepancies in record on back of dial. Internal 
leakage or slip, if exceeding 10 per cent, should be eliminated 

Steamer ^nd Fire Boat Couplings J 

See that they are not removed or damaged in any* way. 
Keep swivel and threads clean and well lubricated with 
graphite and oil. 

Valves 

Make sure that all valves are open. It is, desirable tb seal 
them open with light half-inch leather straps and small brass 
padlocks. Wet system alarm contacts and dry valve con- 
tacts should be kept clean and properly adjusted. Main- 
tain an air pressure of not less than 25 pounds nor more than 



an |) 

il 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 421 

40 pounds on dry pipe valves. Make certain that dry system 
is thoroughly drained before it is set up dry. Set valve in 
absolute accordance with instructions accompanying valve. 

Alarms 

Should be tested at least twice each week. See that bat^ 
teries are Well charged and that wiring is in good condition. 

In General 

All stock should be kept 12 inches below sprinkler piping. 

Uprights, ceiling blocking, hangers or other obstructions, 
should not be placed nearer than 12 inches to sprinkler heads. 

Piping should not be raised in hangers to avoid belts, 
pulleys, or other interferences. 

Sprinkler heads should never be covered with paint or white- 
wash; they should be carefully protected with small paper 
bags when decorating is being done. 

Replace all corroded heads with new heads. 

Keep all heads free from large accumulation of dirt and 
dust. 

Keep an extra supply, one or two dozen, of sprinkler heads 
on hand at all times. 

When extra heads are installed, maintain the following 
standard for pipe sizes: 

No. of Pipe Sizes 

Hej((fs in Inches. 

1..: % 

2 1 

3 IM 

5 XVi 

10 2 

20 '. . 21^ 

36 3 

55 ZYi 

80 4 

140 5 

200 6 

Difference in temperature between outside air and air in roonii in 
degrees F. 

Be sure to replace all sprinklers, or lines of sprinklers, that 
have been removed. This fault has caused many serious 
losses. 

Decks or galleries should not exceed 30 inches in width 
unless sprinkler protection is provided for under side of 
same. If a gallery or deck 30 inches wide is placed against 
a wall or partition, a 6-inch clearance should be maintained, 
and the back of the gallery or deck should be framed in to 
keep stock clear of the opening. 



422 . JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Do not build fixtures over 5 feet in width. Fixtures over^ 
30 inches in width should be bulkheaded with tight partitions; , 
compartments should not exceed 5 feet deep, 8 feet long and' 
3 feet high. 

Tables more than 30 inches in width and less than 53^ feet 
in width, under which stock is stored, should be provided with 
tight upright partitions not exceeding 8 feet on centers; tables 
wider than 53^ feet should be provided with sprinkler pro- 
tection underneath. 

Never install more than 500 heads on one dry system, 
because it takes too long for air to clear out of system and 
allow valve to trip. 

Curtain boards, 12 inches deep, should be placed around 
all open floor openings; this construction will bank the heat 
on the ceiling. 

When an alarm rings in, do not shut a sprinkler valve until 
the cause of the alarm is definitely ascertained. 

When a partition extending to ceiling is erected, it shouldj 
be located midway between sprinkler lines and heads; if off 
center, instalLextra heads necessary to cover properly. 

Never gag a dry valve because of leak; hunt the leak and 
repair it immediately. Often the leaving of water in a dry 
system a day or two during warm weather will rust up small 
leaJks. 

Do not wait for a fire to discover defects which may exist 
in your protective devices. Give the system careful attention 
and it may reasonably be expected to perform eflScient 
service. 

Filtration Plants. 

It is sometimes thought that the chief reason for 
installing filters is to protect the health of those using 
the water for drinking purposes. Most filters installed 
in residences, apartment buildings, hotels and similar 
buildings are either installed for the purpose a£ cleanli- 
ness or to protect the plumbing system, or both. Where 
a water supply is turbid or contains floating particles 
of any kind, there is continuous trouble with valves, 
cocks, etc. Where the v/ater is verj^ bad, lines may even 
become stopped up. All this is entirely prevented by 
filtration. At the same time there is no piece of equip- 
ment put into a building where people live that gives 
more satisfaction than a filter by insuring at all times 
a supply of clear, clean, bright water. 

Filters can be obtained in sizes from that suitable 
for a small dwelling up to any capacity to take care 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 42S 

of the largest building. Filters are not difficult to in- 
stall, but there are certain precautions that should always 
be taken. The first thing to be considered is the selec- 
tion of a proper size filter. Sometimes this is done by 
taking meter readings over a period of a month and 
averaging this to find how much water is used per hour. 
This is not a proper way because the use of water in 
any such building is never uniform. On the contrary, 
there are periods when almost no water is used, and 
other periods when the consumption is very high. The 
filter should be selected with a view to having capacity 
to take care of the maximum flow. 

The filter may be located in any convenient place. 
The supply line to the sill cocks should be taken off 
before the filter, as there is no use of filtering water 
used for sprinkling lawns and such purposes. All water 
used inside the building should, however, pass through 
the filter. The only satisfactory type of filter for such 
service is the sand filter, and this type of filter will 
give excellent service for years without any repairs or 
renewals if properly installed and taken care of. The 
smaller capacities of filters are usually constructed with 
a cast iron shell as shown in illustration A. In the 
larger capacities the shell is commonly of steel as shown 
in illustration B. JJnder certain conditions the desired 
capacity should not be installed in a single unit, but 
there should be provided a battery of three units as 
shown in illustration C. Particular consideration should 
be given to determine whether one or three units is 
desirable in each case. There are several causes that 
may make an installation of three units preferable or 
necessary.- One is that of space. Frequently it is neces- 
sary to install filters in a narrow passageway where a 
battery of three can be placed along the wall easily, 
whereas a single unit would be too large and would 
close the passage. Again, there must be considered 
cleaning the filter. In the sand filter this is done by 
reversing the flow of water. 

When the -filter is filtering the water enters at the 
top and passes down through the bed of sand, the mud 
or other suspended impurities being retained on top of 
the sand. At certain intervals, or when the filter be- 
comes clogged with accumulated sediment, this must 
be removed, which is done as mentioned above by re- 
versing the flow of water. When washing the water 
enters at the bottom of the filter, passes up through 
the sand bed and overflows at the top, carrying with it 



424. JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Illustration A 

the mud or other material removed. It is necessary 
when the filter is being washed to have a stronger flow 
of water than the filter will handle when filtering. If 
the wash flov/ is not sufficient the sand bed will not 
be thoroughly loosened up and scoured out. In good 
practice the flow when washing must be three times 
that when filtering; consequently when the supply line 
is only large enough to carry the required flow when 
filtering, it is necessary to install the filter in three units 
so they can be v/ashed one at a time. In many cases 
the water being filtered is so muddy or otherwise so 
bad that if used in its raw condition for washing, dirt 
wouldbe left all through the filter bed. To meet this 
condition filters are installed in a battery of three as 
shown in illustration C. With this installation water 
can be drawn through any two filters to wash the third, 
which is thus perfectly cleansed with filtered water. '• 
The inlet, outlet and waste openings of the filter are 
marked in the illustration. The waste line must always 
be carried full size to sewer. If this waste discharge 
is restricted it will interfere with proper washing of 
the filter. For the sam^e reason this waste discharge 
should be as short and straight as possible. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 425 




Illustration C 



426 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAI,. 

A coagulant feeder as shown to the left of the three 
filters in illustration C. The waste line must always be 
carried full size to sewer. If this waste discharge is 
restricted it will interfere with proper washing of the 
filter. For the same reason this waste discharge should 
be as short and straight as possible. 

A coagulant feeder as shown to the left of the three 
filters in illustration C, is always supplied with a sand 
filter. In this a small amount of klum is placed which 
is automatically fed to the water. Some_ people have 
the mistaken idea that this alum remains in the water. 
This is not the case. On the contrary, if it remained 
in the water it would not do its intended work. It acts 
on the mud and other impurities in the water and 
separates itself out in sohd form so that it is removed 
with the mud remaining in the filter on top of the sand. 
In many or most cases it is impossible to obtain clear 
water without the use of alum. 

The loss in pressure of the water passing through 
a sand filter is very small. When the filter is perfectly 
clean this loss seldom amounts to as much as a pound. 
As mud deposits in the filter thus clogging it this loss in 
head increases. In good practice the filter is washed 
once every twenty-four hours or oftener if the water 
being filtered is so extremely bad that the loss in pres- 
sure due to mud depositing on the sand causes a 
pressure drop of over five pounds. This latter condi- • 
tion, however, is practically never met with in building 
work. A filter is not like a piece of pipe, the capacity 
of which is determined by the amount of water that 
can be forced to flow through it with the pressure 
available. If water is forced through the sand bed too 
rapidly it will carry sediment with it and the filtered 
water will not be clear and bright. In good practice 
the area of the sand bed is such that at the maximum 
rate of operation the flow of water will not exceed 
three gallons per square foot per minute, and if the 
water is very bad, or other conditions are unfavorable, 
the rate should not be over two gallons per square foot. 

Typical Installation of a Filtering Plant Ready for 
Pump Connections. 

When installing filters in a manufacturing plant to 
purify water for drinking supply or factory purposes^ 
the various points referred to above must be taken into 
consideration in the same way. There is no difference 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




428 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAI,. 

in the construction, operation or method of connecting 
up the filters for factory service from that used in 
other buildings. The quantity of water used for manu- 
facturing varies greatly in different plants, and fre- 
quently considerably exceeds the amount used in resi- 
dence buildings, consequently larger filters or a greater 
number of units may be used. In illustration D is a 
cut of a battery of four filters as furnished by the 
International Filter Co. to a large steel mill. This cut 
shows the filters installed with a by-pass on the general 
supply line. In this particular case the supply line and 
by-pass is under ground or under the floor. It may, 
however, be just as well run above the filters under the 
ceiling whenever desired. The supply line to the filters 
may be from pump, city main or other saurce, and may 
be run in any convenient manner. If supply is taken 
from a pump it is excellent practice to put a large sized 
air chamber on the supply line between the pump and 
filter so as to eliminate pulsations or reduce tfhem to a 
minimum. The discharge from the filter may be -led 
back into the general supply main as shown, or it may 
lead to a storage tank of any desired construction. The 
waste connection from filter to sewer should always be 
short and straight as possible, and must be carried full 
size the same as the waste opening on the filter. It is 
excellent practice to bring the sewer opening dose to the 
filters and instead of making a closed connection from 
the filter waste to leave this connection open; that is, 
the waste discharge pipe from the filter should be cut 
off a few inches above the sewer opening, allowing the 
waste water to fall into the sewer. This permits the 
filter operator to see the waste water when washing 
the filters and thus most conveniently judge when the 
filters have been sufficiently washed. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 429 

Refrigerating Machines for Domestic Use 

Proper preservation of perishable food products re- 
quires a constant, low, dry temperature, readily con- 
trolled, and held at any degree desired. Mechanical 
refrigeration makes it possible to obtain all these points, 
and has therefore been used for years in cold storage 
plants. 

It is just as necessary that these qualities be main- 
tained in the household refrigerator, but it was not until 
the advent of ISKO that a domestic refrigerating ma- 
chine, which is foolproof, thoroughly reliable, quiet and 
automatic in its operation, could be purchased at a 
price within the reach of the average household. It 
has been found through years of experience that the 
operating cost of this system is less than the cost of 
the ice melted under the old method, and is therefore 
a thoroughly practical, efficient, sanitary and convenient 
method of refrigeration. 

The Model 20 ISKO Refrigerating Machine is large 
enough to properly cool a refrigerator holding from 250 
to 300 pounds of ice, such as is found in an average 
residence. A small electric motor, mounted on a sus- 
pension base, is directly connected to a rotary gear 
compressor by means of a flexible coupling. By the use 
of this type of compressor all vibration due to recipro- 
cating motion, all moving parts, such as cranks, valves, 
pistons and connecting rods are eliminated, thus this 
original efficiency is maintained for years without over- 
hauling or repairing. 

The automatic control keeps the temperatures within 
the limits desired for the proper storage of food. When 
the temperature rises slightly above 45 degrees in the 
food compartment, the thermostat starts the motor and 
turns on the condensing water. When the temperature 
in the box drops 4 or 5 degrees the thermostat stops 
the motor and turns off the water. Thus foods are kept 
at a uniform temperature without any worry or atten- 
tion. The cold produced is dry, clean and sanitary. 

A tank filled with brine is placed in the ice compart- 
ment of the refrigerator. The temperature of the brine 
is about 20 degrees, hence much colder than ice. Within 
the brine tank are frozen small cubes of ice for table 
use. This ice can be made from distilled or filtered 
water so that the inconsistency of putting ice of uncer- 
tain cleanliness into water of absolute purity is done 
away with. Puddings can be easily frozen in the pans 
provided. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 











S . 

la! rinoiifijj s l£ 

:q blOD orfT .noil 

(' diiw b^Iffi :>frrBJ A 

.tm^-gr-j^^T artt io Inam 

!> 02 iijodjG 8t 

aifIT .,92u 

.. f£flt 02 1td£V/ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 431 

The machine is only 12 inches wide by 35 inches long 
and 18 inches high, and can be quickly and neatly in- 
stalled on any refrigerator. It can be placed on top 
of the box, in an adjoining room or in the basement 
if desired. Every part has been carefully designed and 
tested at the factory. It is automatically controlled and 
requires an occasional inspection and oiling of bearings. 

Motors can be furnished for every current specifica- 
tion so that if the electricity be supplied by the farm 
lighting or by public service system there is a machine 
to suit. 

The refrigerant used is sulphur dioxide. This gas is 
not poisonous, nor inflammable, nor explosive, nor dan- 
gerous under any conditions. In regular operation the 
pressures do not exceed 60 pounds, so that the possibility 
of leaks is reduced to a minimum. 

Liquid sulphur dioxide boils at 14.7 degrees F. As a 
gas it is frequently used as a disinfectant. When com- 
pressed to about 55, and at temperature of about 70 
degrees F., it becomes a liquid. This liquid is supplied 
under pressure to the expansion coil in the brine tank. 
Here at about atmospheric pressure it expands to a gas 
producing a temperature of 15 degrees. Heat, which 
must be supplied to bring about this change of state 
from a liquid to a gas, is taken from the brine tank 
which surrounds the expansion coil. This transfer of 
heat from the brine to the cold gas continues until the 
machine is stopped. The brine being thus cooled acts 
as a storage for the refrigeration and keeps the tem- 
perature from fluctuating. 

The expanding gas from the coils is forced into the 
condensing cylinder by the gear compressor; there the 
heat is absorbed by the cooling water. The gas returns 
to its liquid state ready to be supplied again to the 
expansion coils. 

The only connections needed are easily and simply 
made. When possible a separate circuit from the cut 
out center should be run for ^ H. P. motor, connecting 
automatic control panel, and the solenoid valve. 

Water connections require 5^ -inch iron pipe and fit- 
tings. As only 15 gallons of water per hour are neces- 
sary, a needle valve should be placed in the line to 
regulate the amount of water supplied to the condensor. 
From the water outlet elbow a line is carried to the 
sink or open drain. 

A larger machine, the Model 200 ISKO, is suitable 
to the needs of the meat market, grocery, fruit store, 



432 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

dairy, soda fountain, hospital, small hotel, restaurant, 
cafe, florist, town and country club, and factory and 
shop drinking water cooling system. It has a capacity 
of 2,000 lbs. of ice melting effect every twenty-four 
hours. 

The construction of this larger machine is nearly 
identical with the smaller unit above described. Its 
operation is also automatically controlled by the ther- 
mostat, so that there is no fear that products will spoil 
over the v/eek-end or holiday. ; 

There are distributors for ISKO refrigerating mar 
chines established throughout the entire United States 
so that proper and careful installations can be assured 
and attentive inspection and service maintained. The 
engineers with these distributors are ready to properly 
design any system and give their advice on anyTe- 
f rigerating problem that may arise. 

For household refrigerators holding 250 to 300 lbs. 

Space cooled (well insulated), 25-40 cu. ft. 

Approximate water consumption per hour, 12 gals. 

Approximate motor input per hour (/4 H. P. motor), 
35 Ow. 

Dimensions of machine (not including brine tank) : 
Length 35", depth 12", height 18". 

Weight (not including brine tank), net 250 lbs., gross 
295 lbs. 






Weight 

Net Gross 

58 lbs. 80 lbs. 

70 lbs. 95 lbs. 

73 lbs. 102 lbs. 



I 



i 



JOHNSON'.^rHANDy MANUAL. 433 

Brine Tank Specifications. 

Brine tanks, made in several sizes to fit various re- 
frigerators; aire sold as an mtegral part of ISKO and 
included in price stated, but specifications are separately 
listed below. - 

Over-all' Dimensions 
No. Width Depth Height 
D-3 13" 123^" 20" 

.D-4- 13" 143/4" 22" 

D-5 Uy/' 16" 25^" 

Refrigeration is constant and continuous, but the ma- 
chine is operating only a part of the time,- thus con- 
serving the water and electric consumption. 

The ISKO System is a direct connected electrical 
refrigerating machine. Uses a valveless gear com- 
pressor running on ball bearings and submerged in oil. 
Has only two moving parts, which eliminate cranks, 
pistons, rings, suction and discharge valve and similar 
parts subject to wear. Uses a low pressure, harmless 
refrigerant (sulphur dioxide), a non-infiammable, non- 
explosive gas. Its endurance has been established under 
a continuous run equivalent to fourteen years of actual 
service operation. Has been in general use in homes, 
markets and restaurants for four years. The ISKO 
System for house or commercial purposes can be in- 
spected at ^ny of our distributing centers in the larger 
j cities throug out the United States. 

The Ice Question. 

Stop taking ice — get rid of the bother, dirt and 
uncertainty of delivered ice. 

Get the really low temperatures that the cold 
storage man knows are necessary to keep food fit 
to safely eat. 

Cut down the cost of maintaining the ice box to 
a fraction of the cost of uneconomical horse-drawn, 
man-handled delivered ice. 

Keep your refrigerator so cold that it is always 
sweet and fresh as winter air. 

Mould and moisture are half-brothers and both 
are the offspring of melting ice. 

Changes your refrigerator from an ice-taking ice 
box into an ice-making refrigerator. 



Heat and Cook with Kerosine Oil by Installing the^ 



SIMPLEX OIL BURNER 




g?/on>i nrrn 9g£,-ioJ3 



Can be installed in your heating apparatus, parlor 
or cook stove without changing or disturbing.; 
the same. No ashes. No coal dust* - 

No work. No odor. M 

B oit/taiom bnjj blooM 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAI;. '• 4^' 



■'i rianalw /^ rhrtstW ^M 

'-'" ^ ■ '■"" -'■ '•;> b^sit lid 

Hydro-Carbon Gas for Ypii^r^^wJrfD 
Furnaces ^"' '''''^ 

By installing the Simplex Oil Burner in your ^^afef^ 
or furnace, you can produce any desired heat ycfi 
require, at a much less cost than coal, and eliminate, 
the handling of coal and ashes and kindling of 
fires: In mild weather you can start your burner 
in the morning, run it for two hours, heat your house, 
shut it off and you have all the heat you can use all 
day. Do the same thing in the evening and your 
house is sufficiently warm all night. The result is 
that you get all the heat you can use from four 
hours' fuel, a saving to you of twenty hours, where, 
with a coal fire, you must let it run continually or 
5'-ou have to re-kindle your fire, which is a dirty 
job, and you waste a lot of fuel. You can readily 
see by being able to light the fire and turn it out, 
getting the heat just as you want it and when you 
want it, what a wonderful saving oil is over the use 
of coal. Iji cold weather, if necessary, you can let 
the burner run- continually, keeping your house at 
a much more even temperature than is possible with 
a coal fire, for the flow of oil is constant and the 
heat produced in the firepot is continuous and 
^uniform. 



436 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAX,, . 

MY WRENCH. 

My Wrench is the name of a new tool, a wrench to 
be used on hexagon nuts. You do not need to use a 
Stilsen or Trimo, or hammer and chisel to mar and 
chew up the nickel plated hexagon nuts, as you have 
done all your lifetime, just to make a tight joint. If 
you are a plumber or a fitter you will realize the great 
benefit and demand there is for a tool of this kind. 
My Wrench is a special tool used for hexagon nuts, 
and will not mar or chew the metal. Add a real tool to 
your kit. ' 

Price and sizes below. By parcel post send money 
order for the amount. Address John W. Johnson, 850 
Cass St., Chicago, 111. ' 



No. 


Size of Hex 

Across Flats 

Inches 


Length 
Open 
Inches 


Length 
Closed 
Inches 


Net Price. 
Each 




1 

2 


V:, to 1 
^.toli^e 
1^ to 2^ 


14 
25 


■75/^ 
13 
23 


$1.45 
2.65 
5.00 





JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL' 



48^ 



r.nO-nr-xi8 
obiJg ]n3i 
.•lood s^,£q 




flSffw t)ljjil 3i>ii5 
qg£Jol" jB j£ solus 

'tt^lztsilt 581 ifjiw 
i^djs nv/on:^ ad 

IcSgri£rio~i3Jnt lis 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



Richardson's Pantocrat Slide Rules 




The cut showing above shows cur Six-In-One 
Slide Rule which is equal to six other different slide 
rules at a total price of $30.00. Our 100-page book, 
with 135 illustrations, will teach you all there is to 
be known about slide rules. Note the slides are 
all interchangeable with stock of rule. The above 
rules, 10 inch size, all metal celluloid faced scales 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



sold separately, if so desired. Order rules by num- 
ber: Price each, net prepaid. 

No. 812. Mannheim $3.00 

No. 1812. Add and Subtracting. . .- 3 JO 

No. 1776. Polymetric CI Scale 3.50 

No. 1865-0.. Binary Polymeteric with CI scale 

Engineers 4.00 

No. 1860-LL. Logometric (log log) for Frac- 
tional Roots and Powers 4.00 

No. 1860. Business Man's, with special book.. 5.00 

No. 1917. Educator '. T 1.50 

No. 1918. Military Range Finding or Fire Con- 
trol Slide Rule, 18 inch 20.00 

Six-in-Onej^ leather case ^, 10.00 

■' 'i ■ ' 





-^m 5o 8 



3fi r .igrfio -3 






440 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 

^^•■.~- '■■"■< .oVL 

i]c.h Johnson's Patent Combination Pocket Rule ^^y 







The Johnson Folding Pocket Rule is made of 
spring Liberty Silver, accurately and distinctly 
graduated. It can be used as a Square, Hook-rule, 
Caliper-gauge, Protractor, Triangle or Tri-square, 
and can be applied to practically all classes of me- 
chanical work. 

The upper edge is graduated in 32nds, the lower 
edge in 16ths. The Caliper blade is graduated in 
16ths on one side and 32nds on the other. The 
Protractor is divided to five degrees and the Vernier 
to one-half degree. 

Center joint has fibre bearings which will not 
become loose and will 'remain firm at any angle. 

The illustrations on opposite page show only a few 
of the many uses this Rule is adapted to. 

Price each, net Prepaid: 

No. 46. 6 inch, with case $2.00 

No. 45. 12 inch, with case 3.00 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



..rl Ji'JtLl ,'hj,',.'!( '; ■-■|■^^^^Jy^'•> 'c■'^tr>^•, 

Combination CaHper 




r/aiq ion;- 



i7-,- 



p-tr-; 



Inside Caliper, outside. Calfper and Depth Gauge 
made of Spring Liberty Silver, guaranteed not to 
rust. No. 18 Gauge is used for the scale and No. 
15 for the jaws which makes it light to carry in the 
pocket. One edge of the scale is graduated in 16ths 
and the other in 32nd. The jaws are 1 inch deep. 
The nibs can be inserted in holes % inch in diamet- 
er. The sliding jaw is supported with a friction 
spring which makes it the most practical tool of its 
kind. Price each net prepaid when remittance ac- 
companies order. 

No. 132. 4 inch $3.00 

No. 133. 5 inch 3.25 

No. 134. 6 inch 3.5C 



4i^ JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

The Use of Water Softeners 

All mechanical engineers concede that hard water is 
a detriment to boilers and piping. When analyzed it is 
found to contain certain minerals that are destructive to 
iron and steel, which as a consequence shortens the " 
life of l30th boiler and piping. I therefore advocate the 
use of a water softener for both high and low pressure 
boiler feed, as well as for domestic use. 

A water softener prevents scaling and does away 
with the unnecessary labor of using boiler compounds; 
such as are generally used daily by engineers every- 
where. Do away with this nuisance ! 

Any engineer having anything to do with power 
plants where boilers are used can safely recommend 
a water softener of good type such as the "Permutit.^^ 

Boiler scale will not be found where soft water is 
used. :■:■ 

Make boiler washing a thing of the past by recom^ 
mending a good softener. .> ..; 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



jiJiMi 




Typical Layout of the "Permutit'' "Water Softener 
Ready for Pump Connections 



INDEX 



A 

"A B C" Heaters 155 

Aid Table to Dealers and Manufacturers 318 

Air and Water Pressure Tanks 74 

Air Used for Blower Systems, Amount of 167 

Ammonia ^ 379 

Ammonia Liquors 382 

Ammonia, Temperature Table 383 

Angle Valves . . , . ." 186 

Arrangement of Ice Plant (Diagram) 378 

Artificial Ice Skating Rinks 390 

Artificial Refrigeration 350 

Atmospheric System of Heating , 103 

Automatic Air Furnaces 133 

Automatic Sprinkler Equipment 418 

Automatic Vacuum System for Exhaust Steam 

Heating ...... ^ . . 7 . 95 



Bath, Modern Shower ■■^!eh*i 269 

Beer Pumps and Piping -V^s^f 326 

Bending Pipe > . . i ; 347 

Bent Pipe Coils '. . . ? 402 

Blovv^er System of Heating ; '. 150 

Blast Unit System of Steam Heating. ^ . 172 

Boiler Horse Power - 201 

Boiler Piping 87 

Boiling Point of Water 201 

Branches for Different Systems. 81 

Brickwork -for Firebox Boilers 86 

Brickwork for Tubular Boilers. 84 

Brine, Making 346 

Brine Solution (Table) 382 

Broomell System of Vapor Heating 112 

Brewery Refrigerating 377 

B. T. U 379 



Calculating Boiler Horse Power , 201 

Calculating Engine Horse Power. 209 

Calculating Speed of Pulleys 198 

Calendar, Perpetual 319 

Capacity of Boilers 54 

Capacity of Tanks 73 

Carbonic A6id Gas (Table) 409 

Central Heating Plant 116 

Chimney Flues 45 

Chloride of Calcium Solution (Table) 385 

Check Valves 304 

Circulation of Hot Water 180 

Cleianing Glass Water Gauges " 45 

Cleaning Steam Boilers 46 

Coils, Bent Pipe 402 

444 



INDEX— Continued 445 

Cold Storage Boxes 355 

Cold Storage for Artificial Ice 406 

Cold Storage Insulation 358 

Combination Gas and Water Outfit 221 

Combination Hot Water and Warm Air Heating. . 118 

Combination Vent and Drainage Fittings 295 

Combination Callipers . 441 

Combustion of Fuels 408 

Comiparison of Thermometers, (Table) 387 

Compressing Ammonia (Table) 386 

Compression Outfit for School and Factory 289 

Condensation of Heat for W^arming Water 115 

Condensation Pumps 140 

Connecting Bath Tubs 249 

Connecting Kitchen Sinks 250 

Connecting Lavatory . 252 

Connecting Slop Sinks 251 

Connecting Water Heaters for Domestic Purposes. 28i2 

Constructing Hot Water Coils 65 

Correct Metho.d of Measuring Pipe 14 

Correct Sewerage 228 

Creamery Refrigerating Plant (Diagram) 372 

Cross Connected Pumps -. 5 

Direct Radiation 56 

Draining Ice Box 225 

Drainage Plans 221 

Drinking Fountain System ". . .-. 236 

Dry Kiln 8 

Discount Table 317 

E 

Ells 21 

Electrical Units 364 

Engine Horse Power 202 

Expansion and Contraction of Pipes 197 

Expansion Tank Radiation 71 

Expansion Tanks 12 

P 

Factory Toilet Systems . , 309 

Fans and Blowers (Speed, etc.) 160 

Peed Water for Small Boilers 89 

Figuring Radiation 66 

Filtration Plants 422 

Filtering Plant Layout 427 

Firing, How to Do It 207 

Fire Box Boilers for Steam and Hot Water Heating 53 

Flow Mains for Hot Water Plant 177 

Fresh Air Inlets to Stacks 55 

Fuel 151 

Fuel Combustion in House Heating Boiler 41 

G 

Gas Fitters' Rules 82 

Gas Tubing — Size, Length, Openings 82 

Greenhouse Heating 194 

Gravity Lubricating System 156 

Gravity Tanks (Sprinkler System) 413 



446 INDEX— Continued 

-oS. aa^'ioja bloO 

Handy Information and Tables on Mechanical Re- 
frigeration 379 

Handy Information and Tables on Plumbing 303 

Handy Information and Tables on Steam 198 

Heating Apparatus 156 

Heat (B. T. U.) 379 

Heat Regulating Systems 148 

Headers and Connections 184 

Heating Liquids by Steam 275 

Heating Plant Simplified 175 

Heating Power of Brass and Iron Pipe 276 

Heating Surface of Boilers 54 

Hexagon Wrench 436 

High Pressure Joints 167 

High Pressure Work 187 

Horizontal Tubular Boilers 51 

Horse Power of a Boiler 201 

Horse Power of an Engine 89 

Hot Water Coils, Construction 65 

Hot Water for Domestic Purposes 278 

Hot Water Heating by Forced Circulation 120 

Hot Water Heating Systems 9 

Hot Water RadiEftor Connections 60 

Hydro-therapeutics Control Apparatus 245 



Ice Boxes '223 

Ice Making and Its Power 235 

Ice Making plant, Modern . . ... 368 

Ice Making tfnits 353 

Ice Tanks 336 

Indirect Radiation 57 

Inlet Couplings 320 

Insulation for Cold Storage 358 

Johnson's Combination Pocket Rule ■ .■■ 440 

"Johnson's New System of Testing Plumbing 270 

X. 

Layout for Steamship Plumbing . .; . .-. . t- ,24r4 

Lavatory Connections 252 

Lead Burning 301 

Locating Radiators , . . . . 56 

Lubricating Sj^stem • 196 

' .■'-.■ irini'- 

M . : I oQ OJ W . . 

Mains for Hot Water System. ... JPX^lWPi-^. ■ • • . . 50 

Mains for Two Pipe Steam Systerfi:^. .V. . .^ ...... . 48 

Marble, How to Clean It . . . . 205 

Measuring Pipe 14 

Measurement of Bends in Heai^y Work. . 37 

Measurement of Pipes and Fittings 66 

Measurement of Elbows 79 

Measurement of Pipe • v -77 

Measurement of Tanks in Gallons .' ;76 

Measurement of Valves 80 

Measurement of Supply and Return Pipes 49 

Mechanical Refrigeration . 330 

Melting Points of Metals 206 



INDKX— Continued 447 

kodern Factory Toilet Systems .i-.^^?S, ['??,l'^l6$ 

Modern Shower Bath ; .'. .' V. ... 2W 

Moline System of Vacuum arid Vapor Hea:tmg. . . . lOt 

My "Wrench 436 

O 

Offsets 21 

Oil for Fuel 434 

Overhead Heating Apparatus 9 

Overhead Open System 11 

P 

Packing House Refrigeration 376 

Paste for Joints 321 

Paul System of Vacuum Heating 99 

Perpetual Calendar 319 

Pipe Bending ..;... 347 

Pipe and Fittings . 209 

Plumbing 2W 

Plumbing for Barrack Buildings . 311 

Plumbing for Flat Buildings . 247 

Plumbing for Residences . 248 

Plumbing for Railroad Stations 288 

Plumbing for Rotary Vacuum Cleaners 32l 

Pneumatic Water Supply Systems 291 

Power Plant Layout 169 

Pressure Tanks (Sprinkler System) 412 

Properties of Saturated Steam 78 

Proportion of Boiler and Grate Surface to Heating 

Surface 42 

Public Water Works System 410 



Radiation, How Figured.. 66 

Radiation in Low Pressure Steam Plants. 38 

Radiators .. 56 

.Railroad Station' Plumbing. 238 

ilatio of H. P. in Boiler to Size of Chimney. . 44 

Rating of Tubular Boilers. .....; 54 

Raw Water System of Ice Making. , 361 

Reaming Ends of Pipe. . . ., 69 

Jlefrigeration, Mechanical 330 

Refrigerating Machines for Domestic Use 42-9 

Refrigerating Plants for Hotels and Restaurants. 349 

Richardsons' Slide Rule. .-. 438 

Regulating Inside Temperature. . . . .'.- 152 

Rule for Finding' Horse Power of Engine. ........ 203 

Rules for Calculating Boiler Horse Power 201 

^Rules for Sprinkler System 4l5 

Russell High Temperature Heater. 277 

S 

Sanitary Plumbing 254 

Saturated Steam 78 

Screw Connections, Sanitary 308 

Sewage 217 

• Sewer Ventilation 218 

Sewage Disposal System 234 

-Shower Baths 209 

Shrinkage of Castings .....; . 209 



448 INDlilX-r-Continued 

Sinlplified Heating Plant 175 

Size of Boiler for Pipe Coil. . ... ... . . . . 54 

Size of Flues for Indirect Radiation 45 

Skating Rinks, Artificial Ice 390 

Slop Sinks 251- 

Soil and Waste Pipes 304 

Solders 300 

Soldering the Art of 29a 

Soldering Joints 337 

Sparks, System of Heating...... .....;..'. 128 

Spelters . . ZO0. 

Sprinkling System Rules . 4i'w 

Sprinkler Equipment (Diagram) 416 

Sprinkler Equipment, Care of 420 

Standard Ice Making Units 353 

Steam Coil Tank for Domestic Use 292 

Steam Heating . 172 

Steam Heating on Level with Boiler 124 

Steam Heating Systems . 13 

Steam Pipe Radiation ; 47 

Steam Pumps (Sprinkler System) 410 

Steam Radiator Connections 58 

Steamship Plumbing 244 

Steam Traps and Connections 129 

Steel Plate Pans, Speed, etc 159 

Sulphur Dioxide 337 

Super Heated Steam 170 

Surface Measurement 2Q7 

Swimming Pools , , 2j^ 



Table of Diagonals for Triangles 25 

Table of Diagonal Pipe Measurement 17 

Table of Mains and Branches for Hot Water 47 

Table Showing Expansion of Iron Pipe SI 

Table Showing Ratio of H, P. in Boilers to Size of ' 

Chimneys 44 

Table Showing Tank Capacity 7S 

Tapping for Radiators Sfil 

Temperature Required to Preserve in Cold Storage 354 

Temperature in Various Classes of Buildings 152 

Testing Plumbing After Fixtures are Installed.... 270 

Things All Should Know 306 

Thermograde System of Heat Modulation 90 

Tonnage and Horse Power 204 

Toilet Systems 310 

Trane System of Vapor Heating 114 

Trouble in Steam Radiator Valves 57 

Typical Shower Bath 269 

Typical Vent Connections 243 



Unit of Capacity in Ice Making 351 

"Unit of Heat, Definition 41 

Urinal Fittings — Single and Double Stall 241 

Useful Information on Ice Making 37^ 

Useful Information on Plumbing 303 

Useful Information on Steam 19S 



INDEX— Continued 449 

V 

Vacuum Cleaner 320 

Vacuum Pumps, Capacity 102 

Valve Heater and Receiver 143 

Vapor Heating System 112 

Ventilation, Gravity System 166 

Vent Connections 243 

Vent Pipe Stacks 303 

W 

Wage Table, 8 Hr. Day 216 

Water Capacity of Boilers 52 

Water Softeners ,...., 442 

Webster System of Steam Circulation 92 

Weight and Measurement of Radiation 56 

Weights and Measures 209 

Wiping Joints 210 

Wire Connections for Motors 320 

Wrench, Special Hexagon , 436 



